SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Owl Rock Technology Income Corp. – ‘N-2’ on 10/6/21

On:  Wednesday, 10/6/21, at 4:18pm ET   ·   Accession #:  1193125-21-293192   ·   File #:  333-260095

Previous ‘N-2’:  None   ·   Next:  ‘N-2/A’ on 1/7/22   ·   Latest:  ‘N-2’ on 12/15/23   ·   17 References:   

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of               Filer                 Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size             Issuer                      Filing Agent

10/06/21  Owl Rock Technology Income Corp.  N-2                   13:2.5M                                   Donnelley … Solutions/FA

Registration Statement by a Closed-End Investment Company   —   Form N-2   —   ICA’40

Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: N-2         Registration Statement by a Closed-End Investment   HTML   1.15M 
                Company                                                          
 2: EX-99.(A)(1)  Miscellaneous Exhibit                             HTML    128K 
 3: EX-99.(B)   Miscellaneous Exhibit                               HTML     84K 
 4: EX-99.(E)   Miscellaneous Exhibit                               HTML     14K 
 5: EX-99.(G)(1)  Miscellaneous Exhibit                             HTML     93K 
 6: EX-99.(H)(1)  Miscellaneous Exhibit                             HTML    167K 
 7: EX-99.(J)   Miscellaneous Exhibit                               HTML    124K 
 8: EX-99.(K)(1)  Miscellaneous Exhibit                             HTML     27K 
 9: EX-99.(K)(2)  Miscellaneous Exhibit                             HTML     21K 
10: EX-99.(K)(3)  Miscellaneous Exhibit                             HTML     40K 
11: EX-99.(K)(4)  Miscellaneous Exhibit                             HTML     20K 
12: EX-99.(K)(5)  Miscellaneous Exhibit                             HTML     25K 
13: EX-99.(K)(6)  Miscellaneous Exhibit                             HTML      8K 


‘N-2’   —   Registration Statement by a Closed-End Investment Company

Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential)   (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page  –  Filing Submission
"Table of Contents
"About This Prospectus
"Suitability Standards
"Prospectus Summary
"Fees and Expenses
"Certain Questions and Answers
"Risk Factors
"Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
"Estimated Use of Proceeds
"Discussion of Expected Operating Plans
"Business
"Management of the Company
"Portfolio Management
"Management and Other Agreements and Fees
"Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
"Control Persons and Principal Shareholders
"Distributions
"Description of Our Capital Stock
"Share Class Specifications
"Determination of Net Asset Value
"Subscription Process
"Plan of Distribution
"Distribution Reinvestment Plan
"Share Repurchase Program
"Perpetual-Life Bdc
"Regulation
"Tax Matters
"Custodian, Transfer and Distribution Paying Agent and Registrar
"Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices
"Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
"Legal Matters
"Available Information
"Shareholder Privacy Notice
"Appendix A: Form of Subscription Agreement
"Index to Financial Statements

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



  N-2  
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2021

Securities Act File No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Pre-Effective Amendment No.    ☐

Post-Effective Amendment No.    ☐

 

 

OWL ROCK TECHNOLOGY INCOME CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

 

 

399 Park Avenue

38th Floor

New York, NY 10022

(212) 419-3000

(Address and telephone number, including area code, of principal executive offices)

 

 

Bryan Cole

Chief Operating Officer and

Chief Financial Officer

399 Park Avenue

38th Floor

New York, NY 10022

(Name and address of agent for service)

 

 

COPIES TO:

Cynthia M. Krus, Esq.

Kristin H. Burns, Esq.

Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP

700 Sixth Street, NW

Washington, DC 20004

Tel: (202) 383-0100

Fax: (202) 637-3593

 

Blake E. Estes, Esq.

Martin H. Dozier, Esq.

Alston & Bird LLP

90 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10016

Tel: (212) 210-9400

Fax: (212) 210-9444

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed public offering:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

☐  Check box if the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans.

☒  Check box if any securities being registered on this Form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan.

☐  Check box if this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction A.2 or a post-effective amendment thereto.

☐  Check box if this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction B or a post-effective amendment thereto that will become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act.

☐  Check box if this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction B to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act.


Table of Contents

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

☒  when declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c) of the Securities Act.

If appropriate, check the following box:

☐  This [post-effective] amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed [post-effective amendment] [registration statement].

☐  This Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is:             .

☐  This Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is:             .

☐  This Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is:             .

Check each box that appropriately characterizes the Registrant:

☐  Registered Closed-End Fund (closed-end company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Investment Company Act”)).

☒  Business Development Company (closed-end company that intends or has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act).

☐  Interval Fund (Registered Closed-End Fund or a Business Development Company that makes periodic repurchase offers under Rule 23c-3 under the Investment Company Act).

☐  A.2 Qualified (qualified to register securities pursuant to General Instruction A.2 of this Form).

☐  Well-Known Seasoned Issuer (as defined by Rule 405 under the Securities Act).

☒  Emerging Growth Company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”).

☐  If an Emerging Growth Company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of Securities Act.

☒  New Registrant (registered or regulated under the Investment Company Act for less than 12 calendar months preceding this filing).

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Title of Securities Being Registered(1)   Amount to be
Registered(2)
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price per
Share(3)
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(2)
  Amount of
Registration
Fee(2)(3)

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

      $10.00   $5,000,000,000   $463,500.00

 

 

(1)

The Registrant relies on an order for exemptive relief from the Securities and Exchange Commission that permits the Registrant to offer multiple classes of common stock. The Registrant hereby offers up to a maximum aggregate amount of $5,000,000,000 of the following classes of common stock in any combination of: “Class S shares,” “Class D shares” and “Class I shares.” The Registrant also may register other classes of common stock, which may be included in this offering.

(2)

Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933 solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.

(3)

Based on initial offering price of $10.00 for shares for Class I common stock.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 6, 2021

Preliminary Prospectus

 

LOGO

Owl Rock Technology Income Corp.

Maximum Offering of up to $5,000,000,000 in

Class S, Class D and Class I Shares of Common Stock

 

 

We are an externally managed closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). We will be managed by Owl Rock Technology Advisors LLC (our “Adviser”) pursuant to an investment advisory agreement. Our Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), an indirect subsidiary of Blue Owl Capital, Inc. (“Blue Owl”) (NYSE: OWL) and part of Owl Rock, a division of Blue Owl focused on direct lending. We also intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

We intend to invest in a broad range of established and high growth technology companies that capitalize on the large and growing demand for technology products and services. These companies use technology extensively to improve business processes, applications and opportunities or seek to grow through technological developments and innovations. These companies operate in technology-related industries or sectors which include, but are not limited to, application software, systems software, healthcare information technology, technology services and infrastructure, financial technology and internet and digital media. Within each industry or sector, we intend to invest in companies that develop or offer goods and services to businesses and consumers which utilize scientific knowledge, including techniques, skills, methods, devices and processes, to solve problems. We refer to all of these companies as “technology-related” companies and intend, under normal circumstances, to invest at least 80% of the value of its total assets in such businesses.

We expect that generally our portfolio composition will be majority debt or income producing securities, which may include “covenant-lite” loans (i.e., loans that do not have a complete set of financial maintenance covenants), with a lesser allocation to equity-related opportunities. To a lesser extent, we may make investments in syndicated loan opportunities, including in publicly traded debt instruments, for cash management purposes. In addition, our portfolio composition may fluctuate from time to time based on market conditions and interest rates.

We intend to rely on exemptive relief that has been granted to Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC (“ORCA”), an affiliate of our Adviser, which permits us to offer multiple classes of shares of common stock and to impose varying sales loads, asset-based service and/or distribution fees and early withdrawal fees. We are offering on a best efforts, continuous basis up to $5 billion in any combination of amount of shares of Class S, Class D and Class I common stock. Class S, Class D and Class I shares are each offered at an initial public offering price per share of $10.00. Each class of common stock will be offered through Blue Owl Securities LLC (d/b/a Blue Owl Securities) (the “Dealer Manager”). This is our initial public offering of Class S, Class D and Class I shares, and there has been no public market for, or historical valuation of, our shares. The initial minimum permitted purchase by each individual investor will be $25,000 in Class S or Class D shares, or $1 million in Class I shares unless such minimums are waived by the Dealer Manager.

We will sell shares in this offering upon raising gross proceeds of $50 million, which we may raise through one or more private placements of shares of our common stock to our Adviser, our directors, officers and/or other affiliated persons and entities within one year after the date of this prospectus. This is referred to as our minimum offering requirement. Subscriptions solicited prior to meeting the minimum offering requirement will be placed in


Table of Contents

an account held by the escrow agent, UMB Bank, N.A. in trust for our subscribers’ benefit, pending release to us upon meeting the minimum offering requirement. If we do not satisfy the minimum offering requirement within one year from the initial effective date of this prospectus, we will promptly return all funds to subscribers, with interest and without deduction for fees or expenses, and we will stop this offering. See “Plan of Distribution.”

No upfront selling commission, dealer manager fees, or other similar placement fees (together, the “Upfront Sales Load”) will be paid to the Company or Dealer Manager with respect to the Class S and Class D shares, however, if such Class S shares or Class D shares are purchased through certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediaries may directly charge transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 3.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class S share and 1.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class D share. Financial intermediaries will not charge such fees on Class I shares.

 

   

This is an initial public offering.

 

   

This is a “blind pool” offering and thus you will not have the opportunity to evaluate our investments before we make them.

 

   

You should not expect to be able to sell your shares regardless of how we perform.

 

   

If you are able to sell your shares, you likely will receive less than your purchase price.

 

   

We do not intend to list our shares on any securities exchange and we do not expect a secondary market in our shares to develop.

 

   

Beginning no later than the first full calendar quarter after the date that we sell shares to a person or entity other than our Adviser, our directors, officers and/or other affiliated persons and entities, we may, from time to time, determine to repurchase a portion of the shares of our common stock, and if we do, we expect that only a limited number of shares will be eligible for repurchase. In addition, any such repurchases will be at prices determined by our board of directors, which may be at a discount to the price at which you purchased shares of our common stock in this offering.

 

   

You should consider that you may not have access to the money you invest for an indefinite period of time.

 

   

The Incentive Fees payable by the Company to the Adviser may create an incentive for the Adviser to pursue investments that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement.

 

   

Investors in our Class S and Class D shares will be subject to ongoing servicing fees of 0.85% and 0.25%, respectively. See “Share Class Specifications.”

 

   

An investment in shares of our common stock is not suitable for you if you need access to the money you invest. See “Suitability Standards” and “Perpetual-Life BDC.”

 

   

Because you will be unable to sell your shares, you will be unable to reduce your exposure in any market downturn.

 

   

Distributions on our common stock may exceed our taxable earnings and profits, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from our public offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we pay may represent a return of capital to you for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A return of capital is a return of a portion of your original investment in shares of our common stock. As a result, a return of capital will (i) lower your tax basis in your shares and thereby increase the amount of capital gain (or decrease the amount of capital loss) realized upon a subsequent sale or redemption of such shares, and (ii) reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in portfolio companies. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use offering proceeds to fund distributions.

 

   

Distributions also may be funded in significant part, directly or indirectly, from the deferral of certain investment advisory fees, that may be subject to repayment to our Adviser and/or the reimbursement of certain operating expenses, that may be subject to repayment to our Adviser and its affiliates. Significant portions of distributions may not be based on investment performance. In the event distributions are funded from deferrals of fees and reimbursements by our affiliates, such funding may not continue in the future. If our affiliates do not agree to reimburse certain of our operating


Table of Contents
 

expenses, then significant portions of our distributions may come from offering proceeds or borrowings. The repayment of any amounts owed to our affiliates will reduce future distributions to which you would otherwise be entitled.

 

   

We intend to invest in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be illiquid and difficult to value.

 

   

Our investment strategy focuses on technology companies, which are subject to many risks, including volatility, intense competition, shortened product life cycles, changes in regulatory and governmental programs and periodic downturns, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

 

We intend to sell each class of our shares at a net offering price that we believe reflects the net asset value per share of such class of shares as determined in accordance with the Company’s share pricing policy. See “Determination of Net Asset Value – Value Determinations in Connection with this Continuous Offering.” We will modify our public offering prices to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, including the requirement that we not sell any class of our shares at a net offering price that is below the net asset value per share of the relevant class of shares unless we obtain the requisite approval from our shareholders. Accordingly, subscriptions for this offering will be for a specific dollar amount rather than a specified quantity of shares, which may result in subscribers receiving fractional shares rather than full share amounts.

We intend to file post-effective amendments to our registration statement that will allow us to continue this offering. We reserve the right to change our investment and operating policies without shareholder approval, except to the extent such approval is required by the 1940 Act.

Shares of our common stock are highly illiquid and appropriate only as a long-term investment. Investing in our common stock may be considered speculative and involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of a substantial loss of investment. See “Suitability Standards” beginning on page 2 and “Risk Factors” beginning on page 41 to read about our suitability standards and the risks you should consider before buying shares of our common stock. Depending upon the terms and pricing of any additional offerings and the value of our investments, you may experience dilution in the book value and fair value of your shares. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock — A shareholder’s interest in us will be diluted if we issue additional shares, which could reduce the overall value of an investment in us” on page 81 for more information. As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act we intend to take advantage of extended transition periods for complying with new or revised accounting standards. See “Prospectus Summary — Emerging Growth Company Status.”

 

     Offering
Price to
Public(1)
     Net Proceeds
(Before
Expenses)(2)(3)(4)
 

Per Class S Share

   $ 10.00      $ 1,666,666,666.67  

Per Class D Share

   $ 10.00      $ 1,666,666,666.67  

Per Class I Share

   $ 10.00      $ 1,666,666,666.67  

Minimum Offering

   $ 50,000,000      $ 50,000,000  

Maximum Offering

   $ 5,000,000,000      $ 5,000,000,000  

 

(1)

All subscription payments will be held in an escrow account for our subscribers’ benefit pending release to us after we satisfy the minimum offering requirement. If we do not satisfy the minimum offering requirement within one year from the initial effective date of this prospectus, we will promptly return all funds to subscribers, with interest and without deduction for fees or expenses, and we will stop this offering. Information in the table reflects the initial public offering prices.


Table of Contents
(2)

No Upfront Sales Loads will be paid to the Company or Dealer Manager with respect to Class S shares, Class D shares or Class I shares, however, if subscribers buy Class S shares or Class D shares through certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediaries may directly charge subscribers transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 3.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class S share and 1.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class D share. Selling agents will not charge such fees on Class I shares. We will also pay the following ongoing servicing fees to the Dealer Manager, subject to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) limitations on underwriting compensation: (a) for Class S shares, an ongoing servicing fee equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate net asset value for such Class S shares and (b) for Class D shares, an ongoing servicing fee equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate net asset value for such Class D shares, in each case, payable monthly in arrears. No ongoing servicing fees will be paid with respect to the Class I shares. The total amount that will be paid over time for other underwriting compensation depends on the average length of time for which shares remain outstanding, the term over which such amount is measured and the performance of our investments. We will also pay or reimburse certain organization and offering expenses, including, subject to FINRA limitations on underwriting compensation, certain wholesaling expenses. See “Plan of Distribution” and “Estimated Use of Proceeds.” The total underwriting compensation and total organization and offering expenses (including total underwriting compensation) will not exceed 10% and 15%, respectively, of the gross proceeds from this offering. Proceeds are calculated before deducting ongoing servicing fees or organization and offering expenses payable by us, which are paid over time.

(3)

Assumes all shares are sold in the primary offering, with approximately 33% of the gross offering proceeds from the sale of Class S shares, approximately 33% from the sale of Class D shares and approximately 33% from the sale of Class I shares. ORCA has received an exemptive order that permits us to offer multiple classes of shares of common stock and to impose varying sales loads, asset-based service and/or distribution fees and early withdrawal fees.

(4)

We will also pay or reimburse certain organization and offering expenses, including, subject to FINRA limitations on underwriting compensation, certain wholesaling expenses. See “Plan of Distribution” and “Estimated Use of Proceeds.”

This prospectus contains important information about us that a prospective investor should know before investing in our common stock. Please read this prospectus before investing and keep it for future reference. We were recently formed and have not been in the business described in this prospectus for at least three years. We will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the SEC. This information will be available free of charge by contacting us at 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, New York 10022, or by telephone at (212) 419-3000 or on our website at http://www.owlrockbdcs.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov, which contains such information.

Neither the SEC, the Attorney General of the State of New York nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. An investment in our shares is NOT a bank deposit and is NOT insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The use of forecasts in this offering is prohibited. Any representation to the contrary, and any predictions, written or oral, as to the amount or certainty of any present or future cash benefit or tax consequence which may flow from an investment in this program, is not permitted. Securities regulators have not passed upon whether this offering can be sold in compliance with existing or future suitability or conduct standards including the ‘Regulation Best Interest’ standard to any or all purchasers.

 

 

Blue Owl Securities

Prospectus dated                    , 2021


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

     1  

SUITABILITY STANDARDS

     2  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     4  

FEES AND EXPENSES

     29  

CERTAIN QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

     33  

RISK FACTORS

     41  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     93  

ESTIMATED USE OF PROCEEDS

     94  

DISCUSSION OF EXPECTED OPERATING PLANS

     97  

BUSINESS

     106  

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

     124  

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

     133  

MANAGEMENT AND OTHER AGREEMENTS AND FEES

     137  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     146  

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

     149  

DISTRIBUTIONS

     150  

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

     153  

SHARE CLASS SPECIFICATIONS

     164  

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

     166  

SUBSCRIPTION PROCESS

     169  

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     171  

DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN

     178  

SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

     179  

PERPETUAL-LIFE BDC

     180  

REGULATION

     180  

TAX MATTERS

     186  

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     194  

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

     194  

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     194  

LEGAL MATTERS

     195  

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     195  

SHAREHOLDER PRIVACY NOTICE

     195  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     C-1  

APPENDIX A: FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

     196  


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we have filed with the SEC, in connection with a continuous offering process, to raise capital for us. As we make material investments or have other material developments, we will periodically provide prospectus supplements or may amend this prospectus to add, update or change information contained in this prospectus.

This prospectus relates to our shares of Class S, Class D and Class I common stock, which are each offered at an initial public offering price equal to $10.00 per share. ORCA has received an exemptive order that permits us to offer multiple classes of shares of common stock and to impose varying sales loads, asset-based service and/or distribution fees and early withdrawal fees. We will seek to avoid interruptions in the continuous offering of shares of our common stock; we may, however, to the extent permitted or required under the rules and regulations of the SEC, supplement this prospectus or file an amendment to the registration statement with the SEC if our net asset value per share: (i) declines more than 10% from the net asset value per share as of the effective date of this registration statement or (ii) increases to an amount that is greater than the net proceeds per share as stated in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that our continuous offering will not be interrupted during the SEC’s review of any such registration statement amendment.

We intend to sell each class of our shares at a net offering price that we believe reflects the net asset value per share of the relevant class of shares as determined in accordance with the Company’s share pricing policy. We will modify our public offering prices to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, including the requirement that we not sell any class of our shares at a net offering price that is below the net asset value per share of the relevant class of shares unless we obtain the requisite approval from our shareholders.

We will supplement this prospectus to the extent required by applicable law and we will also post updated information on our website at http://www.owlrockbdcs.com.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Our Dealer Manager is Blue Owl Securities. Neither we nor our Dealer Manager has authorized any other person to provide you with different information from that contained in this prospectus. The information contained in this prospectus is complete and accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or sale of shares of our common stock. If there is a material change in our affairs, we will amend or supplement this prospectus. Any statement that we make in this prospectus may be modified or superseded by us in a subsequent prospectus supplement. The registration statement we filed with the SEC includes exhibits that provide more detailed descriptions of the matters discussed in this prospectus. You should read this prospectus, all prospectus supplements and the related registration statement exhibits, together with additional information described below under “Available Information.” In this prospectus, we use the term “day” to refer to a calendar day, and we use the term “business day” to refer to any day other than Saturday, Sunday, a legal holiday or a day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required to close.

We maintain a website at http://www.owlrockbdcs.com. We will disclose the net asset value per share of each class of our common stock for each month, as determined pursuant to our share pricing policy, when available on our website. See “Determination of Net Asset Value — Value Determinations in Connection with this Continuous Offering.” Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus.

 

1


Table of Contents

SUITABILITY STANDARDS

Shares of our common stock offered through this prospectus are suitable only as a long-term investment for persons of adequate financial means such that they do not have a need for liquidity in this investment. The initial minimum purchase amounts are $25,000 in Class S, Class D shares and $1 million in Class I shares unless waived by the Dealer Manager.

We have established financial suitability standards for initial shareholders in this offering which require that a purchaser of shares have either:

 

   

a gross annual income of at least $70,000 and a net worth of at least $70,000, or

 

   

a net worth of at least $250,000.

For purposes of determining the suitability of an investor, net worth in all cases should be calculated excluding the value of an investor’s home, home furnishings and automobiles. In the case of sales to fiduciary accounts, these minimum standards must be met by the beneficiary, the fiduciary account or the donor or grantor who directly or indirectly supplies the funds to purchase the shares if the donor or grantor is the fiduciary.

In addition, we will not sell shares to investors in the states named below unless they meet special suitability standards set forth below:

Alabama — In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, an investment in us will only be sold to Alabama residents that have a liquid net worth of at least 10 times their investment in us and our affiliates.

Those selling shares on our behalf, and participating broker-dealers and registered investment advisers recommending the purchase of shares in this offering, are required to make every reasonable effort to determine that the purchase of shares in this offering is a suitable and appropriate investment for each investor based on information provided by the investor regarding the investor’s financial situation and investment objectives, and must maintain records for at least six years after the information is used to determine that an investment in our shares is suitable and appropriate for each investor. In making this determination, the participating broker-dealer, registered investment adviser, authorized representative or other person selling shares will, based on a review of the information provided by the investor, consider whether the investor:

 

   

meets the minimum income and net worth standards established in the investor’s state;

 

   

can reasonably benefit from an investment in our common stock based on the investor’s overall investment objectives and portfolio structure;

 

   

is able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on the investor’s overall financial situation, including the risk that the investor may lose its entire investment; and

 

   

has an apparent understanding of the following:

 

   

the fundamental risks of the investment;

 

   

the lack of liquidity of our shares;

 

   

the background and qualification of our Adviser; and

 

   

the tax consequences of the investment.

In purchasing shares, custodians, trustees or directors of, or any other person providing investment advice to, employee pension benefit plans or individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) may be subject to the fiduciary duties imposed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ERISA”), or other applicable laws and to the prohibited transaction rules prescribed by ERISA and related provisions of the Code. These additional fiduciary duties may require the custodian, trustee, director, or any other person providing investment advice to employee pension benefit plans or

 

2


Table of Contents

IRAs to provide information about the services provided and fees received, separate and apart from the disclosures in this prospectus. In addition, prior to purchasing shares, the custodian, trustee or director of an employee pension benefit plan or an IRA should determine that such an investment would be permissible under the governing instruments of such plan or account and applicable law.

In addition to investors who meet the minimum income and net worth requirements set forth above, our shares may be sold to financial institutions that qualify as “institutional investors” under the state securities laws of the state in which they reside. “Institutional investor” is generally defined to include banks, insurance companies, investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act, pension or profit sharing trusts and certain other financial institutions. A financial institution that desires to purchase shares will be required to confirm that it is an “institutional investor” under applicable state securities laws.

In addition to the suitability standards established herein, (i) a participating broker-dealer may impose additional suitability requirements and investment concentration limits to which an investor could be subject and (ii) various states may impose additional suitability standards, investment amount limits and alternative investment limitations.

On June 5, 2019, the SEC adopted Regulation Best Interest, which establishes a new standard of conduct for broker-dealers and natural persons who are associated persons of a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that enhances the standard beyond suitability. Broker-dealers must comply with Regulation Best Interest commencing June 30, 2020. Regulation Best Interest includes the general obligation that broker-dealers shall act in the “best interest” of retail customers in making any recommendation of any securities transaction or investment strategy, without putting the financial or other interests of the broker-dealer ahead of the retail customer. The general obligation can be satisfied by the broker-dealer’s compliance with four specified component obligations: (i) provide certain required disclosure before or at the time of the recommendation, about the recommendation and the relationship between the broker-dealer and the retail customer; (ii) exercise reasonable diligence, care, and skill in making the recommendation; (iii) establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to address conflicts of interest; and (iv) establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve compliance with Regulation Best Interest. Regulation Best Interest imposes a duty of care for broker-dealers to evaluate reasonable alternatives in the best interests of their clients. Reasonable alternatives to us exist and may have lower expenses or lower investment risk than us. Under Regulation Best Interest, broker-dealers participating in the offering must consider such alternatives in the best interests of their clients. Like existing suitability obligations, the component obligations of Regulation Best Interest contain a quantitative standard. Such quantitative standard may be more or less restrictive pursuant to Regulation Best Interest than under the suitability standard. In addition, broker-dealers are required to provide retail investors a brief relationship summary, or Form CRS, that summarizes for the investor key information about the broker-dealer. Form CRS is different from this prospectus, which contains information regarding this offering and our company. The impact of Regulation Best Interest on broker-dealers cannot be determined at this time as no administrative or case law exists under Regulation Best Interest and the full scope of its applicability is uncertain.

 

3


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus and contains a summary of material information that a prospective investor should know before investing in our common stock. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider before investing in our common stock. You should read our entire prospectus before investing in our common stock. Throughout this prospectus we refer to Owl Rock Technology Income Corp. as “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company,” Owl Rock Technology Advisors LLC, our investment adviser, as “Owl Rock Technology Advisors,” “our or the Adviser,” or “ORTA” and Blue Owl Securities LLC, our dealer manager, as “Blue Owl Securities” and/or our or the “Dealer Manager.”

Owl Rock Technology Income Corp.

Owl Rock Technology Income Corp. is a Maryland corporation formed on June 22, 2021. We intend to focus primarily on originating and making debt and equity investments in technology-related companies based primarily in the United States. Although we may invest in companies domiciled outside of the United States, we generally do not intend to invest in companies that have principal places of business in emerging markets. We intend to originate and invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans, and equity-related securities including publicly-traded debt instruments, common equity, warrants, preferred stock and similar forms of senior equity, which may or may not be convertible into a portfolio company’s common equity. Our investment objective is to maximize total return by generating current income from our debt investments and other income producing securities, and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments.

We are advised by the Adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”). The Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), an indirect subsidiary of Blue Owl Capital, Inc. (“Blue Owl”) (NYSE: OWL) and part of Owl Rock, a division of Blue Owl focused on direct lending. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, our Adviser manages our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory and management services to us. See “ — Our Adviser.”

We expect to leverage Owl Rock’s relationships and existing origination capabilities to focus our investments in companies with an enterprise value of at least $50 million and that are backed by venture capital firms or private equity firms that are active investors in and have an expertise in technology companies and technology-related industries. We expect that our target investments typically will range in size between $20 million and $500 million. Our expected portfolio composition will be majority debt or income producing securities, with a lesser allocation to equity related opportunities. We anticipate that generally any equity related securities we hold will be minority positions. We expect that our investment size will vary with the size of our capital base and we anticipate that our average investment size will be 1-2% of our entire portfolio with no investment size greater than 5%.

We expect that generally our portfolio composition will be majority debt or income producing securities, which may include “covenant-lite” loans (as defined below), with a lesser allocation to equity related opportunities. To a lesser extent, we may make investments in syndicated loan opportunities, including publicly traded debt instruments, for cash management purposes. In addition, our portfolio composition may fluctuate from time to time based on market conditions and interest rates.

We intend to classify our debt investments as “traditional financing” or “growth capital” based on a number of factors. Traditional financing typically means a senior secured loan provided to a portfolio company that is owned by a private-equity firm, has a mature business model, and is underwritten primarily on the basis of a multiple of EBITDA, cash flow, or recurring revenue. Growth capital typically means an investment in an established, but rapidly growing business that is owned by, or received an equity investment from, one or more growth equity or venture capital firms, and is underwritten on the basis of something other than a multiple of EBITDA (for example, a multiple of recurring revenue).


 

4


Table of Contents

We are a newly organized, externally managed closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). We also intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). As a BDC and a RIC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. As a BDC, at least 70% of our assets must be assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, as described herein. See “Regulation” and “Tax Matters”.

We generally intend to distribute, out of assets legally available for distribution, substantially all of our available earnings, on a monthly basis, as determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion.

Our investment activities will be managed by our Adviser and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are not “interested persons” of the Company or of our Adviser as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act (i.e., such director has no material business or personal relationship with the Company or Adviser as determined under the 1940 Act) and are “independent,” as determined by our board of directors. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement we have agreed to pay our Adviser a base management fee based on the average value of our net assets, as well as an incentive fee based on our investment performance. For additional information regarding the fees paid to our Adviser, see “Management and Other Agreements and Fees — Investment Advisory Agreement.”

To achieve our investment objective, we intend to leverage Blue Owl’s extensive network of relationships with other sophisticated institutions to source, evaluate and, as appropriate, partner with on transactions. There are no assurances that we will achieve our investment objective.

We also have entered into an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with our Adviser. Under the Administration Agreement, we have agreed to reimburse our Adviser for our allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of our independent directors) of overhead and other expenses incurred by our Adviser in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement.

A BDC generally will be permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to its common stock if its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, would at least be equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. Additionally, certain provisions of the 1940 Act allow a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150% if certain requirements are met. The reduced asset coverage requirement permits a BDC to double the amount of leverage it can incur. For example, under a 150% asset coverage ratio a BDC may borrow $2 for investment purposes of every $1 of investor equity whereas under a 200% asset coverage ratio a BDC may borrow only $1 for investment purposes for every $1 of investor equity. The Adviser, as our sole initial shareholder, has approved a proposal that allows us to reduce our asset coverage ratio to 150%. See “Regulation.”

We may borrow money when the terms and conditions available are favorable to do so and are aligned with our investment strategy and portfolio composition. The use of borrowed funds to make investments has specific benefits and risks, and all of the costs of borrowing funds would be ultimately borne by holders of our common stock. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — To the extent that we borrow money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us. Borrowed money may also adversely affect the return on our assets, reduce cash available to service our debt or for distribution to our shareholders, and result in losses.

We intend to issue shares of Class S, Class D and Class I common stock through this offering. Each class of common stock shall represent an investment in the same pool of assets and shall have the same preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and


 

5


Table of Contents

conditions of redemption as each other class of common stock except for such differences as are clearly and expressly set forth in our charter and as described in “Share Class Specifications.” Our distributions, which shall be made pro rata among the shareholders of shares of a specific class, may be paid to the holders of our Class S, Class D and Class I shares at the same time and in different per share amounts as determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion. Our common stock is non-assessable, meaning that our common shareholders do not have liability for calls or assessments, nor are there any preemptive rights in favor of existing shareholders.

The purchase of our shares of common stock is intended to be a long-term investment. We intend to operate as a non-exchange traded perpetual-life BDC, and do not intend to complete a liquidity event within any specific time period, if at all. We do not intend to list our shares on a national securities exchange. See “Perpetual-Life BDC.” We intend to commence a periodic share repurchase program for the purpose of providing shareholders will limited liquidity. However, we are not obligated to repurchase any shares and may choose to repurchase only some, or even none, of the shares that have been requested to be repurchased in any particular period in our discretion. See “Share Repurchase Program.” As a result, shareholders may not be able to sell their shares promptly or at a desired price, and an investment in our shares is not suitable if you require short-term liquidity with respect to your investment in us. See “Suitability Standards.” Additionally, although we do not intend to complete a liquidity event within any specific time period, if at all, because the ongoing servicing fee will terminate for all Class S and Class D shareholders upon a liquidity event, our Adviser may have a conflict of interest relating to the timing with which it seeks to complete a liquidity event for our shareholders. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Adviser and Its Affiliates — The Adviser may have an incentive to delay a liquidity event, which may result in actions that are not in the best interest of our shareholders.”

Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk and may be considered speculative. You should carefully consider the information found in “Risk Factors” before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. Risks involved in an investment in us include (among others) the following:

We are subject to risks related to the economy.

 

   

Political, social and economic uncertainty, including uncertainty related to the COVID-19 pandemic, creates and exacerbates risks.

 

   

Price declines in the corporate leveraged loan market may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation and the incurrence of realized losses.

 

   

Economic recessions or downturns, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

We are subject to risks related to our business.

 

   

We have a limited operating history.

 

   

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

 

   

To the extent that we borrow money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us. Borrowed money may also adversely affect the return on our assets, reduce cash available to service our debt or for distribution to our shareholders, and result in losses.

 

   

Because we have received the approval of our sole initial shareholders, we are subject to 150% Asset Coverage.


 

6


Table of Contents
   

Because our business model depends to a significant extent upon Blue Owl’s relationships with corporations, financial institutions and investment firms, the inability of Blue Owl to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

 

   

We may face increasing competition for investment opportunities, which could delay further deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.

 

   

Our board of directors may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or shareholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse to our shareholders.

We are subject to risks related to our Adviser and its affiliates.

 

   

Because the Dealer Manager is an affiliate of our Adviser, you will not have the benefit of an independent review of this prospectus customarily performed in underwritten offerings.

 

   

The Adviser and its affiliates, including our officers and some of our directors, may face conflicts of interest caused by compensation arrangements with us and our affiliates, which could result in increased risk-taking by us.

 

   

Our Class S and Class D shares are each subject to an ongoing servicing fee. The ongoing servicing fees will be payable by the investors to compensate our affiliated dealer manager and its affiliates, participating broker-dealers and financial representatives for services rendered to shareholders, including, among other things, responding to customer inquiries of a general nature regarding the Company; crediting distributions from us to customer accounts; arranging for bank wire transfer of funds to or from a customer’s account; responding to customer inquiries and requests regarding shareholder reports, notices, proxies and proxy statements, and other Company documents; forwarding prospectuses, tax notices and annual and quarterly reports to beneficial owners of our shares; assisting us in establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts and records; assisting customers in changing account options, account designations and account addresses, and providing such other similar services as we may reasonably request to the extent an authorized service provider is permitted to do so under applicable statutes, rules, or regulations.

 

   

The ongoing servicing fees will terminate for all Class S and Class D shareholders upon a liquidity event. As such, there may be a conflict of interest relating to the timing with which our Adviser seeks to complete a liquidity event, if any, for our shareholders.

We are subject to risks related to business development companies.

 

   

The requirement that we invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could preclude us from investing in accordance with our current business strategy; conversely, the failure to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could result in our failure to maintain our status as a BDC.

 

   

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC affect our ability to raise capital and the way in which we raise additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth. As a BDC, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including risks associated with leverage.

We are subject to risks related to our investments.

 

   

Our investment strategy focuses on technology companies, which are subject to many risks, including volatility, intense competition, shortened product life cycles, changes in regulatory and governmental programs and periodic downturns.


 

7


Table of Contents
   

An investment strategy focused primarily on privately held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies.

 

   

We generally will not control the business operations of our portfolio companies and, due to the illiquid nature of our holdings in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies.

 

   

The equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value.

 

   

We intend to invest in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and return principal. They may also be illiquid and difficult to value.

 

   

To the extent original issue discount (“OID”), and payment-in-kind (“PIK”), interest income constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with the deferred receipt of the cash representing such income.

 

   

The collateral securing our first-lien debt may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to value, and may become subordinated to the claims of other creditors.

 

   

Our first-lien security interests in unitranche loans may rank junior to the interests of other lenders.

 

   

Our investments in second-lien and mezzanine debt generally will be subordinated to senior loans and will either have junior security interests or be unsecured, which may result in greater risk and loss of principal.

 

   

Some of the loans in which we may invest may be “covenant-lite” loans, which may have a greater risk of loss as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with financial maintenance covenants.

 

   

To the extent we invest in publicly traded companies, we may be unable to obtain financial covenants and other contractual rights, which subjects us to additional risks.

We are subject to risks related to an investment in our common stock.

 

   

If we are unable to raise substantial funds in our ongoing, continuous “best efforts” offering, we may be limited in the number and type of investments we may make.

 

   

You should consider that you may not have access to the money you invest for an indefinite period of time.

 

   

You should not expect to be able to sell your shares regardless of how we perform.

 

   

If you are able to sell your shares of common stock, you will likely receive less than your purchase price.

 

   

We do not intend to list our common stock on any securities exchange and we do not expect a secondary market in our shares to develop.

 

   

Because you will be unable to sell your shares, you will be unable to reduce your exposure in any market downturn.

 

   

We intend to operate as a non-exchange traded perpetual-life BDC, and do not intend to complete a liquidity event within any specific time period, if at all, and, as a result, investment in our shares is not suitable if you require short-term liquidity with respect to your investment in us.

 

   

An investment in shares of our common stock is not suitable for you if you need access to the money you invest. See “Suitability Standards,” “Share Repurchase Program,” and “Perpetual-Life BDC.”

 

   

Beginning no later than the first full calendar quarter after the date that we sell shares to a person or entity other than our Adviser, our directors, officers and/or other affiliated persons and entities, we may, from


 

8


Table of Contents
 

time to time, determine to repurchase a portion of the shares of our common stock, and if we do, we expect that only a limited number of shares will be eligible for repurchase. In addition, any such repurchases will be at a price determined by our board of directors and paid on each date of repurchase, which may be at a discount to the price at which you purchased shares of our common stock in this offering.

 

   

The amount of any distributions we may make on our common stock is uncertain. We may not be able to pay you distributions, or be able to sustain distributions at any particular level, and our distributions per share, if any, may not grow over time, and our distributions per share may be reduced. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use borrowings, if any, and we may use offering proceeds to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in portfolio companies).

 

   

Distributions on our common stock may exceed our taxable earnings and profits, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from our public offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we pay may represent a return of capital to you for U.S. federal tax purposes. A return of capital is a return of a portion of your original investment in shares of our common stock. As a result, a return of capital will (i) lower your tax basis in your shares and thereby increase the amount of capital gain (or decrease the amount of capital loss) realized upon a subsequent sale or redemption of such shares, and (ii) reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in portfolio companies. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use offering proceeds to fund distributions.

 

   

Distributions may also be funded in significant part, directly or indirectly, from the deferral of certain investment advisory fees, that may be subject to repayment to our Adviser and/or the reimbursement of certain operating expenses, that will be subject to repayment to our Adviser and its affiliates. Significant portions of distributions may not be based on investment performance. In the event distributions are funded from deferrals of fees and reimbursements by our affiliates, such funding may not continue in the future. If our affiliates do not agree to reimburse certain of our operating expenses then significant portions of our distributions may come from offering proceeds or borrowings. The repayment of any amounts owed to our affiliates will reduce future distributions to which you would otherwise be entitled.

We are subject to risks related to U.S. federal income tax.

 

   

We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax if we are unable to qualify for and maintain our tax treatment as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code or if we make investments through taxable subsidiaries.

 

   

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

General Risk Factors.

 

   

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our securities less attractive to investors.

 

   

Our status as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act may make it more difficult to raise capital as and when we need it.


 

9


Table of Contents

Estimated Use of Proceeds

We will use the net proceeds from this offering to make investments in accordance with our investment objective and by following the strategies described in this prospectus. A portion of these proceeds may also be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Estimated Use of Proceeds.”

Based on prevailing market conditions, after meeting our minimum offering requirement, we anticipate that we will invest the proceeds from each monthly subscription closing generally within 30 to 90 days. The precise timing will depend on the availability of investment opportunities that are consistent with our investment objective and strategies. Until we are able to find such investment opportunities, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash-equivalents, U.S. government securities, money market funds and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. This is consistent with our status as a BDC and our intention to qualify annually as a RIC. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to pay our operating expenses, fund distributions to shareholders and for general corporate purposes. Any distributions we make during such period may be substantially lower than the distributions that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested.

Financing Arrangements

On October 6, 2021, the Company as borrower, entered into a Loan Agreement (the “FIC Agreement”) with Owl Rock Feeder FIC LLC (“Feeder FIC”), an affiliate of the Company’s investment adviser, as lender, to enter into revolving promissory notes (the “Promissory Note”) to borrow up to an aggregate of $100 million from Feeder FIC. The Company may re-borrow any amount repaid; however, there is no funding commitment between Feeder FIC and the Company.

The interest rate on amounts borrowed pursuant to the Promissory Note may be based on the lesser of the rate of interest for an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan under the Credit Agreement dated as of April 15, 2021, as amended or supplemented from time to time, by and among Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC, an affiliate of the Adviser, as borrower, the several lenders from time to time party thereto, MUFG Union Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent and MUFG Bank, Ltd., as Administrative Agent.

The unpaid principal balance of any Promissory Note and accrued interest thereon is payable by the Company from time to time at the discretion of the Company but immediately due and payable upon 120 days written notice by Feeder FIC, and in any event due and payable in full no later than February 28, 2023. The Company intends to use the borrowed funds to make investments in portfolio companies consistent with its investment strategies.

Distribution Policy

Subject to our board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, we intend to authorize and declare cash distributions to our shareholders on a monthly or quarterly basis and pay such distributions on a monthly basis. The per share amount of distributions on Class S, Class D and Class I shares will differ because of different allocations of class-specific expenses. Specifically, because the ongoing servicing fees are calculated based on our net asset value for our Class S and Class D shares, the ongoing service fees will reduce the net asset value or, alternatively, the distributions payable, with respect to the shares of each such class, including shares issued under our distribution reinvestment plan. As a result, the distributions on Class S shares and Class D shares may be lower than the distributions on Class I shares. See “Distributions” and “Share Class Specifications.”

From time to time, we may also pay special interim distributions in the form of cash or shares of our common stock at the discretion of our board of directors. For example, our board of directors may periodically declare distributions to reduce the net asset value per share of a share class if necessary to ensure that we do not


 

10


Table of Contents

sell shares of the applicable class at a price per share, after deducting upfront selling commissions, if any, that is below the net asset value per share of the applicable class. The timing and amount of any future distributions to shareholders will be subject to applicable legal restrictions and the sole discretion of our board of directors.

Because we intend to qualify for and maintain our tax treatment as a RIC, we intend to distribute at least 90% of our annual investment company taxable income to our shareholders. There can be no assurance that we will be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all. Each year, as required by the Code, a statement on Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form 1099-DIV identifying the source of the distribution will be mailed to our shareholders subject to IRS tax reporting. Distributions on our common stock may exceed our taxable earnings and profits, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from our public offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we pay may represent a return of capital to you for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A return of capital is a return of a portion of your original investment in shares of our common stock. As a result, a return of capital will (i) lower your tax basis in your shares and thereby increase the amount of capital gain (or decrease the amount of capital loss) realized upon a subsequent sale or redemption of such shares and (ii) reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in portfolio companies. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use offering proceeds to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in portfolio companies).

We may fund our cash distributions to shareholders from any sources of funds available to us, including deferrals by our Adviser that may be subject to repayment, as well as offering proceeds and borrowings. We have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from any available sources to make distributions. You should understand that such distributions may not be based on our investment performance. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the performance necessary to sustain our distributions, or that we will be able to pay distributions at a specific rate, or at all. Our Adviser has no obligation to defer its advisory fees or otherwise reimburse expenses in future periods.

Our Adviser

Under the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser will oversee the management of our activities and will be responsible for managing our business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments, and monitoring our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals. Our Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees.

Our Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company that has registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Our Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Blue Owl and part of Owl Rock, a division of Blue Owl focused on direct lending. See “Business – Our Adviser”. Blue Owl is a publicly traded alternative asset management firm that offers differentiated capital solutions through Owl Rock, its direct lending business, and Dyal Capital Partners (“Dyal”), its GP Capital Solutions business, which focuses on providing capital solutions to alternative investment managers. Blue Owl was formed through the merger of Owl Rock Capital Group, LLC and Dyal.

Blue Owl consists of two divisions: Owl Rock, which focuses on direct lending and Dyal, which focuses on providing capital to institutional alternative asset managers. Owl Rock is comprised of the Adviser, ORCA, Owl Rock Diversified Advisors LLC (“ORDA”) and Owl Rock Private Fund Advisors LLC (“ORPFA” and together with the Adviser, ORCA and ORDA, the “Owl Rock Advisers”) and is led by its three co-founders, Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, and Craig W. Packer. The Adviser’s investment team is also led by Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, and Craig W. Packer, and is supported by certain members of our Adviser’s senior executive team and the investment committee. The Adviser’s investment committee (the “Investment Committee”) is comprised of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer, Alexis Maged, Erik


 

11


Table of Contents

Bissonnette, Pravin Vazirani and, as of September 1, 2021, Jon ten Oever. We will consider the members of our Adviser’s Investment Committee to be our portfolio managers. See “Portfolio Management.” All investment decisions require the approval of a majority of the Investment Committee. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, our Adviser manages our day-to-day operations, and provides investment advisory and management services to us.

Adviser Fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement

We will pay our Adviser a fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The fee consists of two components: a base management fee and an incentive fee. The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.25% based on the average value of our net assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar months. The base management fee is payable monthly in arrears. The incentive fee is comprised of the following two parts:

 

   

An incentive fee on net investment income, which we refer to as the incentive fee on income, will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and will be based upon our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the calendar quarter. The quarterly incentive fee on net investment income is (a) 100% of the pre-incentive fee net investment income between 1.25%, which we refer to as the quarterly preferred return, and 1.43%, which we refer to as the upper level breakpoint, of the Company’s net asset value for that calendar quarter plus (b) 12.50% of all remaining pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the upper lever breakpoint for that calendar quarter. Pre-incentive fee net investment income is defined as investment income and any other income, accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the quarter, including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee. Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any expense support payments or any reimbursement by the Company of expense support payments, or any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. The quarterly preferred return of 1.25% and upper level breakpoint of 1.43% are also adjusted for the actual number of days in each calendar quarter.

 

   

An incentive fee on capital gains will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year. It will be equal to (i) 12.50% of our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of such calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less (ii) the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fees on capital gains as calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”).

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the quarterly incentive fee on income:

Quarterly Incentive Fee on

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(expressed as a percentage of average net assets)

 

 

LOGO


 

12


Table of Contents

The incentive fee may induce our Adviser to make investments on our behalf that are more risky or more speculative than would otherwise be the case. See “Management and Other Agreement and Fees — Investment Advisory Agreement” for more details regarding fees and expenses due to our Adviser.

On October 1, 2021, the Adviser agreed to waive 100% of the base management fee for the quarter ended December 31, 2021. Any portion of the base management fee waived will not be subject to recoupment.

Sponsor Investment

On October 1, 2021, our Adviser purchased 100 Class I shares at $10.00 per share, which represents the initial public offering price. The Adviser will not tender these shares for repurchase as long as our Adviser remains the investment adviser of the Company. There is no current intention for our Adviser to discontinue its role. On October 6, 2021, the Company received subscription agreements totaling $50 million for the purchase of Class I shares of its common stock, from Owl Rock Feeder FIC ORTIC LLC (“Feeder FIC ORTIC”) and Blue Owl Capital Holdings LP (“Blue Owl Holdings”), entities affiliated with our Adviser. Pursuant to the terms of that subscription agreement, Feeder FIC ORTIC and Blue Owl Holdings agreed to pay for such Class I shares upon demand by one of our executive officers. Such purchase or purchases of our Class I shares will be included for purposes of determining when we have satisfied the minimum offering requirement.

Our Administrator

Our Adviser also serves as our administrator. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, our Adviser will perform or oversee the performance of required administrative services, which will include providing office space, equipment and office services, maintaining financial records, preparing reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC, and managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others. We will reimburse our Adviser for services performed for us pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement and for certain organization costs incurred prior to the commencement of our operations, and for certain offering costs. See “Management and Other Agreements and Fees — Administration Agreement.” In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, our Adviser may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and we will reimburse our Adviser for any services performed for us by such affiliate or third party.

Affiliated Dealer Manager

Our Dealer Manager, Blue Owl Securities (formerly known as “Owl Rock Securities LLC” d/b/a “Owl Rock Securities”), is an affiliate of our Adviser and will not make an independent review of us or this offering. This relationship may create conflicts in connection with the Dealer Manager’s due diligence obligations under the federal securities laws. Although the Dealer Manager will examine the information in this prospectus for accuracy and completeness, due to its affiliation with our Adviser, no independent review of us will be made in connection with the distribution of our shares in this offering. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock — Because the Dealer Manager is an affiliate of our Adviser, you will not have the benefit of an independent review of this prospectus customarily performed in underwritten offerings.” Blue Owl Securities is registered as a broker-dealer and is a member of the FINRA and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”).

Potential Market Trends

We believe the technology investment environment provides opportunities for us to meet our goal of making investments that generate an attractive total return based on a combination of the following factors:

Limited Availability of Capital for Technology Companies. We believe that technology companies have limited access to capital, driven by a reduction in activity from commercial and investment banks, and a lack of dedicated pools of capital focused on technology companies. Traditional lenders, such as commercial and


 

13


Table of Contents

investment banks, generally do not have flexible product offerings that meet the needs of technology-related companies. In recent years, many commercial and investment banks have focused their efforts and resources on lending to large corporate clients and managing capital markets transactions rather than lending to technology-related companies. In addition, these lenders may be constrained in their ability to underwrite and hold loans and high yield securities, as well as their ability to provide equity financing, as they seek to meet existing and future regulatory capital requirements. We also believe that there is a lack of scaled market participants that are willing to provide and hold meaningful amounts of a customized financing solution for technology companies. As a result, we believe our focus on technology-related companies and our ability to invest across the capital structure, coupled with a limited supply of capital providers, presents an attractive opportunity to invest in technology companies.

Capital Markets Have Been Unable to Fill the Void Left by Banks. While underwritten bond and syndicated loan markets have been robust in recent years, many technology companies are less able to access these markets for reasons including the following:

High Yield Market   Many technology companies generally do not issue debt in amounts large enough to be attractively sized bonds. High yield bonds are generally purchased by institutional investors who, among other things, are highly focused on the liquidity characteristics of the bond being issued. For example, mutual funds and exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) are significant buyers of underwritten bonds. However, mutual funds and ETFs generally require the ability to liquidate their investments quickly in order to fund investor redemptions and/or comply with regulatory requirements. Accordingly, the existence of an active secondary market for bonds is an important consideration in these entities’ initial investment decision. Because there is typically little or no active secondary market for the debt of U.S. middle market companies, mutual funds and ETFs generally do not provide debt capital to technology companies. We believe this is likely to be a persistent problem and creates an advantage for those like us who have a more stable capital base and have the ability to invest in illiquid assets.

Syndicated Loan Market   Loan issue size and liquidity are key drivers of institutional demand and, correspondingly, underwriters’ willingness to underwrite the loans. Loans arranged through a bank are done either on a “best efforts” basis or are underwritten with terms plus provisions that permit the underwriters to change certain terms, including pricing, structure, yield and tenor, otherwise known as “flex”, to successfully syndicate the loan, in the event the terms initially marketed are insufficiently attractive to investors. Loans provided by companies such as ours provide certainty to issuers in that we can commit to a given amount of debt on specific terms, at stated coupons and with agreed upon fees. As we are the ultimate holder of the loans, we do not require market “flex” or other arrangements that banks may require when acting on an agency basis.

Robust Demand for Debt Capital. According to 451 Research’s M&A KnowledgeBase, there was approximately $1.8 trillion of mergers and acquisitions activity in the technology and software industries from 2015 through 2020. We believe technology companies will continue to require access to capital to refinance existing debt, support growth and finance acquisitions. In addition, we believe the large amount of uninvested capital held by funds of private equity firms, estimated by Preqin Ltd., an alternative assets industry data and research company, to be $1.5 trillion as of October 2020, coupled with a growing focus on technology investing by private equity sponsors, will continue to drive deal activity. We expect that technology companies, private equity sponsors, venture capital firms, and entrepreneurs will continue to seek partners to provide flexible financing for their businesses with debt and equity investments provided by companies such as us.

Technology Spend is Large and Increasing. According to Gartner, a research and advisory company, global technology spend was $3.7 trillion in 2019 and is expected to grow to more than $4.3 trillion by 2023. We believe global demand for technology products and services will continue to grow rapidly, and that that growth will stimulate demand for capital from technology companies.

Attractive Investment Dynamics. An imbalance between the supply of, and demand for, capital creates attractive pricing dynamics. With respect to the debt investments in technology companies, we believe the directly


 

14


Table of Contents

negotiated nature of such financings generally provides more favorable terms to the lender, including stronger covenant and reporting packages, better call protection, and lender protective change of control provisions. Further, we believe that historical default rates for technology and software companies have been lower, and recovery rates have been higher, as compared to the broader leveraged finance market, leading to lower cumulative losses. With respect to equity-related investments, we will seek to structure these investments with meaningful shareholder protections, including, but not limited to, anti-dilution, anti-layering, and liquidation preferences, which we believe will create the potential for meaningful risk-adjusted long-term capital gains in connection with the future liquidity events of these technology companies. Lastly, we believe that in the current environment, as the economy continues to reopen following the economic shutdown resulting from the COVID-19 national health emergency, lenders with available capital may be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities as the economy reopens and may be able to achieve improved economic spreads and documentation terms.

Compelling Business Models. We believe that the products and services that technology companies provide often have high switching costs and are fundamental to the operations and success of their customers. We generally invest in dominant or growing players in niche markets that are selling products to established customer bases. As a result, technology companies have attributes that make them compelling investments, including strong customer retention rates, and highly recurring and predictable revenue. Further, technology companies are typically highly capital efficient, with limited capital expenditures and high free cash flow conversion. In addition, the replicable nature of technology products creates substantial operating leverage which typically results in strong profitability.

We believe that software businesses make compelling investments because they are inherently diversified into a variety of sectors due to end market applications and have been one of the more defensive sectors throughout economic cycles.

Attractive Opportunities in Investments in Technology Companies. We intend to invest in the debt and equity of technology companies. We believe that opportunities in the debt of technology companies are significant because of the floating rate structure of most senior secured debt issuances and because of the strong defensive characteristics of these types of investments. Given the current low interest rate environment, we believe that debt issues with floating interest rates offer a superior return profile as compared with fixed-rate investments, since floating rate structures are generally less susceptible to declines in value experienced by fixed-rate securities in a rising interest rate environment. Senior secured debt also provides strong defensive characteristics. Senior secured debt has priority in payment among an issuer’s security holders whereby holders are due to receive payment before junior creditors and equity holders. Further, these investments are generally secured by the issuer’s assets, which may provide protection in the event of a default.

We believe that opportunities in the equity of technology companies are significant because of the potential to generate meaningful capital appreciation by participating in the growth in the portfolio company and the demand for its products and services. Moreover, we believe that the high-growth profile of a technology company will generally make it a more attractive candidate for a liquidity event than a company in a non-high growth industry.

Potential Competitive Advantages

We believe that our Adviser’s disciplined approach to origination, fundamental investment analysis, portfolio construction and risk management should allow us to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns while preserving our capital. We believe that we represent an attractive investment opportunity for the following reasons:

Dedicated Pool of Capital. From a deal sourcing perspective, we believe Owl Rock’s pool of capital dedicated to technology investing should enable us to be a more relevant partner to sponsors and management teams who seek this type of financing for their deals.


 

15


Table of Contents

Additionally, our dedicated industry focus will be supported by a team with a track record of success investing in technology businesses. The Adviser’s network of deep industry relationships creates a substantial information advantage that informs and augments its due diligence process. This unique positioning should further drive entrenchment with sponsors as our Adviser will typically be viewed as a value-added partner during the diligence and investment lifecycle of our businesses.

We believe the technology sector to be underserved and, other than Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., we are not aware of any entities currently serving the sector that have large pools of capital dedicated to the space and that do not operate competing businesses.

Experienced Team with Expertise Across all Levels of the Corporate Capital Structure. The members of the Investment Committee have an average of 20 years of experience in private lending and investing at all levels of a company’s capital structure, including in high yield securities, leveraged loans, high yield credit derivatives, distressed securities, and equity securities, as well as experience in operations, corporate finance and mergers and acquisitions. The members of the Investment Committee have diverse backgrounds with investing experience through multiple business and credit cycles. Moreover, certain members of the Investment Committee and other executives and employees of our Adviser and its affiliates have operating and/or investing experience on behalf of business development companies. In addition, through its West Coast Office, our Adviser has a significant presence in Silicon Valley to better serve financial sponsors operating in the technology sector. We believe this experience provides our Adviser with an in-depth understanding of the strategic, financial and operational challenges and opportunities of technology companies and will afford it numerous tools to manage risk while preserving the opportunity for attractive risk-adjusted returns on our investments.

Distinctive Origination Platform. We anticipate that a substantial majority of our investments will be sourced directly and that our origination platform will provide us the ability to originate investments without the assistance of investment banks or other traditional Wall Street intermediaries.

The investment team includes over 50 investment professionals and is responsible for originating, underwriting, executing and managing the assets of our direct lending transactions and for sourcing and executing opportunities directly. The investment team has significant experience as transaction originators and building and maintaining strong relationships with private equity sponsors and companies. In addition, we believe that the formation of Blue Owl has enhanced the investment team’s investment sourcing capabilities as a result of the combination of Owl Rock’s and Dyal’s relationships with the alternative asset management community by increasing the opportunities for them to utilize Blue Owl’s resources and its relationships with the financial sponsor community and service providers, which we believe may result in an increased pipeline of deal opportunities.

The investment team also maintains direct contact with banks, corporate advisory firms, industry consultants, attorneys, investment banks, “club” investors and other potential sources of lending opportunities. We believe our Adviser’s ability to source through multiple channels will allow us to generate investment opportunities that have more attractive risk-adjusted return characteristics than by relying solely on origination flow from investment banks or other intermediaries and to be more selective investors.

Since our Adviser’s affiliates began investment activities in April 2016 through June 30, 2021, Owl Rock and its predecessors have reviewed over 5,800 direct lending opportunities (of which approximately $280 billion were technology-related) and sourced potential investment opportunities from over 570 private equity sponsors and venture capital firms. We believe that our Adviser will receive “early looks” and “last looks” based on its and Blue Owl’s relationships, allowing it to be highly selective in the transactions it pursues.

Provide Customized Financing Complementary to Financial Sponsors’ Capital. We intend to offer a broad range of investment structures and possess expertise and experience to effectively structure and price


 

16


Table of Contents

investments in technology companies. We intend to offer customized financing solutions ranging from senior debt to equity capital. Unlike many of our competitors that we believe are restricted to smaller investment sizes and only invest in companies that fit a specific set of investment parameters, we believe that we will have the scale and flexibility to structure our investments to suit the particular needs of our portfolio companies. As a result, we believe that our capital will be viewed as an attractive and complimentary source of capital, both by the portfolio company and by the portfolio company’s financial sponsor.

Potential Long-Term Investment Horizon. We believe our potential long-term investment horizon will give us flexibility, allowing us to maximize returns on our investments in technology companies. We intend to invest using a long-term focus, which we believe will provide us with the opportunity to increase total returns on invested capital, as compared to other private company investment vehicles or investment vehicles with daily liquidity requirements (e.g., open-ended mutual funds and ETFs).

Defensive Investment Philosophy. The Adviser intends to employ an investment approach focused on rigorous due diligence and underwriting, a highly selective and multi-stage investment decision process, and ongoing portfolio monitoring. The investment approach will focus on quantitative and qualitative factors, with particular emphasis on early detection of potential deterioration. This strategy is designed to minimize potential losses and achieve attractive risk adjusted returns.

Active Portfolio Monitoring. The Adviser intends to closely monitor the investments in our portfolio and take a proactive approach to identifying and addressing sector- or company-specific risks. The Adviser will receive and review detailed financial information from portfolio companies no less than quarterly and will seek to maintain regular dialogue with portfolio company management teams regarding current and forecasted performance. We anticipate that many of our debt investments will have financial covenants that we believe will provide an early warning of potential problems facing our borrowers, allowing lenders, including us, to identify and carefully manage risk. In addition, our Adviser has built out its portfolio management team to include workout experts who will closely monitor our portfolio companies and assess each portfolio company’s operational and liquidity exposure and outlook. Further, we anticipate that many of our equity investments will provide us the opportunity to nominate a member or observer to the board of directors of the portfolio company, which we believe will allow us to closely monitor the performance of our portfolio companies.

Structure of Investments

Our investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.

Debt Investments. The terms of our debt investments will be tailored to the facts and circumstances of each transaction. The Adviser intends to negotiate the structure of each investment to protect our rights and manage our risk. We intend to invest in the following types of debt:

 

   

First-lien debt. First-lien debt typically will be senior on a lien basis to other liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and has the benefit of a first-priority security interest in assets of the issuer. The security interest ranks above the security interest of any second-lien lenders in those assets. Our first-lien debt may include stand-alone first-lien loans, “last out” first-lien loans, “unitranche” loans (including the “last out” portions of such loans) and secured corporate bonds with similar features to these categories of first-lien loans.

 

   

Stand-alone first-lien loans. Stand-alone first-lien loans are traditional first-lien loans. All lenders in the facility have equal rights to the collateral that is subject to the first-priority security interest.

 

   

“Last out” first-lien /Unitranche loans. Unitranche loans (including the “last out” portions of such loans) combine features of first-lien, second-lien and mezzanine debt, generally in a first-lien position. In many cases, we intend to provide the issuer most, if not all, of the capital structure above their


 

17


Table of Contents
 

equity. The primary advantages to the issuer are the ability to negotiate the entire debt financing with one lender and the elimination of intercreditor issues. “Last out” first-lien loans have a secondary priority behind super-senior “first out” first-lien loans in the collateral securing the loans in certain circumstances. The arrangements for a “last out” first-lien loan typically are set forth in an “agreement among lenders,” which will provide lenders with “first out” and “last out” payment streams based on a single lien on the collateral. Since the “first out” lenders generally have priority over the “last out” lenders for receiving payment under certain specified events of default, or upon the occurrence of other triggering events under intercreditor agreements or agreements among lenders, the “last out” lenders bear a greater risk and, in exchange, receive a higher effective interest rate, through arrangements among the lenders, than the “first out” lenders or lenders in stand-alone first-lien loans. Agreements among lenders also typically provide greater voting rights to the “last out” lenders than the intercreditor agreements to which second-lien lenders often are subject. Among the types of first-lien debt in which we may invest, “last out” first-lien loans generally have higher effective interest rates than other types of first-lien loans, since “last out” first-lien loans rank below standalone first-lien loans.

 

   

Second-lien debt. We expect that our second-lien debt may include secured loans, and, to a lesser extent, secured corporate bonds, with a secondary priority behind first-lien debt. Second-lien debt typically is senior on a lien basis to unsecured liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and has the benefit of a security interest over assets of the issuer, though ranking junior to first-lien debt secured by those assets. First-lien lenders and second-lien lenders typically have separate liens on the collateral, and an inter-creditor agreement provides the first-lien lenders with priority over the second-lien lenders’ liens on the collateral.

 

   

Mezzanine debt. Structurally, mezzanine debt usually ranks subordinate in priority of payment to first-lien and second-lien debt, is often unsecured, and may not have the benefit of financial covenants common in first-lien and second-lien debt. However, mezzanine debt ranks senior to common and preferred equity in an issuer’s capital structure. Mezzanine debt investments generally offer lenders fixed returns in the form of interest payments, which could be paid-in-kind, and may provide lenders an opportunity to participate in the capital appreciation, if any, of an issuer through an equity interest. This equity interest typically takes the form of an equity co-investment or warrants. Due to its higher risk profile and often less restrictive covenants compared to senior secured loans, mezzanine debt generally bears a higher stated interest rate than first-lien and second-lien debt.

We intend to structure our debt with the maximum security and collateral that we can reasonably obtain while seeking to achieve our total return target. Our Adviser will seek to limit the downside potential of our investments by:

 

   

requiring a total return on our investments (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that compensates us for credit risk;

 

   

negotiating covenants in connection with our investments consistent with preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative covenants (including reporting requirements), negative covenants (including financial covenants), lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation rights or rights to a seat on the board under some circumstances; and

 

   

including debt amortization requirements, where appropriate, to require the timely repayment of principal of the loan, as well as appropriate maturity dates.

 

   

Convertible bonds. Convertible bonds are fixed-income corporate debt securities that yield current interest payments, but can be converted into common stock or other equivalent equity shares of an issuer. Interest may be in the form of cash or payment-in-kind, or a combination of both. Although we may, from time to time, invest in convertible securities of publicly listed issuers, our convertible bond investments are typically issued to private businesses. Upon a qualifying public offering, these securities become convertible


 

18


Table of Contents
 

at the option of the bondholder (or, in some instances, are mandatorily converted) into shares of the issuer. Conversion prices are typically set at a discount to the market price of the shares at pricing of the qualifying public offering.

Equity-Related Investments. Our investment in a portfolio company could be or may include an equity-related interest. Our equity securities typically consist of either a direct minority equity investment in common or preferred stock or membership/partnership interests of a portfolio company, or we may receive warrants to buy a minority equity interest in a portfolio company in connection with a debt investment. Warrants we receive with our debt investments typically require only a nominal cost to exercise, and thus, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest. Our equity investments are typically not control-oriented investments and we may structure such equity investments to include provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder.

Warehousing Transaction

On [ ● ], 2021, we entered into an arrangement for the Warehousing Transaction with [ ● ] (the “Financing Provider”). The Warehousing Transaction creates a forward obligation of the Financing Provider to sell, and a forward obligation of us or our designee to purchase certain investments (the “Portfolio Investments”) owned and held by the Financing Provider at our request. It is expected that the Portfolio Investments will generally consist of loans to middle market companies consistent with our investment strategy. Pursuant to the Warehousing Transaction, we may request the Financing Provider acquire such Portfolio Investments as we may designate from time to time, which the Financing Provider can approve or reject in its sole and absolute discretion. Prior to any sale to us, the Portfolio Investments will be owned and held solely for the account of the Financing Provider. Until such time as we have received subscriptions for our shares of at least $[ ● ] million (the “Capital Condition”), we will have no obligation to purchase the Portfolio Investments under the facility agreement (the “Facility Agreement”) entered in connection with the Warehousing Transaction. Certain of our affiliates have entered into guarantees with the Financing Provider to purchase the Portfolio Investments if we fail to meet the Capital Condition.

After we meet the Capital Condition, we will be obligated to purchase the Portfolio Investments from the Financing Provider on or before [ ● ], 20[ ● ] (the “Facility End Date”). We may also elect but are not obligated to purchase Portfolio Investments prior to the Facility End Date or prior to or without meeting the Capital Condition. In consideration for the forward arrangement provided by the Financing Provider (the amount of the arrangement will not exceed $[ ● ] million before [ ● ], 20[ ● ] and $[ ● ] million between such date and the Facility End Date (the “Financing Amount”)), we have agreed to pay, subject to satisfying the Capital Condition, certain fees and expenses to the Financing Provider, including (i) a financing fee at an annual rate of LIBOR plus [ ● ]% multiplied by the cash amount paid by the Financing Provider (subject to adjustment for, among other things, cash amounts received by the Financing Provider) for such Portfolio Investment while it is being held by the Financing Provider, (ii) an unused fee at an annual rate of [ ● ]% of the unused Financing Amount and (iii) a structuring fee equal to $[ ● ] million which is payable on the earlier of the termination date or the Facility End Date. As a general matter, the price we would pay to purchase any Portfolio Investment from the cash amount paid by the Financing Provider subject to adjustment for, among other things, principal repayments and interest amounts earned by the Financing Provider.

As of [ ● ], 20[ ● ], there were [ ● ] loans that the Financing Provider purchased having an aggregate cost of $[ ● ] million and an aggregate market value of $[ ● ] million. Additionally, there were [ ● ] loans that the Financing Provider committed to having an aggregate principal amount of $[ ● ] million and an aggregate cost of $[ ● ] million. We have agreed to purchase these loans subject to the conditions of the Facility Agreement.


 

19


Table of Contents

Share Class Specifications

ORCA has received an exemptive order that permits us to offer multiple classes of shares of common stock and to impose varying sales loads, asset-based service and/or distribution fees and early withdrawal fees.

Our Class S shares and Class D shares are not subject to an Upfront Sales Load. However, if Class S shares and/or Class D shares are purchased from certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediaries may directly charge subscribers transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 3.50% and 1.50% of the net offering price per share of each such Class S share and Class D share, respectively. Our Class I shares are not subject to an Upfront Sales Load. Pursuant to a distribution plan adopted by us in compliance with Rules 12b-1 and 17d-3 under the 1940 Act, as if those rules applied to us, our Class S and Class D shares are subject to annual ongoing servicing fees of  0.85% and 0.25%, respectively, of the then-current net asset value of such shares, as determined in accordance with applicable FINRA rules. Our Class I shares are not subject to an ongoing servicing fee.

Class S shares are generally available for purchase by certain investors meeting the suitability standards described herein and through brokerage and transaction-based accounts. Class D shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only (1) through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class D shares, (2) through participating broker-dealers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class D shares, (3) through certain registered investment advisers, (4) through bank trust departments or any other organization or person authorized to act in a fiduciary capacity for its clients or customers or (5) other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus. Class I shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only (1) through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class I shares, (2) by endowments, foundations, pension funds and other institutional investors, (3) through participating broker-dealers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class I shares, (4) by our executive officers and directors and their immediate family members, as well as officers and employees of our Adviser, Owl Rock or other affiliates and their immediate family members, and, if approved by our board of directors, joint venture partners, consultants and other service providers or (5) other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus. We may also offer Class I shares to certain feeder vehicles primarily created to hold our Class I shares, which in turn offer interests in themselves to investors; we expect to conduct such offerings pursuant to exceptions to registration under the Securities Act and not as a part of this offering. Such feeder vehicles may have additional costs and expenses, which would be disclosed in connection with the offering of their interests. We may also offer Class I shares to other investment vehicles. The Adviser and its affiliates will be expected to hold their Class I shares purchased as shareholders for investment and not with a view towards distribution.

A Class S share and a Class D share will convert into a Class I share upon the earliest of (i) our Dealer Manager advising us that the aggregate underwriting compensation payable from all sources (determined in accordance with applicable FINRA rules) would be in excess of 10% of the gross proceeds of this offering or (ii) a liquidity event. In addition, consistent with the exemptive relief allowing us to offer multiple classes of shares, at the end of the month in which the Dealer Manager in conjunction with the transfer agent determines that total upfront selling commissions and ongoing servicing fees paid with respect to any single share held in a shareholder’s account would exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the gross proceeds from the sale of such share (or a lower limit as set forth in any applicable agreement between the Dealer Manager and a participating broker-dealer) (the “Sales Charge Cap”), we will cease paying the ongoing servicing fees on either (i) each such Class S share or Class D share that would exceed such limit or (ii) all Class S shares and Class D shares in such shareholder’s account. We may modify this requirement in a manner that is consistent with the applicable exemptive relief. At the end of such month, the applicable Class S shares or Class D shares in such shareholder’s account will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares) with an equivalent aggregate net asset value as such Class S shares or Class D shares. See “Plan of Distribution —  Compensation Paid to the Dealer Manager and Participating Broker-Dealers.”


 

20


Table of Contents

Operating and Regulatory Structure

We are an externally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that filed an election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. See “Tax Matters.” Our investment activities will be managed by our Adviser and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are not “interested persons” of the Company or of our Adviser as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and are “independent,” as determined by our board of directors. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Regulation.”

Our Distribution Reinvestment Plan

We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan whereby shareholders (other than Maryland and North Carolina investors, and clients of certain participating brokers that do not permit automatic enrollment in our distribution reinvestment plan) will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of the same class of our common stock to which the distribution relates unless they elect to receive their distributions in cash. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.” Maryland and North Carolina investors, and clients of certain participating brokers that do not permit automatic enrollment in our distribution reinvestment plan, will automatically receive their distributions in cash unless they elect to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock.

Plan of Distribution

We are offering on a best efforts, continuous basis shares of Class S, Class D and Class I common stock each at an initial public offering price of $10.00 per share. See “Plan of Distribution.” To the extent that our net asset value increases above or decreases below our initial public offering prices, we intend to sell our shares at net offering prices that we believe reflect the net asset value per share of the relevant class of common stock as determined in accordance with the Company’s share pricing policy. See “Determination of Net Asset Value — Value Determinations in Connection with this Continuous Offering.” We will not sell any class of our shares at a net offering price below our net asset value per share unless we obtain the requisite approval from our shareholders.

Our Dealer Manager for this offering is Blue Owl Securities, which is an affiliate of our Adviser and is registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer and is a member of FINRA and SIPC. Our Dealer Manager is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of shares, but has agreed to use its best efforts to sell the shares offered. The initial minimum permitted purchase is $25,000 in Class S or Class D shares, and $1 million in Class I shares unless waived by the Dealer Manager.

Once we satisfy the minimum offering requirement, we will schedule monthly closings on subscriptions received and accepted by us. Subscriptions will be effective only upon our acceptance, and we reserve the right to reject any subscription in whole or in part. Subscriptions will be accepted or rejected within 30 days of receipt by us and, if rejected, all funds will be returned to subscribers without deduction for any fees and expenses within ten business days from the date the subscription is rejected. After we meet our minimum offering requirement, funds received in connection with subscriptions will be placed in a non-interest-bearing escrow account pending closing. We are not permitted to accept a subscription until at least five business days after the date you receive this prospectus.

Compensation Paid to the Dealer Manager and Participating Broker-Dealers

Our Class S shares and Class D shares are not subject to an Upfront Sales Load. However, if Class S shares and/or Class D shares are purchased from certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediaries may directly charge subscribers transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 3.50% and 1.50% of the net


 

21


Table of Contents

offering price per share of each such Class S share and Class D share, respectively. No Upfront Sales Load will be paid in connection with purchases of Class I shares or shares purchased pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan.

Our Class S and Class D shares are subject to ongoing servicing fees of  0.85% and 0.25%, respectively, of the aggregate net asset value for such class of shares, as determined in accordance with applicable FINRA rules. The ongoing servicing fees are similar to sales commissions in that the servicing expenses borne by the Dealer Manager, its affiliates, participating broker-dealers and financial representatives may be different from and substantially less than the amount of ongoing servicing fees charged.

From time to time our Adviser may enter into agreements with placement agents or broker-dealers to offer shares of our common stock. Our Adviser may pay certain placement or “finder’s” fees in connection with our offering of common stock. In addition, investors who purchase shares through a placement agent may be required to pay a fee or commission directly to the placement agent. If you are purchasing shares through a placement agent, you should request additional information from your salesperson or financial intermediary.

FINRA Rule 2310 provides that the maximum aggregate underwriting compensation from any source, including compensation paid from offering proceeds and in the form of “trail commissions,” payable to underwriters, broker-dealers, or affiliates thereof participating in an offering may not exceed 10% of gross offering proceeds, excluding proceeds received in connection with the issuance of shares through a distribution reinvestment plan. Payments collected by us in connection with the ongoing servicing fee, in addition to the Upfront Sales Load imposed by financial intermediaries, if any, will be considered underwriting compensation for purposes of FINRA Rule 2310. See “Plan of Distribution” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

Suitability Standards

Pursuant to applicable state securities laws, shares of Class S, Class D and Class I common stock offered through this prospectus are suitable only as a long-term investment for persons of adequate financial means who have no need for liquidity in this investment. There is not expected to be any public market for our shares, which means that investors likely will have limited ability to sell their shares, if they can sell them at all, and there can be no assurance that there ever will be a public market for our shares. As a result, we have established suitability standards which require investors, at a minimum, to have either: (i) a net worth of at least $70,000 and an annual gross income of at least $70,000, or (ii) a net worth of at least $250,000. Under these standards, net worth does not include your home, home furnishings or personal automobiles. In addition, each person selling shares on our behalf will require that a potential investor (1) can reasonably benefit from an investment in us based on such investor’s overall investment objectives and portfolio structuring; (2) is able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on the prospective shareholder’s overall financial situation; and (3) has apparent understanding of (a) the fundamental risks of the investment, (b) the risk that such investor may lose his or her entire investment, (c) the lack of liquidity of our shares, (d) the background and qualifications of our Adviser and (e) the tax consequences of the investment. For additional information, see “Suitability Standards.”

How to Subscribe

Investors who meet the suitability standards described in this prospectus may purchase shares of our common stock. Investors seeking to purchase shares of our common stock should proceed as follows:

 

   

Read the entire final prospectus and the current supplement(s), if any, accompanying the final prospectus.

 

   

Complete the execution copy of the subscription agreement. A specimen copy of the subscription agreement is included as Appendix A.

 

   

Deliver payment for the amount of the shares being subscribed for along with the completed subscription agreement. You should direct your payment to “UMB Bank, N.A., as escrow agent for Owl Rock Technology Income Corp.” The initial minimum permitted purchases are $25,000 for the Class S and Class D shares, and $1 million for the Class I shares unless waived by the Dealer Manager. Additional


 

22


Table of Contents
 

purchases must be for a minimum of $500 for the Class S, Class D and Class I shares, except for purchases made pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan.

 

   

By executing the subscription agreement and paying the full amount being subscribed for, each investor attests that he or she meets the minimum income and net worth standards as stated in the subscription agreement.

A sale of the shares may not be completed until at least five business days after the subscriber receives our final prospectus as filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424 of the Securities Act. Within 30 business days of our receipt of each completed subscription agreement, we will accept or reject the subscription. We expect to close on subscriptions received and accepted by us on a monthly basis. If we accept the subscription, we will send a confirmation within twenty business days. If for any reason we reject the subscription, we will promptly return the check and the subscription agreement, without interest or deduction, within ten business days after rejecting it. While a shareholder will not know our net asset value on the effective date of the share purchase, our net asset value applicable to a purchase of shares generally will be available within 20 business days after the effective date of the share purchase; at that time, the number of shares based on that net asset value and each shareholder’s purchase will be determined and shares are credited to the shareholder’s account as of the effective date of the share purchase. We will disclose the net asset value per share of each class of our common stock for each month when available on our website at http://www.owlrockbdcs.com.

We may satisfy the minimum offering requirement through a private placement of Class I shares to an entity affiliated with our Adviser within one year after the date of this prospectus. See “Business – Sponsor Investment”. Subscriptions solicited prior to meeting the minimum offering requirement will be placed in an account held by the escrow agent, UMB Bank, N.A. in trust for our subscribers’ benefit, pending release to us upon meeting the minimum offering requirement. If we do not satisfy the minimum offering requirement within one year from the initial effective date of this prospectus, we will promptly return all funds to subscribers, with interest and without deduction for fees or expenses, and we will stop this offering.

Perpetual-Life BDC

We intend to operate as a non-exchange traded perpetual-life BDC, and do not intend to complete a liquidity event within any specific time period, if at all. We use the term “perpetual-life BDC” to describe a BDC of indefinite duration, whose shares of common stock are intended to be sold by the BDC monthly on a continuous basis at prices generally equal to the BDC’s monthly net asset value per share for the applicable class of common stock. We generally consider a liquidity event to be a merger or another transaction approved by our board of directors in which shareholders will receive cash or shares of a publicly traded company, or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation and distribution of cash to our shareholders. A liquidity event also may include a sale, merger or rollover transaction with one or more affiliated investment companies managed by our Adviser. We do not intend to list our shares on a national securities exchange. Upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, if any, all Class S and Class D shares will automatically convert into Class I shares and the ongoing servicing fee will terminate. See “Perpetual-Life BDC.”

Share Repurchase Program

Beginning no later than the first full calendar quarter after the date that we sell shares to a person or entity other than our Adviser, our directors, officers and/or other affiliated persons and entities, and at the discretion of our board of directors, we intend to commence periodic repurchase offers pursuant a share repurchase program. Our board of directors reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to limit the number of shares to be repurchased for each class by applying limitations on the number of shares to be repurchased on a per class basis. We intend to limit the number of shares to be repurchased in each period to no more than 5.00% of our outstanding shares of


 

23


Table of Contents

common stock. Repurchases of shares will be made at prices determined by our board of directors, and paid on the date of such repurchase. All shares purchased by us pursuant to the terms of each offer to repurchase will be retired and thereafter will be authorized and unissued shares.

Any periodic repurchase offers will be subject in part to our available cash and compliance with the BDC and RIC qualification and diversification rules promulgated under the 1940 Act and the Code, respectively. While we intend to conduct periodic repurchase offers as described above, we are not required to do so and may amend or suspend the share repurchase program at any time.

Our Affiliates

The Adviser is affiliated with ORCA, ORDA and ORPFA, together with our Adviser, the Owl Rock Advisers. The Owl Rock Advisers are indirect affiliates of Blue Owl and comprise “Owl Rock,” a division of Blue Owl focused on direct lending. See “Business — Our Adviser”.

We expect to rely on exemptive relief, which has been granted by the SEC to ORCA and certain of its affiliates, to co-invest with other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates, including Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., Owl Rock Core Income Corp. and other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates comprising Owl Rock (together with the Company, the “Owl Rock Clients”) in a manner consistent with our investment objective positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. See “Regulation — Exemptive Relief.”

Our Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to our Adviser and its Affiliates — The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts of interest with respect to services performed for issuers in which we may invest.” Our Adviser’s liability is limited under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and we are required to indemnify our Adviser against certain liabilities. These protections may lead our Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to our Adviser and its Affiliates — Our Adviser’s liability is limited under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and we are required to indemnify our Adviser against certain liabilities, which may lead our Adviser to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.”

Conflicts of Interest

We have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement with our Adviser. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay our Adviser a base management fee and an incentive fee. See “Management and Other Agreements and Fees — Investment Advisory Agreement” for a description of how the fees payable to our Adviser will be determined. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, we will reimburse our Adviser for expenses necessary to perform services related to our administration and operations. See “Management and Other Agreements and Fees — Administration Agreement” for a description of how the expenses reimbursable to our Adviser will be determined. In addition, our Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees.

Our executive officers, certain of our directors and certain other finance professionals of Blue Owl also serve as executives of the Owl Rock Advisers, and officers and directors of the Company and certain professionals of Blue Owl and our Adviser are officers of Blue Owl Securities. In addition, our executive officers and directors and the members of our Adviser and members of its Investment Committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same, or a related, line of business as we do or of


 

24


Table of Contents

investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by our affiliates. These investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles may have investment objectives similar to our investment objectives.

At times, we compete with other entities managed by our Adviser as well as entities managed by the other Owl Rock Advisers and affiliates of Blue Owl, including the Owl Rock Clients and the private funds managed by Dyal, a division of Blue Owl (the “Dyal Clients,” and together with the Owl Rock Clients, the “Blue Owl Clients”), for capital and investment opportunities. As a result, we may not be given the opportunity to participate or participate fully in certain investments made by the Blue Owl Clients. This can create a potential conflict when allocating investment opportunities among us and such other Blue Owl Clients. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of our Adviser and its affiliates may not be capable of being shared among some or all of such clients and affiliates due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including regulatory restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act. However, in order for our Adviser and its affiliates to fulfill their fiduciary duties to each of their clients, the Owl Rock Advisers have put in place an investment allocation policy that seeks to ensure the fair and equitable allocation of investment opportunities over time between the Owl Rock Clients and other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates and addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business.”

Ongoing servicing fees will be payable by investors to compensate our affiliated Dealer Manager and its affiliates for services rendered to shareholders, including, among other things, responding to customer inquiries of a general nature regarding the Company; crediting distributions from us to customer accounts; arranging for bank wire transfer of funds to or from a customer’s account; responding to customer inquiries and requests regarding shareholder reports, notices, proxies and proxy statements, and other Company documents; forwarding prospectuses, tax notices and annual and quarterly reports to beneficial owners of our shares; assisting us in establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts and records; assisting customers in changing account options, account designations and account addresses, and providing such other similar services as we may reasonably request to the extent the an authorized service provider is permitted to do so under applicable statutes, rules, or regulations. The ongoing servicing fees will terminate for all Class S and Class D shareholders upon a liquidity event, if any. As such, although we do not intend to complete a liquidity event within any specific time period, if at all, our Adviser may have an incentive to delay a liquidity event if such amounts receivable by our Dealer Manager have not been fully paid. A delay in a liquidity event may not be in the best interests of our shareholders. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Adviser and Its Affiliates — The Adviser may have an incentive to delay a liquidity event, which may result in actions that are not in the best interest of our shareholders.”

Allocation of Investment Opportunities

The Owl Rock Advisers intend to allocate investment opportunities in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and is consistent with its investment allocation policy, so that no client of our Adviser or its affiliates is disadvantaged in relation to any other client of our Adviser or its affiliates, taking into account such factors as the relative amounts of capital available for new investments, cash on hand, existing commitments and reserves, the investment programs and portfolio positions of the participating investment accounts, the clients for which participation is appropriate, targeted leverage level, targeted asset mix and any other factors deemed appropriate. The Owl Rock Advisers intend to allocate common expenses among us and other clients of our Adviser and its affiliates in a manner that is fair and equitable over time or in such other manner as may be required by applicable law or the Investment Advisory Agreement. Fees and expenses generated in connection with potential portfolio investments that are not consummated will be allocated in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and in accordance with policies adopted by the Owl Rock Advisers and the Investment Advisory Agreement.

The Owl Rock Advisers have put in place an investment allocation policy that seeks to ensure the equitable allocation of investment opportunities over time between the Owl Rock Clients, the Dyal Clients and other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates and addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act.


 

25


Table of Contents

When we engage in co-investments as permitted by the exemptive relief described below, we will do so in a manner consistent with the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy.

In situations where co-investment with other entities managed by our Adviser or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer, a committee comprised of certain executive officers of the Owl Rock Advisers (including executive officers of our Adviser) along with other officers and employees, will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. The allocation committee will make these determinations based on the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy, which generally requires that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts in a manner that will be fair and equitable over time.

As a result of exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolios of the other funds managed by Owl Rock that could avail themselves of the exemptive relief and that have an investment objective similar to ours.

The Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy is designed to manage the potential conflicts of interest between our Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to us and its or its affiliates’ similar fiduciary obligations to other clients, including the Owl Rock Clients; however, there can be no assurance that the Owl Rock Advisers’ efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to us. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in our favor.

The allocation of investment opportunities among us and any of the other investment funds sponsored or accounts managed by our Adviser or its affiliates may not always, and often will not, be proportional. In general, pursuant to the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy, the process for making an allocation determination includes an assessment as to whether a particular investment opportunity (including any follow-on investment in, or disposition from, an existing portfolio company held by us or another investment fund or account) is suitable for us or another investment fund or account including the Owl Rock Clients. In making this assessment, the Owl Rock Advisers may consider a variety of factors, including, without limitation: the investment objectives, guidelines and strategies applicable to the investment fund or account; the nature of the investment, including its risk-return profile and expected holding period; portfolio diversification and concentration concerns; the liquidity needs of the investment fund or account; the ability of the investment fund or account to accommodate structural, timing and other aspects of the investment process; the life cycle of the investment fund or account; legal, tax and regulatory requirements and restrictions, including, as applicable, compliance with the 1940 Act (including requirements and restrictions pertaining to co-investment opportunities discussed below); compliance with existing agreements of the investment fund or account; the available capital of the investment fund or account; diversification requirements for BDCs or RICs; the gross asset value and net asset value of the investment fund or account; the current and targeted leverage levels for the investment fund or account; and portfolio construction considerations. The relevance of each of these criteria will vary from investment opportunity to investment opportunity. In circumstances where the investment objectives of multiple investment funds or accounts regularly overlap, while the specific facts and circumstances of each allocation decision will be determinative, the Owl Rock Advisers may afford prior decisions precedential value.

Pursuant to the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy, if, through the foregoing analysis, it is determined that an investment opportunity is appropriate for multiple investment funds or accounts, the Owl Rock Advisers generally will determine the appropriate size of the opportunity for each such investment fund or account. If an investment opportunity falls within the mandate of two or more investment funds or accounts, and there are no restrictions on such funds or accounts investing with each other, then each investment fund or account will receive the amount of the investment that it is seeking, as determined based on the criteria set forth above.


 

26


Table of Contents

Certain allocations may be more advantageous to us relative to one or all of the other investment funds, or vice versa. While the Owl Rock Advisers will seek to allocate investment opportunities in a way that it believes in good faith is fair and equitable over time, there can be no assurance that our actual allocation of an investment opportunity, if any, or terms on which the allocation is made, will be as favorable as they would be if the conflicts of interest to which our Adviser may be subject did not exist.

Exemptive Relief

We rely on exemptive relief, that has been granted by the SEC to ORCA and certain of its affiliates, which permits us to co-invest with other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally are permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our shareholders and do not involve overreaching in respect of us or our shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies, (3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which our affiliates are investing, and (4) the proposed investment by us would not benefit our Adviser or its affiliates or any affiliated person of any of them (other than the parties to the transaction), except to the extent permitted by the exemptive relief and applicable law, including the limitations set forth in Section 57(k) of the 1940 Act. The Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy seeks to ensure equitable allocation of investment opportunities between us, the Owl Rock Clients and/or other funds managed by our Adviser and its affiliates. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC on April 8, 2020 and applicable to all BDCs that have co-investment exemptive orders on which they can rely, through December 31, 2020, we may, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, co-invest in portfolio companies in which certain other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates have invested, if we did not hold securities of such existing portfolio company. Without this order, we would not be able to participate in such co-investments with affiliated funds unless we had previously acquired securities of the portfolio company in a co-investment transaction with the affiliated funds. Although the conditional exemptive order has expired, the SEC’s Division of Investment Management has indicated that until March 31, 2022, it will not recommend enforcement action, to the extent that any BDC with an existing co-investment order continues to engage in certain transactions described in the conditional exemptive order, pursuant to the same terms and conditions described therein.

In addition, ORCA has received an exemptive order that permits us to offer multiple classes of shares of common stock and to impose varying sales loads, asset-based service and/or distribution fees and early withdrawal fees.

Reports to Shareholders

Within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, we will distribute our quarterly report on Form 10-Q to all shareholders of record. In addition, we will distribute our annual report on Form 10-K to all shareholders within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year. These reports will also be available on our website at http://www.owlrockbdcs.com and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. These reports should not be considered a part of or as incorporated by reference into this prospectus, or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.


 

27


Table of Contents

Taxation of Our Company

We intend to elect to be treated, beginning with our first taxable year ending subsequent to the date that we commence investment operations, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our shareholders from our tax earnings and profits. To obtain and maintain our RIC tax treatment, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. See “Tax Matters.”

Company Information

Our administrative and executive offices are located at 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10022, and our telephone number is (212) 419-3000. We maintain a website at http://www.owlrockbdcs.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We qualify as an emerging growth company, as that term is used in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) for so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company. Specifically, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies are not required to (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (2) comply with new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”), (3) comply with new audit rules adopted by the PCAOB after April 5, 2012 (unless the SEC determines otherwise), (4) provide certain financial statements and disclosures relating to executive compensation generally required for larger public companies or (5) hold shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation.

In addition, Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as amended by Section 102(b) of the JOBS Act provide that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We intend to take advantage of such extended transition periods. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) up to five years measured from the date of the first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement, (b) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1.07 billion or more, (c) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (d) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.


 

28


Table of Contents

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in shares of our common stock will bear, directly or indirectly by investing in the Class S, Class D or Class I shares. Additionally, the expense ratios do not reflect the Expense Support Agreement. See “Discussion of Expected Operating Plans — Expenses — Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement” for additional information regarding the Expense Support Agreement. Other expenses are estimated and may vary. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, shareholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses.

 

Stockholder transaction expenses (fees paid directly from your investment)    Class S     Class D     Class I  

Maximum Upfront Selling Commissions(1)

            

Distribution reinvestment plan fees

     —         —         —    

Total Stockholder transaction expenses

     —         —         —    

Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to shares of common stock)(2)

     1.25     1.25     1.25

Base management fees(3)

      

Incentive fees(4)

     0.00     0.00     0.00

Interest payment on borrowed funds(5)

     2.88       2.88       2.88  

Ongoing service fee(6)

     0.85       0.25       —    

Acquired fund fees and expenses(7)

     —         —         —    

Other expenses(8)

     1.37       1.37       1.37  

Total annual expenses

     6.35     5.75     5.50

Total net annual expenses

     6.35     5.75     5.50

 

(1)

No Upfront Sales Load will be paid to the Company or Dealer Manager with respect to Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares. However, if subscribers purchase Class S shares or Class D shares through certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediaries may directly charge transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 1.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class D share and 3.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class S share. Selling agents will not charge such fees on Class I shares. Subscribers should contact their selling agents for additional information. See “Plan of Distribution — Compensation Paid to the Dealer Manager and Participating Broker-Dealers.”

(2)

Average net assets employed as the denominator for expense ratio computation is $865.4 million. This estimate is based on the assumption that we sell $1.5 billion of the relevant class of common stock during the following 12-month period, including the capital contributed by Feeder FIC ORTIC and Blue Owl Holdings, entities affiliated with our Adviser. See “Business – Sponsor Investment”. Actual net assets will depend on the number of shares we actually sell, realized gains/losses, unrealized appreciation/depreciation and share repurchase activity, if any.

(3)

The base management fee paid to our Adviser is calculated at an annual rate of 1.25% on the average value of our net assets, at the end of the two most recently completed calendar months. On October 1, 2021, the Adviser agreed to waive 100% of the base management fee for the quarter ended December 31, 2021. Any portion of the base management fee waived will not be subject to recoupment.

(4)

We may have capital gains and investment income that could result in the payment of an incentive fee. The incentive fees, if any, are divided into two parts:

 

   

An incentive fee on net investment income, which we refer to as the incentive fee on income, will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and will be based upon our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the calendar quarter. The quarterly incentive fee on net investment income is (a) 100% of the


 

29


Table of Contents
 

pre-incentive fee net investment income between 1.25%, which we refer to as the quarterly preferred return, and 1.43%, which we refer to as the upper level breakpoint, of the Company’s net asset value for that calendar quarter plus (b) 12.50% of all remaining pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the upper level break point for that calendar quarter. Pre-incentive fee net investment income is defined as investment income and any other income, accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the quarter, including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee. Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any expense support payments or any reimbursement by the Company of expense support payments, or any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. The quarterly preferred return of 1.25% and upper level breakpoint of 1.43% are also adjusted for the actual number of days in each calendar quarter.

 

   

An incentive fee on capital gains will be earned on liquidated investments and will be calculated and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year. It will be equal to (i) 12.50% of our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of such calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less (ii) the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fees on capital gains as calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

As we cannot predict whether we will meet the necessary performance targets, we have assumed an incentive fee of 0.00% in this chart. Once fully invested, we expect the incentive fees we pay to increase to the extent we earn additional income or generate capital gains through our investments in portfolio companies. See “Management and Other Agreements and Fees” for more information concerning the incentive fees.

 

(5)

We may borrow funds to make investments, including before we have fully invested the proceeds of this continuous offering. To the extent that we determine it is appropriate to borrow funds to make investments, the costs associated with such borrowing will be indirectly borne by shareholders. The figure in the table assumes that we borrow for investment purposes an amount equal to 100% of our average net assets in the following 12-month period, including the capital contributed by Feeder FIC ORTIC and Blue Owl Holdings, entities affiliated with our Adviser, and that the average annual cost of borrowings, excluding the amortization of cost associated with obtaining borrowings, on the amount borrowed is 2.88%. Our ability to incur leverage during the following 12 months depends, in large part, on the amount of money we are able to raise through the sale of shares registered in this offering.

(6)

Percentage reflects an ongoing servicing fees of  0.85% and 0.25% for Class S and Class D shares, respectively, of the estimated value of such shares, as determined in accordance with applicable FINRA rules. The ongoing servicing fee will accrue daily and will be paid on a monthly basis. The ongoing servicing fees will compensate our affiliated Dealer Manager and its affiliates, participating broker-dealers and financial representatives for services rendered to shareholders, including, among other things, responding to customer inquiries of a general nature regarding the Company; crediting distributions from us to customer accounts; arranging for bank wire transfer of funds to or from a customer’s account; responding to customer inquiries and requests regarding shareholder reports, notices, proxies and proxy statements, and other Company documents; forwarding prospectuses, tax notices and annual and quarterly reports to beneficial owners of our shares; assisting us in establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts and records; assisting customers in changing account options, account designations and account addresses, and providing such other similar services as we may reasonably request to the extent the an authorized service provider is permitted to do so under applicable statutes, rules, or regulations. The ongoing servicing fees are payable by us with respect to our Class S and Class D shares. The ongoing servicing fees are similar to sales commissions in that the servicing expenses borne by the Dealer Manager, its affiliates, participating broker-dealers and financial representatives may be different from and substantially less than the amount of ongoing servicing fees charged. See “Plan of Distribution” for a more complete description of the compensation paid to the dealer manager and others affiliated with the sale of shares.


 

30


Table of Contents
(7)

From time to time, we may invest in the securities or other investment instruments of public investment companies or BDCs. In addition, under the 1940 Act we may invest in private investment companies in limited circumstances. If we were to make such investments, we would incur additional fees. As we have no intention of investing in the securities or other investment instruments of registered investment companies, BDCs, or other investment funds, we have not included any such expenses in this line item.

(8)

We expect that other expenses will include accounting, legal and auditing fees, as well as fees payable to our directors, as well as offering expenses. The amount presented in the table estimates the amounts we expect to pay during the following 12-month period of the offering, and assuming we raise $1.5 billion of gross proceeds during such time. See “Discussion of Expected Operating Plans —  Expenses.”

We have entered into an Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement (the “Expense Support Agreement”) with our Adviser pursuant to which our Adviser has agreed to pay to us some or all operating expenses (an “Expense Payment”) for each quarter during the Expense Support Payment Period (as defined below) in which our board of directors declares a distribution to our shareholders. The “Expense Support Payment Period” will begin on the date we met our minimum offering requirement. Our Adviser will be conditionally entitled to be reimbursed promptly by us (a “Reimbursement Payment”) for Expense Payments if the sum of the Company’s net investment income for tax purposes, net capital gains and the amount of any dividends and other distributions paid to the Company on account of its investments in portfolio companies exceeds the distributions the Company paid to shareholders, subject to four limitations. Specifically, the Company will not make Reimbursement Payments to our Adviser, unless: (i) the Reimbursement Payment is made within three years subsequent to the last business day of the quarter in which our Adviser made the Expense Payment, (ii) the Company’s current “operating expense ratio” is equal to or less than the Company’s operating expense ratio at the time our Adviser made the Expense Payment, (iii) the Company’s current annualized rate of regular cash distribution per share is equal to or greater than the Company’s annualized rate of regular cash distribution per share at the time our Adviser made the Expense Payment. Finally, any Reimbursement Payment will be reduced to the extent that it would cause our other operating expenses to exceed the lesser of (A) 1.75% of our average net assets attributable to shares of common stock and (B) the percentage of our average net assets attributable to shares of common stock represented by other operating expenses during the fiscal year in which such Expense Payment from our Adviser was made (provided, however, that this clause (B) will not apply to any reimbursement payment which relates to an Expense Payment from our Adviser made during the same fiscal year). See “Discussion of Expected Operating Plans — Expenses — Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement” for additional information regarding the Expense Support Agreement.

Example: We have provided an example of the projected dollar amount of total expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical $1,000 investment in our Class S, Class D or Class I shares. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed that: (1) we have indebtedness, equal to 100% of our average net assets, (2) that our annual operating expenses remain at the levels set forth in the table above, except (a) to reduce annual expenses upon completion of organization and offering expenses, and (b) that the investment would reach the applicable Sales Charge Cap within 11.8 years for Class S Shares and therefore the ongoing servicing fee will terminate within 11.8 years from the date of purchase, (3) that the annual return on investments before fees and expenses is 5.00%, (4) that the net return after payment of fees and expenses is distributed to shareholders and reinvested at net asset value, and (5) that your financial intermediary does not directly charge you transaction or other fees.


 

31


Table of Contents

If you did not sell your shares at the end of the period:

Class S Shares

 

Return Assumption

   1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5.00% annual return from investment income:

   $ 61      $ 196      $ 340      $ 725  

Total expenses assuming a 5.00% annual return solely from realized capital gains:

   $ 74      $ 232      $ 397      $ 827  

Class D Shares

 

Return Assumption

   1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5.00% annual return from investment income:

   $ 55      $ 179      $ 314      $ 683  

Total expenses assuming a 5.00% annual return solely from realized capital gains:

   $ 68      $ 216      $ 372      $ 789  

Class I Shares

 

Return Assumption

   1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5.0% annual return from investment income:

   $ 53      $ 173      $ 303      $ 665  

Total expenses assuming a 5.00% annual return solely from realized capital gains:

   $ 65      $ 209      $ 362      $ 772  

While the example assumes a 5.00% annual return on investment before fees and expenses, our performance will vary and may result in an annual return that is greater or less than 5.00%. These examples should not be considered representations of your future expenses. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments to trigger a quarterly incentive fee on income of a material amount, both our distributions to our shareholders and our expenses would be higher. If the 5.00% annual return is generated entirely from annual realized capital gains, an incentive fee on capital gains under the Investment Advisory Agreement would be incurred, as shown above. See “Management and Other Agreements and Fees” for information concerning incentive fees.


 

32


Table of Contents

CERTAIN QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

 

Q:

What are BDCs?

 

A:

Business development companies, or BDCs, are closed-end funds that elect to be treated as BDCs under the 1940 Act. As such, BDCs are subject to only certain sections of and rules under the 1940 Act, as well as the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. BDCs typically invest in private or thinly traded public companies in the form of long-term debt or equity capital, with the goal of generating current income and/or capital growth. BDCs can be internally or externally managed and may qualify to elect to be taxed as regulated investment companies, or RICs, for federal tax purposes if they so choose.

 

Q:

What is a RIC?

 

A:

A RIC is a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. A RIC generally does not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on income it distributes to its shareholders as dividends. To qualify as a RIC, a BDC must meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, in order to maintain RIC tax treatment, a BDC must distribute to its shareholders for each taxable year at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income,” which is generally its net ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses.

 

Q:

What is a non-exchange traded perpetual-life BDC?

 

A:

A non-exchange traded BDC is a BDC whose shares are not listed for trading on a stock exchange or other securities market. We use the term “perpetual-life BDC” to describe a BDC of indefinite duration, whose shares of common stock are intended to be sold by the BDC monthly on a continuous basis at prices generally equal to the BDC’s monthly net asset value per share for the applicable class of common stock. In our perpetual-life structure, we may offer investors an opportunity to repurchase their shares on a periodic basis, but we are not obligated to offer to repurchase any in any particular period in our discretion. We believe that our perpetual nature enables us to execute a patient strategy and be able to invest across different market environments. This may reduce the risk of the Company being forced to sell assets in market downturns compared to non-perpetual funds. While we may consider a liquidity event at any time in the future, we currently do not intend to undertake a liquidity event, and we are not obligated by our charter or otherwise to effect a liquidity event at any time.

 

Q:

What is a “best efforts” securities offering and how long will this securities offering last?

 

A:

When shares of common stock are offered to the public on a “best efforts” basis, the broker-dealers participating in the offering are only required to use their best efforts to sell such shares. Broker-dealers are not underwriters, and they do not have a firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of the shares of common stock. We intend to file post-effective amendments to our registration statement, which will be subject to SEC review, to allow us to continue this offering.

 

Q:

At what periodic frequency do we intend to accept and close on subscriptions?

 

A:

We intend to schedule monthly closings on subscriptions received and accepted by us.

 

Q:

Who can buy shares of common stock in this offering?

 

A:

While the minimum net worth and investment levels may be higher in certain jurisdictions, unless otherwise indicated, you may buy Class S, Class D and Class I shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus if you have either (1) a net worth of at least $70,000 and an annual gross income of at least $70,000 or (2) a net worth of at least $250,000. For this purpose, net worth does not include your home, home furnishings and personal automobiles. See “Suitability Standards.”


 

33


Table of Contents

Additionally, Class S shares generally are available through brokerage and transaction-based accounts. Class D shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only (1) through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class D shares, (2) through participating broker-dealers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class D shares, (3) through certain registered investment advisers, (4) through bank trust departments or any other organization or person authorized to act in a fiduciary capacity for its clients or customers or (5) other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus. Class I shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only (1) through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class I shares, (2) by endowments, foundations, pension funds and other institutional investors, (3) through participating broker-dealers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class I shares, (4) by our executive officers and directors and their immediate family members, as well as officers and employees of our Adviser, Owl Rock or other affiliates and their immediate family members, and, if approved by our board of directors, joint venture partners, consultants and other service providers or (5) other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus. See “Share Class Specifications.”

An investment in our shares is only intended for investors who do not need the ability to sell their shares quickly in the future since we are not obligated to repurchase any shares of our common stock and may choose to repurchase only some, or even none, of the shares that have been requested to be repurchased in any particular quarter in our discretion, and the opportunity to have your shares repurchased under our share repurchase plan may not always be available. See “Share Repurchase Program.”

 

Q:

Is there any minimum initial investment required?

 

A:

Yes. To purchase Class S or Class D shares in this offering, you must make an initial purchase of at least $25,000, unless the requirement is waived by the Dealer Manager. Once you have satisfied the minimum initial purchase requirement, any additional purchases of Class S or Class D shares in this offering must be in amounts of at least $500, except for additional purchases pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. To purchase Class I shares in this offering, you must make an initial purchase of at least $1 million, unless the requirement is waived by the Dealer Manager. Once you have satisfied the minimum initial purchase requirement, any additional purchases of Class I shares in this offering must be in amounts of at least $500, except for additional purchases pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. Such minimum purchase amounts may be waived in our sole discretion. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

Q:

What is the per share purchase price?

 

A:

Each class of shares will be sold at the then-current net offering price per share for such class, and the net offering price will not be lower than the net asset value per share for such class. We intend to sell our shares at a net offering price that we believe reflects the net asset value per share as determined in accordance with the Company’s share pricing policy. We will modify our public offering price to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, including the requirement that we not sell our shares at a net offering price below our net asset value per share unless we obtain the requisite approval from our shareholders.

Although no Upfront Sales Loads be paid to the Company or Dealer Manager with respect to Class S shares, Class D shares or Class I shares, if subscribers purchase Class S shares or Class D shares through certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediates may directly charge subscribers transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 1.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class D share and 3.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class S share.


 

34


Table of Contents

Each class of shares has different ongoing servicing fees, which will reduce the net asset value or, alternatively, the distributions payable, with respect to shares of such classes. As a result, each class of our shares may have a different offering price per share. See “Determination of Net Asset Value.”

 

Q:

When may I make purchases of shares and at what price?

 

A:

Subscriptions to purchase our common stock may be made on an ongoing basis, but investors may only purchase our common stock pursuant to accepted subscription orders as of the first business day of each month and, to be accepted, a subscription request must be received in good order at least five business days prior to the first business day of the month (unless waived by the Dealer Manager). The purchase price per share of each class will be equal to the current net offering price per share.

While a shareholder will not know our net asset value on the effective date of the share purchase, our net asset value applicable to a purchase of shares generally will be available within 20 business days after the effective date of the share purchase; at that time, the number of shares based on that net asset value and each shareholder’s purchase will be determined and shares are credited to the shareholder’s account as of the effective date of the share purchase.

 

Q:

When will the net asset value per share be available?

 

A:

We intend to report our net asset value per share as of the last day of each month on our website within 20 business days of the last day of each month. Because subscriptions must be submitted at least five business days prior to the first day of each month, you will not know the net asset value per share at which you will be subscribing at the time you subscribe.

For example, if you wish to subscribe for shares of our common stock in October, your subscription request must be received in good order at least five business days before November 1. If accepted, your subscription will be effective on the first business day of November, and the offering price will equal the current net offering price per share of the applicable class as of the last business day of October. The net asset value per share as of October 31 generally will be available within 20 business days from October 31.

 

Q:

How is your net asset value per share calculated?

 

A:

The net asset value of a class of shares depends on the number of shares of the applicable class outstanding at the time the net asset value of the applicable share class is determined and the amount of ongoing servicing fees imposed on such class. As such, the net asset value of each class of shares may vary among classes of shares and if we sell different amounts of shares per class. The net asset value per share of a class of our outstanding shares of common stock is determined at least quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at the date as of which the determination is made.

Additionally, in connection with each monthly closing on the sale of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus on a continuous basis, our board of directors or a committee thereof, as of the last day of the prior month, will determine that the net proceeds per share from the sale of Class S, Class D or Class I shares at prices per share which are not below our current net asset values per share of such class on the date of each monthly closing. See “Determination of Net Asset Value — Value Determinations in Connection with this Continuous Offering.”

 

Q:

May I reinvest my cash distributions in additional shares?

 

A:

Yes. We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan whereby shareholders will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of the same class of our common stock to which


 

35


Table of Contents
  the distribution relates unless they elect to receive their distributions in cash. If you participate in our distribution reinvestment plan, the cash distributions attributable to the class of shares that you own will be automatically invested in additional shares of the same class of our common stock to which the distribution relates. The purchase price for shares purchased under our distribution reinvestment plan will be equal to the current net offering price of the relevant class of common stock. Shareholders will not pay the Upfront Sales Load when purchasing shares under our distribution reinvestment plan; however, all outstanding Class S and Class D shares, including those purchased under our distribution reinvestment plan, will be subject to ongoing servicing fees. Participants may terminate their participation in the distribution reinvestment plan with five business days’ prior written notice to us. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan” for more information regarding the reinvestment of distributions you may receive from us.

 

Q:

Can I request that my shares be repurchased?

 

A:

Yes. Beginning no later than the first full calendar quarter after the date that we sell shares to a person or entity other than our Adviser, our directors, officers and/or other affiliated persons and entities, and subject to the discretion of the board of directors, we intend to commence a share repurchase program pursuant to which we intend to conduct periodic repurchase offers to allow our shareholders to tender their shares at prices determined by our board of directors and paid on each date of repurchase. However, we are not obligated to repurchase any shares and may choose to repurchase only some, or even none, of the shares that have been requested to be repurchased in any particular period in our discretion. In addition, our ability to fulfill repurchase requests is subject to a number of limitations. As a result, share repurchases may not be available each period.

To the extent we choose to repurchase shares in any particular period, we intend to limit the number of shares to be repurchased in each period to no more than 5.00% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Repurchases will be made at prices determined by our board of directors, which will be paid on the date the shares are repurchased (the “Repurchase Date”).

The vast majority of our assets consist of investments that cannot generally be readily liquidated. Therefore, we may not always have sufficient liquid resources to satisfy repurchase requests. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — We generally will not control the business operations of our portfolio companies and, due to the illiquid nature of our holdings in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies.”

 

Q:

Will I receive a stock certificate?

 

A:

No. Our board of directors has authorized the issuance of shares of our capital stock without stock certificates. All shares of our common stock are issued in book-entry form only. The use of book-entry registration protects against loss, theft or destruction of stock certificates and reduces our offering costs and transfer agent costs.

 

Q:

Can I invest through my IRA, SEP or after-tax deferred account?

 

A:

Yes, subject to the suitability standards. A custodian, trustee or other authorized person must process and forward to us subscriptions made through individual retirement accounts, or IRAs, simplified employee pension plans, or SEPs, or after-tax deferred accounts. In the case of investments through IRAs, SEPs or after-tax deferred accounts, we will send the confirmation and notice of our acceptance to such custodian, trustee or other authorized person. Please be aware that in purchasing shares, custodians or directors of, or any other person providing advice to, employee pension benefit plans or IRAs may be subject to the fiduciary duties imposed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, or other applicable laws and to the prohibited transaction rules prescribed by ERISA and related provisions of the Code. These additional fiduciary duties may require the custodian, trustee, director, or any other person providing investment advice to employee pension benefit plans or IRAs to provide information about


 

36


Table of Contents
  the services provided and fees received, separate and apart from the disclosures in this prospectus. In addition, prior to purchasing shares, the trustee or custodian of an employee pension benefit plan or an IRA should determine that such an investment would be permissible under the governing instruments of such plan or account and applicable law. See “Suitability Standards” for more information.

 

Q:

What kinds of fees will I incur?

 

A:

As an externally managed BDC, we will incur various recurring fees, including the base management fees and incentive fees that are payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement and administrative costs that are payable under the Administration Agreement. These expenses incurred by us will be directly borne by shareholders. See “Fees and Expenses” and “Management and Other Agreements and Fees — Investment Advisory Agreement” and “Plan of Distribution” for more information.

Although no Upfront Sales Loads be paid to the Company or Dealer Manager with respect to Class S shares, Class D shares or Class I shares, if subscribers purchase Class S shares or Class D shares through certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediates may directly charge subscribers transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 1.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class D share and 3.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class S share.

Shareholders holding Class S and Class D shares are subject to annual ongoing servicing fees of 0.85%, and 0.25%, respectively, including shares issued pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan. See “Share Class Specifications” for more information.

 

Q:

What is the difference among the three classes of shares?

 

A:

We are offering to the public three classes of shares of our common stock, Class S, Class D and Class I shares. The differences among the share classes relate to the ongoing servicing fees. Shareholders holding Class S and Class D shares will be subject to annual ongoing servicing fees of 0.85% and 0.25%, respectively. See “Share Class Specifications” for more information. No ongoing servicing fees are paid with respect to Class I shares.

In addition, although no Upfront Sales Loads be paid to the Company or Dealer Manager with respect to Class S shares, Class D shares or Class I shares, if subscribers purchase Class S shares or Class D shares through certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediates may directly charge subscribers transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 1.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class D share and 3.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class S share.

See “Share Class Specifications” and “Plan of Distribution” for a discussion of the differences between our Class S, Class D and Class I shares.

Assuming a constant net asset value per share of $10.00 and assuming applicable ongoing servicing fees are paid until the 10% of gross proceeds limit described in “Plan of Distribution — Compensation Paid to the Dealer Manager and Participating Broker-Dealers — Ongoing Servicing Fees  Class S and Class D Shares” is reached, we expect that a one-time investment in 1,000 shares of each class of our shares


 

37


Table of Contents

(representing an aggregate net asset value of $10,000 for each class) would be subject to the following ongoing servicing fees:

 

     Upfront Sales
Load
     Annual
Ongoing
Servicing
Fees
     Maximum
Ongoing
Servicing Fees Over
Life of Investment
(Length of Time)
     Total
(Length of Time)
 

Class S

   $ —        $ 85      $ 1,000 (11.8 years)      $ 1,000 (11.8 years)  

Class D

   $ —        $ 25      $ 1,000 (40.0 years)      $ 1,000 (40.0 years)  

Class I

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    

Class S shares are available through brokerage and transaction-based accounts. Class D shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only (1) through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class D shares, (2) through participating broker-dealers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class D shares, (3) through transaction/brokerage platforms at participating broker-dealers, (4) through certain registered investment advisers, (5) through bank trust departments or any other organization or person authorized to act in a fiduciary capacity for its clients or customers or (6) other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus. Class I shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only (1) through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class I shares, (2) by endowments, foundations, pension funds and other institutional investors, (3) through participating broker-dealers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class I shares, (4) through certain registered investment advisers, (5) by our executive officers and directors and their immediate family members, as well as officers and employees of our Adviser or other affiliates and their immediate family members, and joint venture partners, consultants and other service providers or (6) other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus. In certain cases, and subject to the Dealer Manager’s approval, where a holder of Class S or Class D shares exits a relationship with a participating broker-dealer for this offering and does not enter into a new relationship with a participating broker-dealer for this offering, such holder’s shares may be exchanged into an equivalent net asset value amount of Class I shares. Before making your investment decision, please consult with your investment adviser regarding your account type and the classes of common stock you may be eligible to purchase.

If you are eligible to purchase all three classes of shares, you should be aware that participating brokers will not charge transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, on Class I shares and Class I shares are not subject to ongoing servicing fees, which will reduce the net asset value or distributions of the other share classes. However, Class I shares will not receive shareholder services. If you are eligible to purchase Class S and Class D shares but not Class I shares, you should be aware that participating brokers will charge lower transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, on Class D shares, and Class D shares are subject to lower annual ongoing servicing fees.

 

Q:

How will the payment of fees and expenses affect my invested capital?

 

A:

The payment of fees and expenses will reduce: (i) the funds available to us for investments in portfolio companies, (ii) the net income generated by us, (iii) funds available for distribution to our shareholders and (iv) the net asset value of your shares of common stock.

 

Q:

Are there any restrictions on the transfer of shares?

 

A:

Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except where a transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract. We do


 

38


Table of Contents
  not intend to list our securities on any national securities exchange and we do not expect there to be a public market for our shares in the foreseeable future. As a result, your ability to sell your shares will be limited. We will not charge for transfers of our shares except for necessary and reasonable costs actually incurred by us; provided, however that, except in certain cases where the holder of Class S or Class D shares exits a relationship, a shareholder may not request that the shareholders shares be transferred or exchanged into any class of shares that is different from the class of shares for which the shareholder subscribed. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to an Investment in our Common Stock.”

 

Q:

Are there risks related to an investment in this offering?

 

A:

Investing in our common stock may be considered speculative and involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of a substantial loss of investment. Shares of our common stock are highly illiquid and appropriate only as a long-term investment. Please see “Risk Factors” for a discussion of the risks related to an investment in this offering.

 

Q:

Do you currently own any investments?

 

A:

No.

 

Q:

Have you identified any investment opportunities?

 

A:

We have entered into a transaction whereby we have agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase certain assets from unaffiliated parties. The transaction relates primarily to originated or anchor investments in middle market loans (the “Warehousing Transaction”). We have not identified all of the investments that we would acquire under the Warehousing Transactions as of the date of this prospectus, but such investments are expected to be consistent with our investment objectives and strategies. The Warehousing Transaction is designed to assist us with deploying capital upon receipt of subscription proceeds. See “Structure of Investments — Warehousing Transaction” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — Risks related to the Warehousing Transaction.”

 

Q:

Will I be able to sell my shares of common stock in a secondary market?

 

A:

We do not intend to list our shares on a securities exchange and do not expect a public market to develop for our shares in the foreseeable future. Because of the lack of a trading market for our shares, shareholders may not be able to sell their shares promptly or at a desired price. If you are able to sell your shares, you may have to sell them at a discount to the purchase price of your shares.

 

Q:

Will I otherwise be able to liquidate my investment?

 

A:

The purchase of our shares of common stock is intended to be a long-term investment. We do not intend to complete a liquidity event within any specific time period, if at all, and we do not intend to list our shares on a national securities exchange.

There can be no assurance that we will complete a liquidity event. To provide limited liquidity to our shareholders, we intend to conduct periodic repurchase offers in accordance with the 1940 Act. This will be the only method available to our shareholders to obtain liquidity that we will offer prior to a liquidity event. See “Share Repurchase Program” and “Perpetual-Life BDC.”


 

39


Table of Contents
Q:

Will the distributions I receive be taxable?

 

A:

Yes. We intend to elect to be treated as a RIC for tax purposes, and to maintain such tax treatment thereafter. Although, as a RIC, we generally will not pay federal corporate-level taxes on amounts that we distribute to our shareholders as dividends, such distributions generally will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (generally our net ordinary income plus realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to shareholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of common stock. Distributions of our net capital gains (generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly designated by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a shareholder as long-term capital gains in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, regardless of the shareholder’s holding period for its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits, or return of capital, first will reduce a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in such shareholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such shareholder. See “Tax Matters.”

 

Q:

When will I get my detailed tax information?

 

A:

Consistent with the Code requirements, we intend to send to each of our U.S. shareholders subject to IRS tax reporting, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a Form 1099-DIV detailing the amounts includible in such U.S. shareholder’s taxable income for such year as dividend income and as capital gain dividends, if any.

 

Q:

Where are the principal executive offices of Owl Rock Technology Income Corp.?

 

A:

Our principal executive offices are located at 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 

Q:

Who can help answer my questions?

 

A:

If you have more questions about this offering and the suitability of investing, you should contact your registered representative, financial adviser or investment advisory representative. If at any time you wish to receive this prospectus or any amendments to it, you may do so, free of charge, by contacting us through written communication at 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10022 or by telephone at 888-215-2015 or by downloading these materials on our website at http://www.owlrockbdcs.com.


 

40


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a number of significant risks. The following information is a discussion of the material risk factors associated with an investment in our common stock specifically, as well as those factors generally associated with an investment in a company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure, or trading markets similar to ours. In addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, you should consider carefully the following information before making an investment in our common stock. The risks below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such cases, the net asset value of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to the Economy

Political, social and economic uncertainty, including uncertainty related to the COVID-19 pandemic, creates and exacerbates risks.

Social, political, economic and other conditions and events (such as natural disasters, epidemics and pandemics, terrorism, conflicts and social unrest) will occur that create uncertainty and have significant impacts on issuers, industries, governments and other systems, including the financial markets, to which companies and their investments are exposed. As global systems, economies and financial markets are increasingly interconnected, events that once had only local impact are now more likely to have regional or even global effects. Events that occur in one country, region or financial market will, more frequently, adversely impact issuers in other countries, regions or markets, including in established markets such as the U.S. These impacts can be exacerbated by failures of governments and societies to adequately respond to an emerging event or threat.

Uncertainty can result in or coincide with, among other things: increased volatility in the financial markets for securities, derivatives, loans, credit and currency; a decrease in the reliability of market prices and difficulty in valuing assets (including portfolio company assets); greater fluctuations in spreads on debt investments and currency exchange rates; increased risk of default (by both government and private obligors and issuers); further social, economic, and political instability; nationalization of private enterprise; greater governmental involvement in the economy or in social factors that impact the economy; changes to governmental regulation and supervision of the loan, securities, derivatives and currency markets and market participants and decreased or revised monitoring of such markets by governments or self-regulatory organizations and reduced enforcement of regulations; limitations on the activities of investors in such markets; controls or restrictions on foreign investment, capital controls and limitations on repatriation of invested capital; the significant loss of liquidity and the inability to purchase, sell and otherwise fund investments or settle transactions (including, but not limited to, a market freeze); unavailability of currency hedging techniques; substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation, which can last many years and have substantial negative effects on credit and securities markets as well as the economy as a whole; recessions; and difficulties in obtaining and/or enforcing legal judgments.

For example, in December 2019, COVID-19 emerged in China and has since spread rapidly to other countries, including the United States. This outbreak has led and for an unknown period of time may continue to lead to disruptions in local, regional, national and global markets and economies affected thereby. Any future outbreaks could have, an adverse impact on the markets and the economy in general, which could have a material adverse impact on, among other things, the ability of lenders to originate loans, the volume and type of loans originated, and the volume and type of amendments and waivers granted to borrowers and remedial actions taken in the event of a borrower default, each of which could negatively impact the amount and quality of loans available for investment by us and returns to us, among other things.

 

41


Table of Contents

While several countries, as well as certain states, counties and cities in the United States, have relaxed initial COVID-19 public health restrictions with a view to partially or fully reopening their economies, partly due to comprehensive vaccination programs, many cities world-wide have since experienced a surge in the reported number of cases, hospitalizations and deaths related to the COVID-19 pandemic, due to slower vaccine distribution and new variants of COVID-19. These increases have led to the re-introduction of restrictions and business shutdowns in certain states, counties and cities in the United States and globally, and could continue to lead to the re-introduction of such restrictions and business shutdowns elsewhere. Additionally, as of September 2021, various international travel restrictions remain in place for United States travelers, which may prolong the global economic downturn. In addition, although the Federal Food and Drug Administration authorized vaccines for emergency use starting in December 2020 and granted full approval for the vaccine produced by Pfizer-BioNTech in August 2021, it remains unclear how quickly the vaccines will be distributed nationwide and globally or when “herd immunity” will be achieved and the restrictions that were imposed to slow the spread of the virus will be lifted entirely. The delay in distributing the vaccines could lead people to continue to self-isolate and not participate in the economy at pre-pandemic levels for a prolonged period of time. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, the U.S. economy and most other major global economies may continue to experience a recession, and we anticipate our business and operations could be materially adversely affected by a prolonged recession in the U.S. and other major markets.

The impact of COVID-19 led to significant volatility and declines in the global public equity markets and it is uncertain how long this volatility will continue. If COVID-19 continues to spread and new variants continue to emerge, the potential impacts, including a global, regional or other economic recession, are uncertain and difficult to assess. Some economists and major investment banks have expressed concern that the continued spread of the virus globally could lead to a world-wide economic downturn, the impacts of which could last for some period after the pandemic is controlled and/or abated.

General uncertainty surrounding the dangers and impact of COVID-19 (including the preventative measures taken in response thereto) and additional uncertainty regarding new variants of COVID-19, most notably the Delta variant, has to date created significant disruption in supply chains and economic activity and are having a particularly adverse impact on transportation, hospitality, tourism, entertainment and other industries, including industries in which certain of our portfolio companies operate which has in turn created significant business disruption issues for certain of our portfolio companies, and materially and adversely impacted the value and performance of certain of our portfolio companies.

In addition, disruptions in the capital markets caused by the COVID-19 pandemic have increased the spread between the yields realized on risk-free and higher risk securities, resulting in illiquidity in parts of the capital markets. These and future market disruptions and/or illiquidity would be expected to have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Unfavorable economic conditions also would be expected to increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could limit our investment originations, limit our ability to grow and have a material negative impact on our and our prospective portfolio companies’ operating results and the fair values of our debt and equity investments.

The COVID-19 pandemic is continuing as of the filing date of this prospectus, and its extended duration may have further adverse impacts on our prospective portfolio companies, including for the reasons described herein.

Any public health emergency, including the COVID-19 pandemic or any outbreak of other existing or new epidemic diseases, or the threat thereof, and the resulting financial and economic market uncertainty could have a significant adverse impact on us and the fair value of our investments and our prospective portfolio companies.

The extent of the impact of any public health emergency, including the COVID-19 pandemic, on our and our portfolio companies’ operational and financial performance will depend on many factors, including the duration and scope of such public health emergency, the actions taken by governmental authorities to contain its financial and economic impact, the extent of any related travel advisories and restrictions implemented, the impact of such public health emergency on overall supply and demand, goods and services, investor liquidity, consumer confidence and levels of economic activity and the extent of its disruption to important global, regional

 

42


Table of Contents

and local supply chains and economic markets, all of which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. In addition, our and our portfolio companies’ operations may be significantly impacted, or even temporarily or permanently halted, as a result of government quarantine measures, voluntary and precautionary restrictions on travel or meetings and other factors related to a public health emergency, including its potential adverse impact on the health of any of our or our portfolio companies’ personnel. This could create widespread business continuity issues for us and our prospective portfolio companies.

These factors may also cause the valuation of our investments to differ materially from the values that we may ultimately realize. Valuations, and particularly valuations of private investments and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and are often based on estimates, comparisons and qualitative evaluations of private information.

Any public health emergency, including the COVID-19 pandemic or any outbreak of other existing or new epidemic diseases, or the threat thereof, and the resulting financial and economic market uncertainty could have a significant adverse impact on us and the fair value of our prospective investments and our prospective portfolio companies.

The capital markets are currently in a period of disruption and economic uncertainty. Such market conditions have materially and adversely affected debt and equity capital markets may have a negative impact on our business and operations.

The U.S. capital markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruption following the global outbreak of COVID-19 that began in December 2019, as evidenced by the volatility in global stock markets as a result of, among other things, uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic and the fluctuating price of commodities such as oil. Despite actions of the U.S. federal government and foreign governments, these events have contributed to unpredictable general economic conditions that are materially and adversely impacting the broader financial and credit markets and reducing the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole. These conditions could continue for a prolonged period of time or worsen in the future.

Given the ongoing and dynamic nature of the circumstances, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. The extent of such impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, including when the coronavirus can be controlled and abated and whether there will be additional economic shutdowns. As the result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related adverse local and national economic consequences, we could be subject to any of the following risks, any of which could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations:

 

   

Significant changes or volatility in the capital markets may also have a negative effect on the valuations of our prospective investments. While we expect that most of our investments will not be publicly traded, applicable accounting standards will require us to assume as part of our valuation process that our investments are sold in a principal market to market participants (even if we plan on holding an investment through its maturity).

 

   

Significant changes in the capital markets, such as the recent disruption in economic activity caused by the COVID-19 pandemic may adversely affect the pace of our investment activity and economic activity generally. Additionally, the recent disruption in economic activity caused by the COVID-19 pandemic may have a negative effect on the potential for liquidity events involving our prospective investments. The illiquidity of our prospective investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments to access capital if required, and as a result, we could realize significantly less than the value at which we will record our investments if we were required to sell them for liquidity purposes. An inability to raise or access capital, and any required sale of all or a portion of our investments as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The current period of capital markets disruption and economic uncertainty may make it difficult to obtain indebtedness and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Current market conditions may make it difficult to obtain indebtedness and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business. The debt capital that will be available to us in the future, if at all, may be

 

43


Table of Contents

at a higher cost and on less favorable terms and conditions than what we currently expect to experience, including being at a higher cost in rising rate environments. If we are unable to raise debt, then our equity investors may not benefit from the potential for increased returns on equity resulting from leverage and we may be limited in our ability to make commitments. An inability to obtain indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Price declines in the corporate leveraged loan market, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation and the incurrence of realized losses.

Conditions in the U.S. corporate debt market may experience disruption or deterioration, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which may cause pricing levels to decline or be volatile. As a result, our net asset value could decline through an increase in unrealized depreciation and incurrence of realized losses in connection with the sale or other disposition of our investments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Global economic, political and market conditions, including uncertainty about the financial stability of the United States, could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Downgrades by rating agencies to the U.S. government’s credit rating or concerns about its credit and deficit levels in general could cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact both the perception of credit risk associated with our debt portfolio and our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms. In addition, a decreased U.S. government credit rating could create broader financial turmoil and uncertainty, which may weigh heavily on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.

Deterioration in the economic conditions in the Eurozone and globally, including instability in financial markets, may pose a risk to our business. In recent years, financial markets have been affected at times by a number of global macroeconomic and political events, including the following: large sovereign debts and fiscal deficits of several countries in Europe and in emerging markets jurisdictions, levels of non-performing loans on the balance sheets of European banks, the potential effect of any European country leaving the Eurozone, the effect of the United Kingdom leaving the European Union (the “EU”), and market volatility and loss of investor confidence driven by political events. The decision made in the United Kingdom to leave the EU has led to volatility in global financial markets and may lead to weakening in consumer, corporate and financial confidence in the United Kingdom and Europe. Market and economic disruptions have affected, and may in the future affect, consumer confidence levels and spending, personal bankruptcy rates, levels of incurrence and default on consumer debt and home prices, among other factors. We cannot assure you that market disruptions in Europe, including the increased cost of funding for certain governments and financial institutions, will not impact the global economy, and we cannot assure you that assistance packages will be available, or if available, be sufficient to stabilize countries and markets in Europe or elsewhere affected by a financial crisis. To the extent uncertainty regarding any economic recovery in Europe negatively impacts consumer confidence and consumer credit factors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be significantly and adversely affected.

The Chinese capital markets have also experienced periods of instability over the past several years. The current political climate has also intensified concerns about a potential trade war between the U.S. and China in connection with each country’s recent or proposed tariffs on the other country’s products. These market and economic disruptions and the potential trade war with China have affected, and may in the future affect, the U.S. capital markets, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The current global financial market situation, as well as various social and political circumstances in the U.S. and around the world (including wars and other forms of conflict, terrorist acts, security operations and catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes and global health epidemics), may contribute to increased market volatility and economic uncertainties or deterioration in the U.S. and worldwide, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, these market

 

44


Table of Contents

and economic disruptions could cause interest rates to be volatile, which may negatively impact our ability to access the debt and capital markets on favorable terms. See “— Political, social and economic uncertainty, including uncertainty related to the COVID-19 pandemic, creates and exacerbates risks.

Economic recessions or downturns, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

The companies in which we intend to invest may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our debt investments during these periods. The global outbreak of COVID-19 has disrupted economic markets and the prolonged economic impact is uncertain. Some economists and major investment banks have expressed concern that the continued spread of the virus globally could lead to a world-wide economic downturn. In the past, instability in the global capital markets resulted in disruptions in liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated credit market and the failure of major domestic and international financial institutions. In particular, in past periods of instability, the financial services sector was negatively impacted by significant write-offs as the value of the assets held by financial firms declined, impairing their capital positions and abilities to lend and invest. In addition, continued uncertainty surrounding the negotiation of trade deals between Britain and the European Union following the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union and uncertainty between the United States and other countries, including China, with respect to trade policies, treaties, and tariffs, among other factors, have caused disruption in the global markets. There can be no assurance that market conditions will not worsen in the future.

In an economic downturn, we may have non-performing assets or non-performing assets may increase, and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of any collateral securing our loans. A severe recession may further decrease the value of such collateral and result in losses of value in our portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income, assets and net worth. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us on terms we deem acceptable. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results.

The occurrence of recessionary conditions and/or negative developments in the domestic and international credit markets may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the value of our investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Any such unfavorable economic conditions, including rising interest rates, may also increase our funding costs, limit our access to capital markets or negatively impact our ability to obtain financing, particularly from the debt markets. In addition, any future financial market uncertainty could lead to financial market disruptions and could further impact our ability to obtain financing. These events could limit our investment originations, limit our ability to grow and negatively impact our operating results and financial condition.

Terrorist attacks, acts of war, global health emergencies or natural disasters may impact the businesses in which we invest and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Terrorist acts, acts of war, global health emergencies or natural disasters may disrupt our operations, as well as the operations of the businesses in which we invest. Such acts have created, and continue to create, economic and political uncertainties and have contributed to global economic instability. Future terrorist activities, military or security operations, global health emergencies or natural disasters could further weaken the domestic/global economies and create additional uncertainties, which may negatively impact the businesses in which we invest directly or indirectly and, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Losses from terrorist attacks, global health emergencies and natural disasters are generally uninsurable.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a limited operating history.

We are a new company and are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any business with a limited operating history, including the risk that we will not achieve or sustain our investment

 

45


Table of Contents

objective and that the value of our common stock could decline substantially or your investment could become worthless.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

We may acquire a significant percentage of our portfolio company investments from privately held companies in directly negotiated transactions. We expect that substantially all of these investments will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or otherwise will be less liquid than exchange-listed securities or other securities for which there is an active trading market. We typically will be unable to exit these investments unless and until the portfolio company has a liquidity event such as a sale, refinancing, or initial public offering.

The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult or impossible for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Moreover, investments purchased by us that are liquid at the time of purchase may subsequently become illiquid due to events relating to the issuer, market events, economic conditions or investor perceptions.

We may borrow money, which may magnify the potential for gain or loss and may increase the risk of investing in us.

As part of our business strategy, we may borrow from and issue senior debt securities to banks, insurance companies and other lenders or investors. Holders of these senior securities will have fixed-dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our shareholders. If the value of our assets decreases, leverage would cause our net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have if we did not employ leverage. Similarly, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make common stock dividend payments.

Our ability to service any borrowings that we incur will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. Moreover, the management fee will be payable based on our average gross assets excluding cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts, which may give our Adviser an incentive to use leverage to make additional investments. See — Our fee structure may create incentives for our Adviser to make speculative investments or use substantial leverage.” The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our Adviser’s and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us, which could affect our return on capital.

In addition to having fixed-dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common shareholders, obligations to lenders may be secured by a first priority security interest in our portfolio of investments and cash.

To the extent that we borrow money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us. Borrowed money may also adversely affect the return on our assets, reduce cash available to service our debt or for distribution to our shareholders, and result in losses.

The use of borrowings, also known as leverage, increases the volatility of investments by magnifying the potential for gain or loss on invested equity capital. To the extent that we use leverage to partially finance our investments through borrowing from banks and other lenders, you will experience increased risks of investing in our securities. If the value of our assets decreases, leverage would cause our net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would if we had not borrowed and employed leverage. Similarly, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have if we had not borrowed and

 

46


Table of Contents

employed leverage. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to service our debt or make distributions to our shareholders. In addition, our shareholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the base management or incentive fees payable to our Adviser attributable to the increase in assets purchased using leverage.

The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our Adviser’s and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. There can be no assurance that leveraged financing will be available to us on favorable terms or at all. However, to the extent that we use leverage to finance our assets, our financing costs will reduce cash available for distributions to shareholders. Moreover, we may not be able to meet our financing obligations and, to the extent that we cannot, we risk the loss of some or all of our assets to liquidation or sale to satisfy the obligations. In such an event, we may be forced to sell assets at significantly depressed prices due to market conditions or otherwise, which may result in losses.

A BDC generally is required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of its borrowings and any preferred stock that it may issue in the future, of at least 200%; however, recent legislation has modified the 1940 Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. Because our Adviser, as our sole initial shareholder, has approved a proposal that allows the reduced asset coverage ratio to apply to us, the reduced asset coverage ratio is currently effective. For additional information about the asset coverage requirements, see “Regulation — Senior Securities.” If this ratio declines 150%, we cannot incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some indebtedness when it is disadvantageous to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to service our debt or make distributions.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our Adviser’s ability to manage and support our investment process. If our Adviser were to lose a significant number of its key professionals, or terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

We do not have any employees. Additionally, we have no internal management capacity other than our appointed executive officers and will be dependent upon the investment expertise, skill and network of business contacts of our Adviser to achieve our investment objective. Our Adviser will evaluate, negotiate, structure, execute, monitor, and service our investments. Our success will depend to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of our Adviser, including its key professionals. The departure of a significant number of key professionals from our Adviser could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective. The Adviser does not have an employment agreement with any of these key professionals and we cannot guarantee that all, or any particular one, will remain affiliated with us and/or our Adviser. Further, we do not intend to separately maintain key person life insurance on any of these individuals.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective also depends on the ability of our Adviser to identify, analyze, invest in, finance, and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. Our Adviser’s capabilities in structuring the investment process, and providing competent, attentive and efficient services to us, depend on the involvement of investment professionals of adequate number and sophistication to match the corresponding flow of transactions. To achieve our investment objective, our Adviser may need to retain, hire, train, supervise, and manage new investment professionals to participate in our investment selection and monitoring process. Our Adviser may not be able to find qualified investment professionals in a timely manner or at all. Any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the Investment Advisory Agreement has a termination provision that allows the agreement to be terminated by us on 60 days’ notice without penalty by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock or by the vote of our independent directors. The Investment Advisory Agreement generally may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by our Adviser upon 120 days’ notice to us. Furthermore, the Investment Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940

 

47


Table of Contents

Act, by our Adviser. If our Adviser resigns or is terminated, or if we do not obtain the requisite approvals of shareholders and our board of directors to approve an agreement with our Adviser after an assignment, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms prior to the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption and costs under any new agreements that we enter into could increase.

Our financial condition, business and results of operations, as well as our ability to meet our payment obligations under our indebtedness future indebtedness, if any, and pay distributions, are likely to be adversely affected, and the value of our common stock may decline.

Distributions on our common stock may exceed our taxable earnings and profits, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from our public offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we pay may represent a return of capital to you. A return of capital is a return of a portion of your original investment in shares of our common stock. As a result, a return of capital will (i) lower your tax basis in your shares and thereby increase the amount of capital gain (or decrease the amount of capital loss) realized upon a subsequent sale or redemption of such shares, and (ii) reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in portfolio companies. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use sources other than cash flows from operations to fund distributions.

We may pay our distributions from sources other than cash flows from operations in anticipation of future cash flow, which may constitute a return of your capital and will lower your tax basis in your shares, thereby increasing the amount of capital gain (or decreasing the amount of capital loss) realized upon a subsequent sale or redemption of such shares, even if such shares have not increased in value or have, in fact, lost value. Distributions from sources other than cash flows from operations also could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately have available to invest in portfolio companies.

Because our business model depends to a significant extent upon Blue Owl’s relationships with corporations, financial institutions and investment firms, the inability of Blue Owl to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

We expect that Blue Owl will depend on its relationships with corporations, financial institutions and investment firms, and we will rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If Blue Owl fails to maintain its existing relationships or develop new relationships or sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom Blue Owl has relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.

We may have difficulty sourcing investment opportunities.

Other than the Warehousing Transaction, we have not identified the potential investments for our portfolio that we will acquire after breaking escrow. We cannot assure investors that we will be able to locate a sufficient number of suitable investment opportunities to allow us to deploy all investments successfully. In addition, privately-negotiated investments in loans and illiquid securities of private middle market companies require substantial due diligence and structuring, and we cannot assure investors that we will achieve our anticipated investment pace. As a result, investors will be unable to evaluate any future portfolio company investments prior to purchasing our shares. Additionally, the Adviser will select our investments subsequent to this offering, and our shareholders will have no input with respect to such investment decisions. These factors increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our shares. To the extent we are unable to deploy all investments, our investment income and, in turn, our results of operations, will likely be materially adversely affected. Although we have entered into agreements for the Warehousing Transaction, there is no assurance that we will

 

48


Table of Contents

be able to consummate such transactions or that such transactions will be successful. The Adviser, the Company and their affiliates may also face certain conflicts of interests in connection with any Warehousing Transaction involving an affiliate.

Risks related to the Warehousing Transaction

We may not be able to consummate or realize the anticipated benefits from the Warehousing Transaction. Under the Warehousing Transaction, we have agreed to purchase assets from the Financing Provider at prices based on cost plus adjustments or fees designed to compensate the Financing Provider for holding the assets before we purchase them from it. As a result, we will pay additional cost in connection with acquiring assets through the warehouse compared to purchasing them directly.

Purchases of assets from the Financing Provider would be at prices determined under the Warehousing Transaction regardless of the assets’ market prices at the time of acquisition. As a result, we may pay more or less than the current market value of such assets when we acquire them. We may purchase such assets even if they are in default.

We may not be able to raise sufficient funds to purchase all of the assets in the Warehousing Transaction. In that case, we may determine to purchase some but not all of the assets held by the Financing Provider. In that case, there is no guarantee that the assets we purchase from the Warehousing Transaction will ultimately be the best performing assets of those available. Even if we have sufficient funds to purchase the assets in the Warehousing Transaction, we may not have sufficient funds to make other investments. We may also borrow to obtain funds necessary to purchase assets from the Warehousing Transaction. See “Structure of Investments — Warehousing Transaction.”

We may face increasing competition for investment opportunities, which could delay further deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.

We may compete for investments with other BDCs and investment funds (including registered investment companies, private equity funds and mezzanine funds), including the Owl Rock Clients and other clients of our Adviser or its affiliates, as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. These other BDCs and investment funds might be reasonable investment alternatives to us and may be less costly or complex with fewer or different risks than we have. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, continue to increase their investment focus in our target market of privately owned U.S. companies. We may experience increased competition from banks and investment vehicles who may continue to lend to the middle market. Additionally, the U.S. Federal Reserve and other bank regulators may periodically provide incentives to U.S. commercial banks to originate more loans to U.S. middle market private companies. As a result of these market participants and regulatory incentives, competition for investment opportunities in privately owned U.S. companies is strong and may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than us. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do.

We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms, and investment structure criteria. If we are forced to match these competitors’ investment terms criteria, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss. A significant increase in the number and/or the size of our competitors in our target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms. Furthermore, many competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or the source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to maintain our RIC tax treatment. The competitive pressures we face, and the manner in which we react

 

49


Table of Contents

or adjust to competitive pressures, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, effective yield on investments, investment returns, leverage ratio, and cash flows. As a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time. Also we may not be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

Our investment portfolio will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with procedures established by our board of directors and, as a result, there is and will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value as determined in accordance with procedures established by our board of directors. There is not a public market or active secondary market for many of the types of investments in privately held companies that we intend to make. The majority of our investments may not be publicly traded or actively traded on a secondary market but, instead, may be traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for institutional investors, if at all. As a result, we will value a majority of these investments at least quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with valuation policy and procedures approved by our board of directors.

The determination of fair value, and thus the amount of unrealized appreciation or depreciation we may recognize in any reporting period, is to a degree subjective, and our Adviser has a conflict of interest in making recommendations of fair value. We will value our investments at least quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors based on, among other things, input from our Adviser and our Audit Committee. Our board of directors will utilize the services of an independent third-party valuation firm(s), engaged at the direction of our board of directors, to aid us in determining the fair value of our investments. The types of factors that may be considered in determining the fair values of our investments include the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded companies, discounted cash flow, current market interest rates and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, the valuations may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time due to changes in current market conditions. The determinations of fair value in accordance with procedures established by our board of directors may differ materially from the values that would have been used if an active market and market quotations existed for such investments. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if the determinations regarding the fair value of the investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such investments.

Our board of directors may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or shareholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse to our shareholders.

We intend to adopt a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of our assets in technology-related companies. Other than with respect to this policy, the board of directors has the authority to modify or waive current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies without prior notice and without shareholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies would have on our business, net asset value, operating results and the value of our securities. However, the effects might be adverse, which could negatively impact our ability to pay you distributions and cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Moreover, we will have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds of this offering and may use the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which our investors may not agree.

Any unrealized depreciation we experience on our portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution.

As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at the fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with procedures established by our board of directors.

 

50


Table of Contents

Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments relative to amortized cost will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized losses in our portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected loans. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods. In addition, decreases in the market value or fair value of our investments will reduce our net asset value. See “Determination of Net Asset Value.”

We are not limited with respect to the portion of our assets that may be invested in a single issuer.

Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our intended qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification. We intend to adopt a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of our assets in technology-related companies. To the extent that we hold large positions in a small number of issuers, or within a particular industry, our net asset value may fluctuate as a result of changes in the issuer’s financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence or a downturn in particular industry in which we may invest significantly than a diversified investment company otherwise would be.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our securities less attractive to investors.

We are and we will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the initial offering of common equity securities, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.07 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on some or all of these exemptions.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of such extended transition periods.

Our status as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act may make it more difficult to raise capital as and when we need it.

Because of the exemptions from various reporting requirements provided to us as an “emerging growth company” and because we will have an extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards, we may be less attractive to investors and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital as and when we need it. Investors may be unable to compare our business with other companies in our industry if they believe that our financial accounting is not as transparent as other companies in our industry. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

51


Table of Contents

We are dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect our liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.

Our business is dependent on our and third parties’ communications and information systems. Any failure or interruption of those systems, including as a result of the termination of an agreement with any third-party service providers, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. Our financial, accounting, data processing, portfolio monitoring, backup or other operating systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. There could be:

 

   

sudden electrical or telecommunications outages;

 

   

natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes;

 

   

disease pandemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts;

 

   

outages due to idiosyncratic issues at specific service providers; and

 

   

cyber-attacks.

These events, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the net asset value of our common stock and our ability to pay distributions to our shareholders.

The term loans that we intend to make may be subject to change based on recent regulatory changes.

The London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) is the basic rate of interest used in lending transactions between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest rate on loans globally. We generally expect to use LIBOR as a reference rate in term loans that we anticipate extending to portfolio companies such that the interest due to us pursuant to a term loan extended to a portfolio company will be calculated using LIBOR. The terms of our debt investments generally will include minimum interest rate floors which are calculated based on LIBOR.

On March 5, 2021, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced that it will not compel panel banks to contribute to the overnight and 1, 3, 6, and 12 month USD LIBOR tenors after June 30, 2023 and all other tenors after December 31, 2021. It is unclear if at that time LIBOR will cease to exist or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021. Central banks and regulators in a number of major jurisdictions (for example, United States, United Kingdom, European Union, Switzerland and Japan) have convened working groups to find, and implement the transition to, suitable replacements for interbank offered rates (“IBORs”). In addition, on March 25, 2020, the FCA stated that although the central assumption that firms cannot rely on LIBOR being published after the end of 2021 has not changed, the outbreak of COVID-19 has impacted the timing of many firms’ transition planning, and the FCA will continue to assess the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on transition timelines and update the marketplace as soon as possible.

To identify a successor rate for U.S. dollar LIBOR, the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (“ARRC”), a U.S.-based group convened by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, was formed. The ARRC has identified the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as its preferred alternative rate for LIBOR. SOFR is a measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight, collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities, and is based on directly observable U.S. Treasury-backed repurchase transactions.

On July 29, 2021, the ARCC formally recommended SOFR as its preferred alternative replacement rate for LIBOR. Although SOFR appears to be the preferred replacement rate for U.S. dollar LIBOR, at this time, it is not possible to predict the effect of any such changes, any establishment of alternative reference rates or other reforms to LIBOR that may be enacted in the United States, United Kingdom or elsewhere or, whether the COVID-19 outbreak will have further effect on LIBOR transition plans.

 

52


Table of Contents

The elimination of LIBOR or any other changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of LIBOR could have an adverse impact on the market value and/or transferability of any LIBOR-linked securities, loans, and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to us or on our overall financial condition or results of operations. In addition, while the majority of the LIBOR-linked loans that we anticipate offering generally will contemplate that LIBOR may cease to exist and allow for amendment to a new base rate without the approval of 100% of the lenders, if LIBOR ceases to exist, we may need to renegotiate the credit agreements extending beyond 2021 with our portfolio companies that utilize LIBOR as a factor in determining the interest rate, in order to replace LIBOR with the new standard that is established, which may have an adverse effect on our overall financial condition or results of operations. Following the replacement of LIBOR, some or all of these credit agreements may bear interest at a lower interest rate, which could have an adverse impact on the value and liquidity of our investments in these portfolio companies and, as a result, on our results of operations. Moreover, if LIBOR ceases to exist, we may need to renegotiate certain terms of our credit facilities. If we are unable to do so, amounts drawn under our credit facilities may bear interest at a higher rate, which would increase the cost of our borrowings and, in turn, affect our results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Adviser and Its Affiliates

Because the Dealer Manager is an affiliate of our Adviser, you will not have the benefit of an independent review of this prospectus customarily performed in underwritten offerings.

The Dealer Manager, Blue Owl Securities, is an affiliate of our Adviser and will not make an independent review of us or the offering. Accordingly, you will have to rely on your own broker-dealer to make an independent review of the terms of this offering. If your broker-dealer does not conduct such a review, you will not have the benefit of an independent review of the terms of this offering. Further, the due diligence investigation of us by the Dealer Manager cannot be considered to be an independent review and, therefore, may not be as meaningful as a review conducted by an unaffiliated broker-dealer or investment banker. You will not have the benefit of an independent review and investigation of this offering of the type normally performed by an unaffiliated, independent underwriter in an underwritten public securities offering. In addition, we do not, and do not expect to, have research analysts reviewing our performance or our securities on an ongoing basis. Therefore, you will not have an independent review of our performance and the value of our common stock relative to publicly traded companies.

The Adviser and its affiliates, including our officers and some of our directors, may face conflicts of interest caused by compensation arrangements with us and our affiliates, which could result in increased risk-taking by us.

The Owl Rock Advisers will receive substantial fees from us in return for their services, including certain incentive fees based on the amount of appreciation of our investments. These fees could influence the advice provided to us. Generally, the more equity we sell in public offerings and the greater the risk assumed by us with respect to our investments, including through the use of leverage, the greater the potential for growth in our assets and profits, and, correlatively, the fees payable by us to the Dealer Manager and our Adviser. These compensation arrangements could affect our Adviser’s or its affiliates’ judgment with respect to public offerings of equity and investments made by us, which allow our Adviser or its affiliates to earn increased fees.

The time and resources that individuals associated with our Adviser devote to us may be diverted, and we may face additional competition due to, among other things, the fact that neither our Adviser nor its affiliates is prohibited from raising money for or managing another entity that makes the same types of investments that we target.

Blue Owl is not prohibited from raising money for and managing future investment entities, in addition to the Blue Owl Clients, that make the same or similar types of investments as those we target. As a result, the time and resources that our Adviser devotes to us may be diverted, and during times of intense activity in other

 

53


Table of Contents

investment programs they may devote less time and resources to our business than is necessary or appropriate. In addition, we may compete with any such investment entity also managed by the Adviser or its affiliates for the same investors and investment opportunities. Furthermore, certain members of the Investment Committee are officers of Blue Owl and will devote a portion of their time to the operations of Blue Owl, including with respect to public company compliance, investor relations and other matters that did not apply to Owl Rock prior to the formation of Blue Owl.

The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts of interest with respect to services performed for issuers in which we may invest.

Our Adviser and its affiliates may provide a broad range of financial services to companies in which we may invest, including providing arrangement, syndication, origination structuring and other services to portfolio companies, and will generally be paid fees for such services, in compliance with applicable law, by the portfolio company. Any compensation received by our Adviser or its affiliates for providing these services will not be shared with us and may be received before we realize a return on our investment. In addition, we may invest in companies managed by entities in which Dyal Clients have acquired a minority interest. Our Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts of interest with respect to services performed for these companies, on the one hand, and investments recommended to us, on the other hand and could, in certain instances, have an incentive not to pursue actions against a portfolio company that would be in our best interest.

The Adviser or its affiliates may have incentives to favor their respective other accounts and clients and/or Blue Owl over us, which may result in conflicts of interest that could be harmful to us.

Because our Adviser and its affiliates manage assets for, or may in the future manage assets for, other investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts (including institutional clients, pension plans, co-invest vehicles and certain high net worth individuals), certain conflicts of interest are present. For instance, our Adviser and its affiliates may receive asset management performance-based, or other fees from certain accounts that are higher than the fees received by our Adviser from us. In addition, certain members of the Investment Committee and other executives and employees of our Adviser will hold and receive interests in Blue Owl and its affiliates, in addition to cash and carried interest compensation. In these instances, a portfolio manager for our Adviser may have an incentive to favor the higher fee and/or performance-based fee accounts over us and/or to favor Blue Owl. In addition, a conflict of interest exists to the extent our Adviser, its affiliates, or any of their respective executives, portfolio managers or employees have proprietary or personal investments in other investment companies or accounts or when certain other investment companies or accounts are investment options in our Adviser’s or its affiliates’ employee benefit plans. In these circumstances, our Adviser has an incentive to favor these other investment companies or accounts over us. Our board of directors will seek to monitor these conflicts but there can be no assurances that such monitoring will fully mitigate any such conflicts.

Our fee structure may create incentives for our Adviser to make speculative investments or use substantial leverage.

The incentive fee payable by us to our Adviser may create an incentive for our Adviser to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangements. The way in which the incentive fee is determined may encourage our Adviser to use leverage to increase the leveraged return on our investment portfolio.

In addition, the fact that our base management fee is payable based upon our average gross assets (which includes any borrowings used for investment purposes) may encourage our Adviser to use leverage to make additional investments. Such a practice could make such investments more risky than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during cyclical economic downturns. Under certain circumstances, the use of substantial leverage (up to the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act) may increase the likelihood of our defaulting on our borrowings, which would be detrimental to holders of our securities.

 

54


Table of Contents

The Adviser may have an incentive to delay a liquidity event, which may result in actions that are not in the best interest of our shareholders.

The ongoing servicing fee will be payable by us to compensate our affiliated Dealer Manager and its affiliates for services rendered to shareholders, including, among other things, responding to customer inquiries of a general nature regarding the Company; crediting distributions from us to customer accounts; arranging for bank wire transfer of funds to or from a customer’s account; responding to customer inquiries and requests regarding shareholder reports, notices, proxies and proxy statements, and other Company documents; forwarding prospectuses, tax notices and annual and quarterly reports to beneficial owners of our shares; assisting us in establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts and records; assisting customers in changing account options, account designations and account addresses, and providing such other similar services as we may reasonably request to the extent the an authorized service provider is permitted to do so under applicable statutes, rules, or regulations. The ongoing servicing fee will terminate for all Class S and Class D shareholders upon a liquidity event. Although we do not intend to complete a liquidity event within any specific time period, if at all, the Adviser, an affiliate of our Dealer Manager, may have an incentive to delay a liquidity event if such amounts receivable by our Dealer Manager have not been fully paid. A delay in a liquidity event may not be in the best interests of our shareholders.

We may compete for capital and investment opportunities with other entities managed by our Adviser or its affiliates, subjecting our Adviser to certain conflicts of interest.

Our Adviser will experience conflicts of interest in connection with the management of our business affairs relating to and arising from a number of matters, including: the allocation of investment opportunities by our Adviser and its affiliates; compensation to our Adviser; services that may be provided by our Adviser and its affiliates to issuers in which we may invest; investments by us and other clients of our Adviser, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act; the formation of additional investment funds managed by our Adviser; differing recommendations given by our Adviser to us versus other clients; our Adviser’s use of information gained from issuers in our portfolio for investments by other clients, subject to applicable law; and restrictions on our Adviser’s use of “inside information” with respect to potential investments by us.

Specifically, we may compete for investments with the other Blue Owl Clients, subjecting our Adviser and its affiliates to certain conflicts of interest in evaluating the suitability of investment opportunities and making or recommending investments on our behalf. To mitigate these conflicts, the Owl Rock Advisers will seek to execute such transactions for all of the participating investment accounts, including us, on a fair and equitable basis and in accordance with the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy, taking into account such factors as the relative amounts of capital available for new investments; cash on hand; existing commitments and reserves; the investment programs and portfolio positions of the participating investment accounts, including portfolio construction, diversification and concentration considerations; the investment objectives, guidelines and strategies of each client; the clients for which participation is appropriate’ each client’s life cycle; targeted leverage level; targeted asset mix and any other factors deemed appropriate.

We may be prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC. We expect to rely on exemptive relief that has been granted by the SEC to an affiliate of our Adviser to co-invest with other funds managed by our Adviser or certain of its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally are permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our shareholders and do not involve overreaching in respect of us or our shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies,

 

55


Table of Contents

(3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which our affiliates are investing, and (4) the proposed investment by us would not benefit our Adviser or its affiliates or any affiliated person of any of them (other than the parties to the transaction), except to the extent permitted by the exemptive relief and applicable law, including the limitations set forth in Section 57(k) of the 1940 Act. The Owl Rock Advisers’ allocation policy seeks to ensure equitable allocation of investment opportunities between us and/or other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates. As a result of the exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolio of other funds managed by Owl Rock that could avail themselves of the exemptive relief and that have an investment objective similar to ours.

Actions by our Adviser or its affiliates on behalf of their other accounts and clients may be adverse to us and our investments and harmful to us.

The Owl Rock Advisers and their affiliates manage assets for accounts other than us, including, but not limited to, the Blue Owl Clients. Actions taken by the Owl Rock Advisers and their affiliates on behalf of the Blue Owl Clients may be adverse to us and our investments, which could harm our performance. For example, we may invest in the same credit obligations as other Blue Owl Clients, although, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, our investments may include different obligations or levels of the capital structure of the same issuer. Decisions made with respect to the securities held by one of the Blue Owl Clients may cause (or have the potential to cause) harm to the different class of securities of the issuer held by other Blue Owl Clients (including us). While the Owl Rock Advisers and their affiliates have developed general guidelines regarding when two or more funds can invest in different parts of the same company’s capital structure and created a process that they employ to handle those conflicts when they arise, their decision to permit the investments to occur in the first instance or their judgment on how to minimize the conflict could be challenged. If the Owl Rock Advisers and their affiliates fail to appropriately address those conflicts, it could negatively impact their reputation and ability to raise additional funds and the willingness of counterparties to do business with them or result in potential litigation against them.

Our access to confidential information may restrict our ability to take action with respect to some investments, which, in turn, may negatively affect our results of operations.

We, directly or through our Adviser, may obtain confidential information about the companies in which we have invested or may invest or be deemed to have such confidential information. Our Adviser may come into possession of material, non-public information through its members, officers, directors, employees, principals or affiliates. In addition, Dyal Clients may invest in entities that manage our portfolio companies and, as a result, may obtain additional confidential information about our portfolio companies. The possession of such information may, to our detriment, limit the ability of us and our Adviser to buy or sell a security or otherwise to participate in an investment opportunity. In certain circumstances, employees of our Adviser may serve as board members or in other capacities for portfolio or potential portfolio companies, which could restrict our ability to trade in the securities of such companies. For example, if personnel of our Adviser come into possession of material non-public information with respect to our investments, such personnel will be restricted by our Adviser’s information-sharing policies and procedures or by law or contract from sharing such information with our management team, even where the disclosure of such information would be in our best interests or would otherwise influence decisions taken by the members of the management team with respect to that investment. This conflict and these procedures and practices may limit the freedom of our Adviser to enter into or exit from potentially profitable investments for us, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to fully leverage the resources and industry expertise of our Adviser in the course of its duties. Additionally, there may be circumstances in which one or more individuals associated with our Adviser will be precluded from providing services to us because of certain confidential information available to those individuals or to other parts of our Adviser.

 

56


Table of Contents

We may be obligated to pay our Adviser incentive fees even if we incur a net loss due to a decline in the value of our portfolio and even if our earned interest income is not payable in cash.

The Investment Advisory Agreement entitles our Adviser to receive an incentive fee based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income regardless of any capital losses. In such case, we may be required to pay our Adviser an incentive fee for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or if we incur a net loss for that quarter. Any incentive fee payable by us that relates to the pre-incentive fee net investment income may be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received or interest in the form of securities received rather than cash (“payment-in-kind”, or “PIK”, income). PIK income will be included in the pre-incentive fee net investment income used to calculate the incentive fee to our Adviser even though we do not receive the income in the form of cash. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest income, it is possible that accrued interest income previously included in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. Our Adviser is not obligated to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued interest income that we never receive as a result of a subsequent default.

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in some circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash and to make distributions with respect to such income to maintain our tax treatment as a RIC and/or minimize corporate-level U.S. federal income or excise tax. Under such circumstances, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. This difficulty in making the required distribution may be amplified to the extent that we are required to pay the incentive fee on income with respect to such accrued income. As a result, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax.

Our Investment Adviser will be paid the management fee even if the value of the shareholders’ investments declines and our Adviser’s incentive fee may create incentives for it to make certain kinds of investments.

Our Adviser is entitled to an incentive fee from us based on our investment performance. The incentive fee payable by us to our Adviser may create an incentive for our Adviser to make investments on behalf of us that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such a compensation arrangement, and also to incur leverage, which will tend to enhance returns where our portfolio has positive returns. Additionally, the management fee is payable even in the event the value of shareholders’ investments declines.

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted.

We will be prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates without the prior approval of a majority of our independent directors and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we will generally be prohibited from buying or selling any securities from or to such affiliate on a principal basis, absent the prior approval of our board of directors and, in some cases, the SEC. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, including other funds or clients advised by our Adviser or its affiliates, which in certain circumstances could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times to the extent the transaction involves a joint investment), without prior approval of our board of directors and, in some cases, the SEC. If a person acquires more than 25% of our voting securities, we will be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such person or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates or anyone who is under common control with us. The SEC has interpreted the BDC regulations governing transactions with affiliates to prohibit certain joint transactions involving entities that share

 

57


Table of Contents

a common investment adviser. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any portfolio company that is controlled by a fund managed by either of our Adviser or its affiliates without the prior approval of the SEC, which may limit the scope of investment or disposition opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

We rely on exemptive relief that has been granted by the SEC to ORCA and certain of its affiliates that permits us to co-invest with other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally are permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our shareholders and do not involve overreaching in respect of us or our shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies, (3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which our affiliates are investing, and (4) the proposed investment by us would not benefit our Adviser or its affiliates or any affiliated person of any of them (other than the parties to the transaction), except to the extent permitted by the exemptive relief and applicable law, including the limitations set forth in Section 57(k) of the 1940 Act.

In situations when co-investment with our Adviser’s or its affiliates’ other clients is not permitted under the 1940 Act and related rules, existing or future staff guidance, or the terms and conditions of the exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC, our Adviser will need to decide which client or clients will proceed with the investment. Generally, we will not be entitled to make a co-investment in these circumstances and, to the extent that another client elects to proceed with the investment, we will not be permitted to participate. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will not invest in any issuer in which an affiliate’s other client holds a controlling interest.

We may make investments that could give rise to a conflict of interest.

We do not expect to invest in, or hold securities of, companies that are controlled by an affiliate’s other clients. However, our Adviser or an affiliate’s other clients may invest in, and gain control over, one of our portfolio companies. If our Adviser or an affiliate’s other client, or clients, gains control over one of our portfolio companies, it may create conflicts of interest and may subject us to certain restrictions under the 1940 Act. As a result of these conflicts and restrictions our Adviser may be unable to implement our investment strategies as effectively as they could have in the absence of such conflicts or restrictions. For example, as a result of a conflict or restriction, our Adviser may be unable to engage in certain transactions that it would otherwise pursue. In order to avoid these conflicts and restrictions, our Adviser may choose to exit such investments prematurely and, as a result, we may forego any positive returns associated with such investments. In addition, to the extent that an affiliate’s other client holds a different class of securities than us as a result of such transactions, our interests may not be aligned.

The recommendations given to us by our Adviser may differ from those rendered to their other clients.

Our Adviser and its affiliates may give advice and recommend securities to other clients which may differ from advice given to, or securities recommended or bought for, us even though such other clients’ investment objectives may be similar to ours, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

58


Table of Contents

Our Adviser’s liability is limited under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and we are required to indemnify our Adviser against certain liabilities, which may lead our Adviser to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Our Adviser has not assumed any responsibility to us other than to render the services described in the Investment Advisory Agreement (and, separately, under the Administration Agreement), and it will not be responsible for any action of our board of directors in declining to follow our Adviser’s advice or recommendations. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser and its directors, officers, shareholders, members, agents, employees, controlling persons, and any other person or entity affiliated with, or acting on behalf of, our Adviser will not be liable to us for their acts under the Investment Advisory Agreement, absent willful malfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of their duties. We have also agreed to indemnify, defend and protect our Adviser and its directors, officers, shareholders, members, agents, employees, controlling persons and any other person or entity affiliated with, or acting on behalf of, our Adviser with respect to all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses resulting from acts of our Adviser not arising out of negligence or misconduct in the performance of their duties. However, in accordance with Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act, neither our Adviser nor any of its affiliates, directors, officers, members, employees, agents, or representatives may be protected against any liability to us or our investors to which it would otherwise be subject by reason of willful malfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of its office. In addition, the Investment Advisory Agreement provides that we will not indemnify our Adviser nor any of its affiliates, directors, officers, members, employees, agents, or representatives for any loss suffered by for any liability or loss suffered by such party, nor will we provide that such party will be held harmless for any loss or liability we suffer, unless all of the following conditions are met: (i) we have determined in good faith that the conduct that caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of the Company; (ii) we have determined in good faith that such party was acting on behalf of or performing services for the Company; (iii) we have determined, in good faith, that such liability or loss was not the result of (A) negligence or misconduct, in the case that such part is our Adviser or an affiliate of our Adviser, or (B) gross negligence or willful misconduct, in the case that such party is a director of the Company who is not also an officer of the Company or our Adviser or an affiliate of our Adviser; and (iv) such indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of our net assets and not from our shareholders. In addition, such party will not be indemnified for any losses, liabilities or expenses arising from or out of an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws by such party unless one or more of the following conditions are met: (i) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged material securities law violations as to such party; (ii) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to such party; or (iii) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against the Indemnified Party and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the SEC and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which shares of our stock were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws. These protections may lead our Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

There are risks associated with any potential merger with or purchase of assets of another fund.

The Adviser may in the future recommend to the board of directors that we merge with or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of one or more funds including a fund that could be managed by our Adviser and its affiliates (including another BDC). We do not expect that our Adviser would recommend any such merger or asset purchase unless it determines that it would be in our best interests, with such determination dependent on factors it deems relevant, which may include our historical and projected financial performance and any that of any proposed merger partner, portfolio composition, potential synergies from the merger or asset sale, available alternative options and market conditions. In addition, no such merger or asset purchase would be consummated absent the meeting of various conditions required by applicable law or contract, at such time, which may include approval of the board of directors and common equity holders of both funds. If our Adviser is the investment adviser of both funds, various conflicts of interest would exist with respect to any such transaction. Such

 

59


Table of Contents

conflicts of interest may potentially arise from, among other things, differences between the compensation payable to our Adviser by us and by the entity resulting from such a merger or asset purchase or efficiencies or other benefits to our Adviser as a result of managing a single, larger fund instead of two separate funds.

The Adviser’s failure to comply with pay-to-play laws, regulations and policies could have an adverse effect on our Adviser, and thus, us.

A number of U.S. states and municipal pension plans have adopted so-called “pay-to-play” laws, regulations or policies which prohibit, restrict or require disclosure of payments to (and/or certain contacts with) state officials by individuals and entities seeking to do business with state entities, including those seeking investments by public retirement funds. The SEC has adopted a rule that, among other things, prohibits an investment adviser from providing advisory services for compensation to a government client for two years after the adviser or certain of its executives or employees makes a contribution to certain elected officials or candidates. If our Adviser, any of its employees or affiliates or any service provider acting on its behalf, fails to comply with such laws, regulations or policies, such non-compliance could have an adverse effect on our Adviser, and thus, us.

Our Adviser’s net worth is not available to satisfy our liabilities and other obligations.

The North American Securities Administrators Association (“NASAA”), in its Omnibus Guidelines Statement of Policy adopted on March 29, 1992 and as amended on May 7, 2007 and from time to time, requires that our affiliates and Adviser, or our Sponsor under the Omnibus Guidelines, have an aggregate financial net worth, exclusive of home, automobiles and home furnishings, of 5.0% of the first $20 million of both the gross amount of securities currently being offered in this offering and the gross amount of any originally issued direct participation program securities sold by our affiliates and sponsors within the past 12 months, plus 1.0% of all amounts in excess of the first $20 million. Based on these requirements, our Adviser and its affiliates have an aggregate financial net worth in excess of those amounts required by the Omnibus Guidelines. However, no portion of such net worth will be available to us to satisfy any of our liabilities or other obligations. The use of our own funds to satisfy such liabilities or other obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Business Development Companies

The requirement that we invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could preclude us from investing in accordance with our current business strategy; conversely, the failure to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could result in our failure to maintain our status as a BDC.

As a BDC, the 1940 Act prohibits us from acquiring any assets other than certain qualifying assets unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. Therefore, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets. Conversely, if we fail to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could lose our status as a BDC, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making additional investments in existing portfolio companies, which could result in the dilution of our position, or could require us to dispose of investments at an inopportune time to comply with the 1940 Act. If we were forced to sell non-qualifying investments in the portfolio for compliance purposes, the proceeds from such sale could be significantly less than the current value of such investments.

Failure to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility.

If we do not remain a BDC, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions, including a greater required asset coverage ratio and additional restrictions on transactions with affiliates, and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility.

 

60


Table of Contents

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC affect our ability to raise capital and the way in which we raise additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth. As a BDC, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including risks associated with leverage.

As a result of the requirement that we distribute to our shareholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our investment company taxable income (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”) to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC, we may need to access the capital markets periodically to raise cash to fund new investments in portfolio companies. Currently, we may issue “senior securities,” including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions only in amounts such that the ratio of our total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness represented by senior securities) to our total indebtedness represented by senior securities plus preferred stock, if any, equals at least 150% after such incurrence or issuance. If we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. Our ability to issue different types of securities is also limited. Compliance with RIC distribution requirements may unfavorably limit our investment opportunities and reduce our ability in comparison to other companies to profit from favorable spreads between the rates at which we can borrow and the rates at which we can lend. Therefore, we intend to seek to continuously issue equity securities, which may lead to shareholder dilution.

We may borrow to fund investments. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy the asset coverage test under the 1940 Act, which would prohibit us from paying distributions and could prevent us from qualifying for tax treatment as a RIC, which would generally result in a corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on any income and net gains. If we cannot satisfy the asset coverage test, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our debt financing, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous. In addition, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for distribution to our shareholders.

In addition, we anticipate that as market conditions permit, we may securitize our loans to generate cash for funding new investments. To securitize loans, we may create a wholly owned subsidiary, contribute a pool of loans to the subsidiary and have the subsidiary issue primarily investment grade debt securities to purchasers who would be expected to be willing to accept a substantially lower interest rate than the loans earn. We would retain all or a portion of the equity in the securitized pool of loans. Our retained equity would be exposed to any losses on the portfolio of loans before any of the debt securities would be exposed to such losses.

Risks Related to Our Investments

Investing in publicly traded companies can involve a high degree of risk and can be speculative.

We may invest a portion of our portfolio in publicly traded companies or companies that are in the process of completing their initial public offering (“IPO”). As publicly traded companies, the securities of these companies may not trade at high volumes, and prices can be volatile, particularly during times of general market volatility, which may restrict our ability to sell our positions and may have a material adverse impact on us.

Our ability to invest in public companies may be limited in certain circumstances.

To maintain our status as a business development company, we are not permitted to acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions).

Subject to certain exceptions for follow-on investments and distressed companies, an investment in an issuer that has outstanding securities listed on a national securities exchange may be treated as a qualifying asset only if such issuer has a market capitalization that is less than $250 million at the time of such investment and meets the other specified requirements.

 

61


Table of Contents

Our investment strategy focuses on technology companies, which are subject to many risks, including volatility, intense competition, shortened product life cycles, changes in regulatory and governmental programs and periodic downturns.

We intend to invest in technology-related companies, many of which may have narrow product lines and small market shares, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as to general economic downturns. The revenues, income (or losses), and valuations of technology-related companies can and often do fluctuate suddenly and dramatically. In addition, technology-related industries are generally characterized by abrupt business cycles and intense competition. Overcapacity in technology-related industries, together with cyclical economic downturns, may result in substantial decreases in the market capitalization of many technology-related companies. Such decreases in market capitalization may occur again, and any future decreases in technology- related company valuations may be substantial and may not be temporary in nature. Therefore, our portfolio companies may face considerably more risk of loss than do companies in other industry sectors.

Because of rapid technological change, the average selling prices of products and some services provided by technology companies have historically decreased over their productive lives. As a result, the average selling prices of products and services offered by technology companies may decrease over time, which could adversely affect their operating results, their ability to meet obligations under their debt securities and the value of their equity securities. This could, in turn, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A natural disaster may also impact the operations of our portfolio companies, including the technology companies in our portfolio. The nature and level of natural disasters cannot be predicted and may be exacerbated by global climate change. Technology companies rely on items assembled or produced in areas susceptible to natural disasters, and may sell finished goods into markets susceptible to natural disasters. A major disaster, such as an earthquake, tsunami, flood or other catastrophic event could result in disruption to the business and operations of the technology companies in our portfolio.

We may invest in technology companies that are reliant on U.S. and foreign regulatory and governmental programs. Any material changes or discontinuation, due to change in administration or U.S. Congress or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on the operations of a portfolio company in these industries and, in turn, impair our ability to timely collect principal and interest payments owed to us to the extent applicable.

Our investments in portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investments.

We intend to pursue a strategy that focuses primarily on originating and making loans to, and making debt and equity investments in, U.S. middle market companies in a broad range of technology-related industries, with a focus on originated transactions sourced through the networks of our Adviser. Short transaction closing timeframes associated with originated transactions coupled with added tax or accounting structuring complexity and international transactions may result in higher risk in comparison to non-originated transactions.

First-Lien Debt. When we make a first-lien loan, we generally will take a security interest in the available assets of the portfolio company, including the equity interests of its subsidiaries, which we expect to help mitigate the risk that we will not be repaid. However, there is a risk that the collateral securing our loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise, and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. In some circumstances, our lien is, or could become, subordinated to claims of other creditors. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we need to enforce our remedies.

Unitranche Loans. In addition, in connection with any unitranche loans (including “last out” portions of such loans) in which we may invest, we would enter into agreements among lenders. Under these agreements,

 

62


Table of Contents

our interest in the collateral of the first-lien loans may rank junior to those of other lenders in the loan under certain circumstances. This may result in greater risk and loss of principal on these loans.

Second-Lien and Mezzanine Debt. Our investments in second-lien and mezzanine debt generally will be subordinated to senior loans and will either have junior security interests or be unsecured. As such, other creditors may rank senior to us in the event of insolvency. This may result in greater risk and loss of principal.

Equity Investments. When we invest in first-lien debt, second-lien debt or mezzanine debt, we may acquire equity securities, such as warrants, options and convertible instruments, as well. In addition, we may invest directly in the equity securities of portfolio companies. We will seek to dispose of these equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of these interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Most debt securities in which we intend to invest will not be rated by any rating agency and, if they were rated, they would be rated as below investment grade quality and are commonly referred to as “leveraged loans,” “high yield” or “junk”. Debt securities rated below investment grade quality are generally regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and may carry a greater risk with respect to a borrower’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. In addition, some of the loans in which we may invest may be “covenant-lite” loans. We use the term “covenant-lite” loans to refer generally to loans that do not have a complete set of financial maintenance covenants. Generally, “covenant-lite” loans will provide borrower companies more freedom to negatively impact lenders because their covenants are incurrence-based, which means they are only tested and can only be breached following an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, to the extent we invest in “covenant-lite” loans, we may have fewer rights against a borrower and may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with financial maintenance covenants.

We may invest through joint ventures, partnerships or other special purpose vehicles and our investments through these vehicles may entail greater risks, or risks that we otherwise would not incur, if we otherwise made such investments directly.

We may make indirect investments in portfolio companies through joint ventures, partnerships or other special purpose vehicles (“Investment Vehicles”). In general, the risks associated with indirect investments in portfolio companies through a joint venture, partnership or other special purpose vehicle are similar to those associated with a direct investment in a portfolio company. While we intend to analyze the credit and business of a potential portfolio company in determining whether to make an investment in an Investment Vehicle, we will nonetheless be exposed to the creditworthiness of the Investment Vehicle. In the event of a bankruptcy proceeding against the portfolio company, the assets of the portfolio company may be used to satisfy its obligations prior to the satisfaction of our investment in the Investment Vehicle (i.e., our investment in the Investment Vehicle could be structurally subordinated to the other obligations of the portfolio company). In addition, if we are to invest in an Investment Vehicle, we may be required to rely on our partners in the Investment Vehicle when making decisions regarding such Investment Vehicle’s investments, accordingly, the value of the investment could be adversely affected if our interests diverge from those of our partners in the Investment Vehicle.

We expect our investments to be concentrated in technology-related industries, some of which are subject to extensive government regulation, which exposes us to the risk of significant loss if any of these industry sectors experiences a downturn.

A consequence of our investment strategy is that our investment returns will be materially and adversely affected if the companies or the industries we target perform poorly. Beyond the asset diversification

 

63


Table of Contents

requirements associated with our intended qualification as a RIC and the policy we expect to adopt to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of our assets in technology-related companies, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification or limitations on the size of our investments in any one company and our investments could be concentrated in relatively few industries.

Our investments may be subject to extensive regulation by U.S. and foreign federal, state and/or local agencies. Changes in existing laws, rules or regulations, or judicial or administrative interpretations thereof, or new laws, rules or regulations could have an adverse impact on the business and industries of our portfolio companies. In addition, changes in government priorities or limitations on government resources could also adversely impact our portfolio companies. We are unable to predict whether any such changes in laws, rules or regulations will occur and, if they do occur, the impact of these changes on our portfolio companies and our investment returns.

Furthermore, if any of our portfolio companies were to fail to comply with applicable regulations, they could be subject to significant penalties and claims that could materially and adversely affect their operations. Our portfolio companies may be subject to the expense, delay and uncertainty of the regulatory approval process for their products and, even if approved, these products may not be accepted in the marketplace.

To the extent we invest in publicly traded companies, we may be unable to obtain financial covenants and other contractual rights, which subjects us to additional risks.

If we invest in instruments issued by publicly-held companies, we may be subject to risks that differ in type or degree from those involved with investments in privately-held companies. Such risks include, without limitation, greater volatility in the valuation of such companies, increased obligations to disclose information regarding such companies, limitations on our ability to dispose of such instruments at certain times, increased likelihood of shareholder litigation against such companies’ board members and increased costs associated with each of the aforementioned risks. In addition, to the extent we invest in publicly traded debt instruments, we may not be able to obtain financial covenants or other contractual rights that we might otherwise be able to obtain when making privately-negotiated investments. We may not have the same access to information in connection with investments in public debt instruments that we would expect to have in connection with privately-negotiated investments. If we or the Adviser were deemed to have material, nonpublic information regarding the issuer of a publicly traded instrument in which we have invested, we may be limited in our ability to make new investments or sell existing investments in such issuer.

Our investments may be in portfolio companies that have limited operating histories and resources.

Our portfolio may include investments in companies that may have relatively limited operating histories. These companies may be particularly vulnerable to U.S. and foreign economic downturns may have more limited access to capital and higher funding costs, may have a weaker financial position and may need more capital to expand or compete. These businesses also may experience substantial variations in operating results. They may face intense competition, including from larger, more established companies with greater financial, technical and marketing resources. Furthermore, some of these companies do business in regulated industries and could be affected by changes in government regulation applicable to their given industry. Accordingly, these factors could impair their cash flow or result in other events, such as bankruptcy, which could limit their ability to repay their obligations to us, and may adversely affect the return on, or the recovery of, our investment in these companies. We cannot assure you that any of our investments in our portfolio companies will be successful. We may lose our entire investment in any or all of our portfolio companies.

A lack of IPO or merger and acquisition opportunities may cause companies to stay in our portfolio longer, leading to lower returns, unrealized depreciation, or realized losses.

A lack of IPO or merger and acquisition (“M&A”) opportunities for venture capital-backed companies could lead to companies staying longer in our portfolio as private entities still requiring funding. This situation

 

64


Table of Contents

may adversely affect the amount of available funding for early-stage companies in particular as, in general, venture-capital firms are being forced to provide additional financing to late-stage companies that cannot complete an IPO or M&A transaction. In the best case, such stagnation would dampen returns, and in the worst case, could lead to unrealized depreciation and realized losses as some companies run short of cash and have to accept lower valuations in private fundings or are not able to access additional capital at all. A lack of IPO or M&A opportunities for venture capital-backed companies can also cause some venture capital firms to change their strategies, leading some of them to reduce funding of their portfolio companies and making it more difficult for such companies to access capital and to fulfill their potential, which can result in unrealized depreciation and realized losses in such companies by other companies such as ourselves who are co-investors in such companies.

The inability of our portfolio companies to commercialize their technologies or create or develop commercially viable products or businesses would have a negative impact on our investment returns.

The possibility that our portfolio companies will not be able to commercialize their technology, products or business concepts presents significant risks to the value of our investments. Additionally, although some of our portfolio companies may already have a commercially successful product or product line when we invest, technology-related products and services often have a more limited market- or life-span than products in other industries. Thus, the ultimate success of these companies often depends on their ability to continually innovate, or raise additional capital, in increasingly competitive markets. Their inability to do so could affect our investment return. In addition, the intellectual property held by our portfolio companies often represents a substantial portion of the collateral, if any, securing our investments. We cannot assure you that any of our portfolio companies will successfully acquire or develop any new technologies, or that the intellectual property the companies currently hold will remain viable. Even if our portfolio companies are able to develop commercially viable products, the market for new products and services is highly competitive and rapidly changing. Neither our portfolio companies nor we have any control over the pace of technology development. Commercial success is difficult to predict, and the marketing efforts of our portfolio companies may not be successful.

If our portfolio companies are unable to protect their intellectual property rights, or are required to devote significant resources to protecting their intellectual property rights, then our investments could be harmed.

Our success and competitive position depend in part upon the ability of our portfolio companies to obtain and maintain proprietary technology used in their products and services, which will often represent a significant portion of the collateral, if any, securing our investment. The portfolio companies will rely, in part, on patent, trade secret and trademark law to protect that technology, but competitors may misappropriate their intellectual property, and disputes as to ownership of intellectual property may arise. Portfolio companies may, from time to time, be required to institute litigation in order to enforce their patents, copyrights or other intellectual property rights, to protect their trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources.

Similarly, if a portfolio company is found to infringe upon or misappropriate a third party’s patent or other proprietary rights, that portfolio company could be required to pay damages to such third party, alter its own products or processes, obtain a license from the third party and/or cease activities utilizing such proprietary rights, including making or selling products utilizing such proprietary rights. Any of the foregoing events could negatively affect both the portfolio company’s ability to service our debt investment and the value of any related debt and equity securities that we own, as well as any collateral securing our investment.

Our relationship with certain portfolio companies may expose us to our portfolio companies’ trade secrets and confidential information which may require us to be parties to non-disclosure agreements and restrict us from engaging in certain transactions.

Our relationship with some of our portfolio companies may expose us to our portfolio companies’ trade secrets and confidential information (including transactional data and personal data about their employees and

 

65


Table of Contents

clients) that may require us to be parties to nondisclosure agreements and restrict us from engaging in certain transactions. Unauthorized access or disclosure of such information may occur, resulting in theft, loss or other misappropriation. Any theft, loss, improper use, such as insider trading or other misappropriation of confidential information could have a material adverse impact on our competitive positions, our relationship with our portfolio companies and our reputation and could subject us to regulatory inquiries, enforcement and fines, civil litigation and possible financial liability or costs.

If the assets securing the loans that we make decrease in value, then we may lack sufficient collateral to cover losses.

To attempt to mitigate credit risks, we intend to take a security interest in the available assets of our portfolio companies. There is no assurance that we will obtain or properly perfect any such liens.

There is a risk that the collateral securing our loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of a portfolio company to raise additional capital. In some circumstances, our lien could be subordinated to claims of other creditors. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we be forced to enforce our remedies.

In addition, because we invest in technology-related companies, a substantial portion of the assets securing our investment may be in the form of intellectual property, if any, inventory and equipment and, to a lesser extent, cash and accounts receivable. Intellectual property, if any, that is securing our loan could lose value if, among other things, the company’s rights to the intellectual property are challenged or if the company’s license to the intellectual property is revoked or expires, the technology fails to achieve its intended results or a new technology makes the intellectual property functionally obsolete. Inventory may not be adequate to secure our loan if our valuation of the inventory at the time that we made the loan was not accurate or if there is a reduction in the demand for the inventory.

Similarly, any equipment securing our loan may not provide us with the anticipated security if there are changes in technology or advances in new equipment that render the particular equipment obsolete or of limited value, or if the company fails to adequately maintain or repair the equipment. Any one or more of the preceding factors could materially impair our ability to recover earned interest and principal in a foreclosure.

We may suffer a loss if a portfolio company defaults on a loan and the underlying collateral is not sufficient.

In the event of a default by a portfolio company on a secured loan, we will only have recourse to the assets collateralizing the loan. If the underlying collateral value is less than the loan amount, we will suffer a loss. In addition, we may make loans that are unsecured, which are subject to the risk that other lenders may be directly secured by the assets of the portfolio company. In the event of a default, those collateralized lenders would have priority over us with respect to the proceeds of a sale of the underlying assets. In cases described above, we may lack control over the underlying asset collateralizing our loan or the underlying assets of the portfolio company prior to a default, and as a result the value of the collateral may be reduced by acts or omissions by owners or managers of the assets.

In the event of bankruptcy of a portfolio company, we may not have full recourse to its assets in order to satisfy our loan, or our loan may be subject to “equitable subordination.” This means that depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided significant “managerial assistance,” if any, to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. In addition, certain of our loans are subordinate to other debt of the portfolio company. If a portfolio company defaults on our loan or on debt senior to our loan, or in the event of a portfolio company bankruptcy, our loan will be satisfied only after the senior debt receives payment. Where debt

 

66


Table of Contents

senior to our loan exists, the presence of inter-creditor arrangements may limit our ability to amend our loan documents, assign our loans, accept prepayments, exercise our remedies (through “standstill” periods) and control decisions made in bankruptcy proceedings relating to the portfolio company. Bankruptcy and portfolio company litigation can significantly increase collection losses and the time needed for us to acquire the underlying collateral in the event of a default, during which time the collateral may decline in value, causing us to suffer losses.

If the value of collateral underlying our loan declines or interest rates increase during the term of our loan, a portfolio company may not be able to obtain the necessary funds to repay our loan at maturity through refinancing. Decreasing collateral value and/or increasing interest rates may hinder a portfolio company’s ability to refinance our loan because the underlying collateral cannot satisfy the debt service coverage requirements necessary to obtain new financing. If a borrower is unable to repay our loan at maturity, we could suffer a loss which may adversely impact our financial performance.

We may not realize any income or gains from our equity investments

We may invest in equity-related securities, including publicly-traded debt instruments, common equity, warrants, preferred stock and convertible preferred securities. These equity interests we acquire may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value if the company fails to perform financially or achieve its growth objectives. We will generally have little, if any, control over the timing of any gains we may realize from our equity investments since these securities may have restrictions on their transfer or may not have an active trading market.

Equity investments also have experienced significantly more volatility in their returns and may under-perform relative to fixed income securities during certain periods. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value. Also, prices of equity investments are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stock investments to which we have exposure. Equity prices fluctuate for several reasons including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase.

Although we expect to receive current income in the form of dividend payments on any convertible preferred equity investments, a substantial portion of the gains we expect to receive from our investments in such securities will likely be from the capital gains generated from the sale of our equity investments upon conversion of our convertible securities, the timing of which we cannot predict. We do not expect to generate capital gains from the sale of our portfolio investments on a level or uniform basis from quarter to quarter. In addition, any convertible preferred stock instruments will generally provide for conversion upon the portfolio companies’ achievement of certain milestone events, including a qualified public offering and/or a senior exchange listing for their common stock. However, there can be no assurance that our portfolio companies will obtain either a junior or senior exchange listing or, even if a listing is obtained, that an active trading market will ever develop in the common stock of our publicly traded portfolio companies.

Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience. Furthermore, due to the expected growth of our portfolio companies, we do not generally expect to receive dividend income from our common stock investments. In the case of cumulative preferred stock, there is no assurance that any dividends will ever be paid by a portfolio company.

The credit ratings of certain of our investments may not be indicative of the actual credit risk of such rated instruments.

Rating agencies rate debt securities based upon their assessment of the likelihood of the receipt of principal and interest payments. Rating agencies do not consider the risks of fluctuations in market value or other factors

 

67


Table of Contents

that may influence the value of debt securities. Therefore, the credit rating assigned to a particular instrument may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment in such instrument. Credit rating agencies may change their methods of evaluating credit risk and determining ratings. These changes may occur quickly and often. While we may give some consideration to ratings, ratings may not be indicative of the actual credit risk of our investments in rated instruments.

Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and reduce our return on equity.

We are subject to the risk that the investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. When this occurs, we will generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in new portfolio companies. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment in a new portfolio company may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elect to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments, net of prepayment fees, could negatively impact our return on equity. This risk will be more acute when interest rates decrease, as we may be unable to reinvest at rates as favorable as when we made our initial investment.

A redemption of convertible securities held by us could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.

A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by us is called for redemption, we will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.

To the extent original issue discount (OID) and payment-in-kind (PIK) interest income constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with the deferred receipt of cash representing such income.

Our investments may include OID and PIK instruments. To the extent OID and PIK constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with such income being required to be included in income for financial reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP and taxable income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:

 

   

Original issue discount instruments may have unreliable valuations because the accruals require judgments about collectability or deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral;

 

   

Original issue discount instruments may create heightened credit risks because the inducement to the borrower to accept higher interest rates in exchange for the deferral of cash payments typically represents, to some extent, speculation on the part of the borrower;

 

   

For U.S. GAAP purposes, cash distributions to shareholders that include a component of OID income do not come from paid-in capital, although they may be paid from the sources other than cash flows from operations. Thus, although a distribution of OID income may come from the cash invested by the shareholders, the 1940 Act does not require that shareholders be given notice of this fact;

 

   

The presence of OID and PIK creates the risk of non-refundable cash payments to our Adviser in the form of incentive fees on income based on non-cash OID and PIK accruals that may never be realized; and

 

   

In the case of PIK, “toggle” debt, which gives the issuer the option to defer an interest payment in exchange for an increased interest rate in the future, the PIK election has the simultaneous effect of increasing the investment income, thus increasing the potential for realizing incentive fees.

 

68


Table of Contents

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

We intend to pursue a strategy that focuses on investing primarily in the debt of privately owned U.S. companies in a broad range of technology-related industries with a focus on originated transactions sourced through the networks of our Adviser. Our portfolio companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt in which we may invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may entitle the holders to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments with respect to the debt instruments in which we may invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, any holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt instruments in which we may invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company and our portfolio company may not have sufficient assets to pay all equally ranking credit even if we hold senior, first-lien debt.

If we cannot obtain debt financing or equity capital on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected.

The net proceeds from the sale of our shares will be used for our investment opportunities, and, if necessary, the payment of operating expenses and the payment of various fees and expenses such as base management fees, incentive fees, other fees and distributions. Any working capital reserves we maintain may not be sufficient for investment purposes, and we may require additional debt financing or equity capital to operate. Pursuant to tax rules that apply to RICs, we will be required to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our shareholders to maintain our tax treatment as a RIC. Accordingly, in the event that we need additional capital in the future for investments or for any other reason we may need to access the capital markets periodically to issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain such additional capital. These sources of funding may not be available to us due to unfavorable economic conditions, which could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. Consequently, if we cannot obtain further debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire additional investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected. As a result, we would be less able to diversify our portfolio and achieve our investment objective, which may negatively impact our results of operations and reduce our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.

Defaults by our portfolio companies could jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity investments that we hold, which could harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its debt financing and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity investments that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, some of the loans in which we may invest may be “covenant-lite” loans, which means the loans contain fewer or no financial maintenance covenants or restrictions in comparison to loans that include financial maintenance covenants. Non-financial maintenance covenants can only be breached by an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, the Company may have fewer rights against a borrower when it invests in or has exposure to “covenant-lite” loans and, accordingly, may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with financial maintenance covenants.

 

69


Table of Contents

As part of our lending activities, we may in certain opportunistic circumstances originate loans to companies that are experiencing significant financial or business difficulties, including companies involved in bankruptcy or other reorganization and liquidation proceedings. Any such investment would involve a substantial degree of risk. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a company that we fund, we may lose all or part of the amounts advanced to the borrower or may be required to accept collateral with a value less than the amount of the loan advanced by us to the borrower.

Subordinated liens on collateral securing debt investments that we may make to portfolio companies may be subject to control by senior creditors with first priority liens. If there is a default, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay in full both the first priority creditors and us.

Certain debt investments that we will make in portfolio companies will be secured on a second priority lien basis by the same collateral securing senior debt of such companies. We also make debt investments in portfolio companies secured on a first priority basis. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the debt. In the event of a default, the holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the debt obligations secured by the first priority or second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the debt obligations secured by the first priority or second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

We may also make unsecured debt investments in portfolio companies, meaning that such investments will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on any such portfolio company’s collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured debt agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured debt obligations after payment in full of all secured debt obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured debt obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the debt investments we make in our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more inter-creditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under such an inter-creditor agreement, at any time obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens: the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; the approval of amendments to collateral documents; releases of liens on the collateral; and waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

 

70


Table of Contents

Certain of our investments may be adversely affected by laws relating to fraudulent conveyance or voidable preferences.

Certain of our investments could be subject to federal bankruptcy law and state fraudulent transfer laws, which vary from state to state, if the debt obligations relating to certain investments were issued with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or, in certain circumstances, if the issuer receives less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for issuing such debt obligations. If the debt proceeds are used for a buyout of shareholders, this risk is greater than if the debt proceeds are used for day-to-day operations or organic growth. If a court were to find that the issuance of the debt obligations was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void or otherwise refuse to recognize the payment obligations under the debt obligations or the collateral supporting such obligations, further subordinate the debt obligations or the liens supporting such obligations to other existing and future indebtedness of the issuer or require us to repay any amounts received by us with respect to the debt obligations or collateral. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, we may not receive any repayment on such debt obligations.

Under certain circumstances, payments to us and distributions by us to our shareholders may be reclaimed if any such payment or distribution is later determined to have been a fraudulent conveyance, preferential payment or similar transaction under applicable bankruptcy and insolvency laws. Furthermore, investments in restructurings may be adversely affected by statutes relating to, among other things, fraudulent conveyances, voidable preferences, lender liability and the court’s discretionary power to disallow, subordinate or disenfranchise particular claims or recharacterize investments made in the form of debt as equity contributions.

There may be circumstances where our debt investments could be subordinated to claims of other creditors or we could be subject to lender liability claims.

Although we intend to structure certain of our investments as senior debt, if one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company or a representative of us or our Adviser sat on the board of directors of such portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt investment and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. In situations where a bankruptcy carries a high degree of political significance, our legal rights may be subordinated to other creditors.

In addition, a number of U.S. judicial decisions have upheld judgments obtained by borrowers against lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing, or a similar duty owed to the borrower or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. Because of the nature of our investments in portfolio companies (including that, as a BDC, we may be required to provide managerial assistance to those portfolio companies if they so request upon our offer), we may be subject to allegations of lender liability.

We generally will not control the business operations of our portfolio companies and, due to the illiquid nature of our holdings in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies.

We do not currently, and do not expect in the future to control most of our portfolio companies, although we may have board representation or board observation rights, and our debt agreements may impose certain restrictive covenants on our borrowers. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we expect to invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as a debt investor. Due to the lack of liquidity for our investments in private companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies as readily as we would like or at a favorable value. As a result, a portfolio company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.

 

71


Table of Contents

We are exposed to risks resulting from the current low interest rate environment.

Because we may borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. The current, historically low interest rate environment can, depending on our cost of capital, depress our net investment income, even though the terms of our investments generally will include a minimum interest rate. In addition, any reduction in the level of interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on our current investments could adversely impact our net investment income, reducing our ability to service the interest obligations on, and to repay the principal of, our indebtedness, as well as our capacity to pay distributions. Any such developments would result in a decline in our net asset value and in our net asset value per share.

We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

Because we may borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we may borrow funds and the rate at which we may invest these funds. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

A reduction in the interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on current investments could have an adverse impact on our net investment income. However, an increase in interest rates could decrease the value of any investments we hold which earn fixed interest rates and also could increase our interest expense, thereby decreasing our net income. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make an investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate, which could reduce the value of our common stock. Further, rising interest rates could also adversely affect our performance if such increases cause our borrowing costs to rise at a rate in excess of the rate that our investments yield.

Our debt investments may be based on floating interest rates, such as LIBOR, the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”), the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate, that reset on a periodic basis, and that many of our investments will be subject to interest rate floors. A reduction in the interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on current investments could have an adverse impact on our net investment income, which also could be negatively impacted by our borrowers making prepayments on their loans. On the other hand, an increase in interest rates could increase the interest repayment obligations of our borrowers and result in challenges to their financial performance and ability to repay their obligations. In addition, our cost of funds likely will increase because the interest rates on the majority of amounts we may borrow are likely to be floating, which could reduce our net investment income to the extent any debt investments have fixed interest rates, and the interest rate on investments with an interest rate floor will not increase until interest rates exceed the applicable floor.

Trading prices for debt that pays a fixed rate of return tend to fall as interest rates rise. Trading prices tend to fluctuate more for fixed-rate securities that have longer maturities. Moreover, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate, which could reduce the value of our common stock. Federal Reserve policy, including with respect to certain interest rates and the decision to end its quantitative easing policy, may also adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend- and interest-paying securities. Market volatility, rising interest rates and/or a return to unfavorable economic conditions could adversely affect our business.

We may enter into certain hedging transactions, such as interest rate swap agreements, in an effort to mitigate our exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates and we may increase our floating rate investments to position the portfolio for rate increases. However, we cannot assure you that such transactions will be successful in mitigating our exposure to interest rate risk or if we will enter into such interest rate hedges. Hedging transactions may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio investments.

 

72


Table of Contents

We do not have a policy governing the maturities of our investments. This means that we are subject to greater risk (other things being equal) than a fund invested solely in shorter-term securities. A decline in the prices of the debt we own could adversely affect our net asset value. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make an investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate.

In periods of rising interest rates, to the extent we borrow money subject to a floating interest rate, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income. Further, rising interest rates could also adversely affect our performance if we hold investments with floating interest rates, subject to specified minimum interest rates (such as a LIBOR floor), while at the same time engaging in borrowings subject to floating interest rates not subject to such minimums. In such a scenario, rising interest rates may increase our interest expense, even though our interest income from investments is not increasing in a corresponding manner as a result of such minimum interest rates.

If general interest rates rise, there is a risk that the portfolio companies in which we hold floating rate securities will be unable to pay escalating interest amounts, which could result in a default under their loan documents with us. Rising interest rates could also cause portfolio companies to shift cash from other productive uses to the payment of interest, which may have a material adverse effect on their business and operations and could, over time, lead to increased defaults. In addition, rising interest rates may increase pressure on us to provide fixed rate loans to our portfolio companies, which could adversely affect our net investment income, as increases in our cost of borrowed funds would not be accompanied by increased interest income from such fixed-rate investments.

To the extent that we make floating rate debt investments, a rise in the general level of interest rates would lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may result in an increase in the amount of the incentive fee payable to our Adviser.

International investments create additional risks.

We may make investments in portfolio companies that are domiciled outside of the United States. Our investments in foreign portfolio companies are deemed “non-qualifying assets”, which means that, as required by the 1940 Act, such investments, along with other investments in non-qualifying assets, may not constitute more than 30% of our total assets at the time of our acquisition of any such asset, after giving effect to the acquisition. Notwithstanding the limitation on our ownership of foreign portfolio companies, such investments subject us to many of the same risks as our domestic investments, as well as certain additional risks, including the following:

 

   

foreign governmental laws, rules and policies, including those relating to taxation and bankruptcy and restricting the ownership of assets in the foreign country or the repatriation of profits from the foreign country to the United States and any adverse changes in these laws;

 

   

foreign currency devaluations that reduce the value of and returns on our foreign investments;

 

   

adverse changes in the availability, cost and terms of investments due to the varying economic policies of a foreign country in which we may invest;

 

   

adverse changes in tax rates, the tax treatment of transaction structures and other changes in operating expenses of a particular foreign country in which we may invest;

 

   

the assessment of foreign-country taxes (including withholding taxes, transfer taxes and value added taxes, any or all of which could be significant) on income or gains from our investments in the foreign country;

 

   

changes that adversely affect the social, political and/or economic stability of a foreign country in which we may invest;

 

   

high inflation in the foreign countries in which we may invest, which could increase the costs to us of investing in those countries;

 

73


Table of Contents
   

deflationary periods in the foreign countries in which we may invest, which could reduce demand for our assets in those countries and diminish the value of such investments and the related investment returns to us; and

 

   

legal and logistical barriers in the foreign countries in which we may invest that materially and adversely limit our ability to enforce our contractual rights with respect to those investments.

In addition, we may make investments in countries whose governments or economies may prove unstable. Certain of the countries in which we may invest may have political, economic and legal systems that are unpredictable, unreliable or otherwise inadequate with respect to the implementation, interpretation and enforcement of laws protecting asset ownership and economic interests. In some of the countries in which we may invest, there may be a risk of nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, which may have an adverse effect on our portfolio companies in those countries and the rates of return that we are able to achieve on such investments. We may also lose the total value of any investment which is nationalized, expropriated or confiscated. The financial results and investment opportunities available to us, particularly in developing countries and emerging markets, may be materially and adversely affected by any or all of these political, economic and legal risks.

We may acquire various structured financial instruments for purposes of “hedging” or reducing our risks, which may be costly and ineffective and could reduce the cash available to service our debt or for distribution to our shareholders.

We may seek to hedge against interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations and credit risk by using structured financial instruments such as futures, options, swaps and forward contracts, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. Use of structured financial instruments for hedging purposes may present significant risks, including the risk of loss of the amounts invested. Defaults by the other party to a hedging transaction can result in losses in the hedging transaction. Hedging activities also involve the risk of an imperfect correlation between the hedging instrument and the asset being hedged, which could result in losses both on the hedging transaction and on the instrument being hedged. Use of hedging activities may not prevent significant losses and could increase our losses. Further, hedging transactions may reduce cash available to service our debt or pay distributions to our shareholders.

We will expose ourselves to risks if we engage in hedging transactions.

We may enter into hedging transactions, which may expose us to risks associated with such transactions. We may seek to utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates and the relative value of certain debt securities from changes in market interest rates. Use of these hedging instruments may include counter-party credit risk. To the extent we have non-U.S. investments, particularly investments denominated in non-U.S. currencies, our hedging costs will increase.

Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions would not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions were to decline. However, such hedging can establish other positions designed to gain from those same developments, thereby offsetting the decline in the value of such portfolio positions. Such hedging transactions may also limit the opportunity for gain if the values of the underlying portfolio positions were to increase. It also may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price.

The success of our hedging strategy, if any, will depend on our ability to correctly identify appropriate exposures for hedging. Unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or other exposures that we might hedge

 

74


Table of Contents

may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary, as may the time period in which the hedge is effective relative to the time period of the related exposure.

For a variety of reasons, we may not seek to (or be able to) establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the positions being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations. Income derived from hedging transactions also is not eligible to be distributed to non-U.S. shareholders free from withholding taxes. Changes to the regulations applicable to the financial instruments we use to accomplish our hedging strategy could affect the effectiveness of that strategy. See “—The market structure applicable to derivatives imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and SEC may affect our ability to use over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives for hedging purposes. .” and “—We are, and will continue to be, exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.”

The market structure applicable to derivatives imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFTC and SEC may affect our ability to use OTC derivatives for hedging purposes.

The Dodd-Frank Act and the CFTC enacted and SEC has issued rules to implement, both broad new regulatory requirements and broad new structural requirements applicable to OTC derivatives markets and, to a lesser extent, listed commodity futures (and futures options) markets. Similar changes are in the process of being implemented in other major financial markets.

The CFTC and the SEC have issued final rules establishing that certain swap transactions are subject to CFTC regulation. Engaging in such swap or other commodity interest transactions such as futures contracts or options on futures contracts may cause us to fall within the definition of “commodity pool” under the Commodity Exchange Act and related CFTC regulations. The Adviser has claimed relief from CFTC registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator with respect to our operations, with the result that we are limited in our ability to use futures contracts or options on futures contracts or engage in swap transactions. Specifically, we are subject to strict limitations on using such derivatives other than for hedging purposes, whereby the use of derivatives not used solely for hedging purposes is generally limited to situations where (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions does not exceed five percent of the liquidation value of our portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts we have entered into; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of such derivatives does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of our portfolio.

The Dodd-Frank Act also imposed requirements relating to real-time public and regulatory reporting of OTC derivative transactions, enhanced documentation requirements, position limits on an expanded array of derivatives, and recordkeeping requirements. Taken as a whole, these changes could significantly increase the cost of using uncleared OTC derivatives to hedge risks, including interest rate and foreign exchange risk; reduce the level of exposure we are able to obtain for risk management purposes through OTC derivatives (including as the result of the CFTC imposing position limits on additional products); reduce the amounts available to us to make non-derivatives investments; impair liquidity in certain OTC derivatives; and adversely affect the quality of execution pricing obtained by us, all of which could adversely impact our investment returns.

Our ability to enter into transactions involving derivatives and financial commitment transactions may be limited.

In November 2020, the SEC adopted a rulemaking regarding the ability of a BDC (or a registered investment company) to use derivatives and other transactions that create future payment or delivery obligations.

 

75


Table of Contents

Under the newly adopted rules, BDCs that use derivatives will be subject to a value-at-risk leverage limit, a derivatives risk management program and testing requirements and requirements related to board reporting. These new requirements will apply unless the BDC qualifies as a “limited derivatives user,” as defined under the adopted rules. Under the new rule, a BDC may enter into an unfunded commitment agreement that is not a derivatives transaction, such as an agreement to provide financing to a portfolio company, if the BDC has, among other things, a reasonable belief, at the time it enters into such an agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all of its unfunded commitment agreements, in each case as it becomes due. Collectively, these requirements may limit our ability to use derivatives and/or enter into certain other financial contracts.

We may enter into total return swaps that would expose us to certain risks, including market risk, liquidity risk and other risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

A total return swap is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the total return swap, which may include a specified security or loan, basket of securities or loans or securities or loan indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A total return swap is typically used to obtain exposure to a security, loan or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or loan or investing directly in such market. A total return swap may effectively add leverage to our portfolio because, in addition to our total net assets, we would be subject to investment exposure on the amount of securities or loans subject to the total return swap. A total return swap is also subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations thereunder or that we will not be able to meet our obligations to the counterparty. In addition, because a total return swap is a form of synthetic leverage, such arrangements are subject to risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

Our investment strategy focuses on technology-related companies, which are subject to many risks, including volatility, intense competition, shortened product life cycles, changes in regulatory and governmental programs and periodic downturns, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

We intend to adopt a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of our assets in technology-related companies, many of which may have narrow product lines and small market shares, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as to general economic downturns. The revenues, income (or losses), and valuations of technology-related companies can and often do fluctuate suddenly and dramatically. In addition, technology-related industries are generally characterized by abrupt business cycles and intense competition. Overcapacity in technology-related industries, together with cyclical economic downturns, may result in substantial decreases in the market capitalization of many technology-related companies. Such decreases in market capitalization may occur again, and any future decreases in technology-related company valuations may be substantial and may not be temporary in nature. Therefore, our portfolio companies may face considerably more risk of loss than do companies in other industry sectors.

Because of rapid technological change, the average selling prices of products and some services provided by technology-related companies have historically decreased over their productive lives. As a result, the average selling prices of products and services offered by technology-related companies may decrease over time, which could adversely affect their operating results, their ability to meet obligations under their debt securities and the value of their equity securities. This could, in turn, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A natural disaster may also impact the operations of our portfolio companies, including the technology companies in our portfolio. The nature and level of natural disasters cannot be predicted and may be exacerbated by global climate change. Technology companies rely on items assembled or produced in areas susceptible to natural disasters, and may sell finished goods into markets susceptible to natural disasters. A major disaster, such

 

76


Table of Contents

as an earthquake, tsunami, flood or other catastrophic event could result in disruption to the business and operations of the technology companies in our portfolio.

We may invest in technology-related companies that are reliant on U.S. and foreign regulatory and governmental programs. Any material changes or discontinuation, due to change in administration or U.S. Congress or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on the operations of a portfolio company in these industries and, in turn, impair our ability to timely collect principal and interest payments owed to us to the extent applicable.

Any investments in life sciences-related companies may be subject to extensive government regulation, litigation risk and certain other risks particular to that industry.

We may invest in life sciences-related that may be subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and other foreign agencies. If any of these portfolio companies fail to comply with applicable regulations, they could be subject to significant penalties and claims that could materially and adversely affect their operations. Portfolio companies that produce medical devices or drugs are subject to the expense, delay and uncertainty of the regulatory approval process for their products and, even if approved, these products may not be accepted in the marketplace. In addition, governmental budgetary constraints effecting the regulatory approval process, new laws, regulations or judicial interpretations of existing laws and regulations might adversely affect a portfolio company in this industry.

Life sciences-related portfolio companies may also have a limited number of suppliers of necessary components or a limited number of manufacturers for their products, and therefore face a risk of disruption to their manufacturing process if they are unable to find alternative suppliers when needed. Any of these factors could materially and adversely affect the operations of a life sciences-related portfolio company and, in turn, impair our ability to timely collect principal and interest payments owed to us.

Our portfolio may be focused on a limited number of portfolio companies or industries, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies defaults on its obligations under any of its debt instruments or if there is a downturn in a particular industry.

Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification. While we do not intend to target any specific industries, our investments may be focused on relatively few industries. We intend to adopt a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of our assets in technology-related companies. As a result, the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Additionally, a downturn in any particular industry in which we may invest could significantly affect our aggregate returns.

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain various required licenses in U.S. states or in any other jurisdiction where they may be required in the future.

We may be required in the future to obtain various state licenses to, among other things, originate commercial loans, and may be required to obtain similar licenses from other authorities, including outside of the United States, in the future in connection with one or more investments. Applying for and obtaining required licenses can be costly and take several months. We cannot assure you that we will maintain or obtain all of the licenses that we need on a timely basis. We also will be subject to various information and other requirements to maintain and obtain these licenses, and we cannot assure you that we will satisfy those requirements. Our failure to obtain and/or maintain licenses that we require might restrict investment options and have other adverse consequences.

 

77


Table of Contents

An investment strategy focused primarily on privately held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies.

We intend to invest primarily in privately held companies. Investments in private companies pose certain incremental risks as compared to investments in public companies including that they:

 

   

have reduced access to the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and ability to withstand financial distress;

 

   

may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt obligations that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;

 

   

may have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and changing market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;

 

   

are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons and, therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the company and, in turn, on us; and

 

   

generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position.

In addition, investments in private companies tend to be less liquid. The securities of private companies are not publicly traded or actively traded on the secondary market and are, instead, traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for institutional investors. These over-the-counter secondary markets may be inactive during an economic downturn or a credit crisis and in any event often have lower volumes than publicly traded securities even in normal market conditions. In addition, the securities in these companies will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly traded securities. If there is no readily available market for these investments, we are required to carry these investments at fair value as determined by our board of directors. As a result, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded these investments. We may also face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we, our Adviser or any of its affiliates have material nonpublic information regarding such portfolio company or where the sale would be an impermissible joint transaction under the 1940 Act. The reduced liquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to dispose of them at a favorable price, and, as a result, we may suffer losses.

Finally, little public information generally exists about private companies and these companies may not have third-party credit ratings or audited financial statements. We must therefore rely on the ability of our Adviser to obtain adequate information through due diligence to evaluate the creditworthiness and potential returns from investing in these companies, and to monitor the activities and performance of these investments. To the extent that we (or other clients of our Adviser) may hold a larger number of investments, greater demands will be placed on our Adviser’s time, resources and personnel in monitoring such investments, which may result in less attention being paid to any individual investment and greater risk that our investment decisions may not be fully informed. Additionally, these companies and their financial information will not generally be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules that govern public companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments.

 

78


Table of Contents

Certain investment analyses and decisions by our Adviser may be required to be undertaken on an expedited basis.

Investment analyses and decisions by our Adviser may be required to be undertaken on an expedited basis to take advantage of certain investment opportunities. While we generally will not seek to make an investment until our Adviser has conducted sufficient due diligence to make a determination as to the acceptability of the credit quality of the investment and the underlying issuer, in such cases, the information available to our Adviser at the time of making an investment decision may be limited. Therefore, no assurance can be given that our Adviser will have knowledge of all circumstances that may adversely affect an investment. In addition, our Adviser may rely upon independent consultants in connection with its evaluation of proposed investments. No assurance can be given as to the accuracy or completeness of the information provided by such independent consultants and we may incur liability as a result of such consultants’ actions, many of whom we will have limited recourse against in the event of any such inaccuracies.

We may not have the funds or ability to make additional investments in our portfolio companies.

After our initial investment in a portfolio company, we may be called upon from time to time to provide additional funds to such company or have the opportunity to increase our investment through the exercise of a warrant or other right to purchase common stock. There is no assurance that we will make, or will have sufficient funds to make, follow-on investments. Even if we do have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our level of risk, we prefer other opportunities, we are limited in our ability to do so by compliance with BDC requirements or in order to maintain our tax treatment as a RIC. Our ability to make follow-on investments may also be limited by our Adviser’s allocation policies. Any decision not to make a follow-on investment or any inability on our part to make such an investment may have a negative impact on a portfolio company in need of such an investment, may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful investment or may reduce the expected return to us on the investment.

We are subject to risks related to corporate social responsibility.

Our business faces increasing public scrutiny related to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) activities. We risk damage to our brand and reputation if we fail to act responsibly in a number of areas, such as environmental stewardship, corporate governance and transparency and considering ESG factors in our investment processes. Adverse incidents with respect to ESG activities could impact the value of our brand, the cost of our operations and relationships with investors, all of which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Additionally, new regulatory initiatives related to ESG could adversely affect our business.

Because we have received the approval of our sole initial shareholder, we will be subject to 150% Asset Coverage.

Recent legislation has modified the 1940 Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. The reduced asset coverage requirement would permit a BDC to double the amount of leverage it can incur. For example, under a 150% asset coverage ratio the Company may borrow $2 for investment purposes of every $1 of investor equity whereas under a 200% asset coverage ratio the Company may borrow only $1 for investment purposes for every $1 of investor equity. Because our Adviser, as our sole initial shareholder, has approved this proposal, the reduced asset coverage ratio applicable to our senior securities is 150%.

Leverage magnifies the potential for loss on investments in our indebtedness and on invested equity capital. As we may use leverage to partially finance our investments, you will experience increased risks of investing in our securities. If the value of our assets increases, then leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to

 

79


Table of Contents

our common stock to increase more sharply than it would have had we not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged our business. Similarly, any increase in our income in excess of interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause our net investment income to increase more than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in our income would cause net investment income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to pay common stock dividends, scheduled debt payments or other payments related to our securities. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — To the extent that we borrow money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us. Borrowed money may also adversely affect the return on our assets, reduce cash available to service our debt or for distribution to our shareholders, and result in losses.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock

Investors will not know the purchase price per share at the time they submit their subscription agreements and could receive fewer shares of our common stock than anticipated if our board of directors determines to increase the offering price to a price that we believe reflects the net asset value per share of the Class S, Class D and Class I shares in accordance with our share pricing policy.

The Class S, Class D and Class I shares each will be offered at an initial offering price of $10.00 per share, but may, to the extent permitted or required under the rules and regulations of the SEC, be sold at prices necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at prices per share that are below our net asset value per share for such class, if our net asset value per share: (i) declines more than 10% from the net asset value per share as of the effective date of this registration statement or (ii) increases to an amount that is greater than the net proceeds per share as stated in this prospectus.

We intend to sell our shares at net offering prices that we believe reflect the net asset value per share of the applicable class of shares as determined in accordance with the Company’s share pricing policy. See “Determination of Net Asset Value — Value Determinations in Connection with this Continuous Offering.” We will modify our public offering prices to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, including the requirement that we not sell any class of our shares at a net offering price below our net asset value per share unless we obtain the requisite approval from our shareholders.

As a result, your purchase price may be higher than the prior subscription closing price per share, and therefore you may receive a smaller number of shares than if you had subscribed at the prior subscription closing price.

If we are unable to raise substantial funds in our ongoing, continuous “best efforts” offering, we may be limited in the number and type of investments we may make, and the value of your investment in us may be reduced in the event our assets under-perform.

Our continuous offering is being made on a best efforts basis, whereby our Dealer Manager and participating broker-dealers are only required to use their best efforts to sell our shares and have no firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of our shares. To the extent that less than the maximum number of shares is subscribed for, the opportunity for diversification of our investments may be decreased and the returns achieved on those investments may be reduced as a result of allocating all of our expenses among a smaller capital base.

 

80


Table of Contents

Our shares are not listed, and we do not intend to list our shares, on an exchange, nor are our shares quoted through a quotation system. Therefore, our shareholders will have limited liquidity and may not receive a full return of invested capital (including front-end commissions, fees and expenses), upon selling their shares or upon liquidation of our company.

Our shares are illiquid investments for which there is not a secondary market nor is it expected that any such secondary market will develop in the future. We do not intend to complete a liquidity event within any specific time period, if at all. A liquidity event could include a merger or another transaction approved by our board of directors in which our shareholders will receive cash or shares of a listed company, or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation. A liquidity event also may include a sale, merger or rollover transaction with one or more affiliated investment companies managed by our Adviser with either an internal or external management structure. We do not intend to list our shares on a national securities exchange. Upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, if any, all Class S and Class D shares will automatically convert into Class I shares and the ongoing servicing fee will terminate.

We do not know at this time what circumstances will exist in the future and therefore we do not know what factors our board of directors will consider in determining whether to pursue a liquidity event in the future. Also, since a portion of the public offering price from the sale of shares in this offering will be used to pay offering expenses and recurring expenses, the full offering price paid by our shareholders will not be invested in portfolio companies. As a result, even if we do complete a liquidity event, you may not receive a return of all of your invested capital. If we do not complete a liquidity event, liquidity for your shares will be limited to participation in our share repurchase program, which may not be for a sufficient number of shares to meet your request and which we have no obligation to maintain. In addition, any shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program may be purchased at a price which may reflect a discount from the purchase price shareholders paid for the shares being repurchased. See “Share Repurchase Program” for a detailed description of the share repurchase program. Because investors who participate in our distribution reinvestment plan will receive additional shares of our common stock in lieu of cash distributions, their exposure to the foregoing risks will be increased compared to their exposure if they had elected to receive cash distributions.

Our Dealer Manager in our continuous offering may be unable to sell a sufficient number of shares of common stock for us to achieve our investment objective. Our ability to conduct our continuous offering successfully is dependent, in part, on the ability of our Dealer Manager to successfully establish, operate and maintain relationships with a network of broker-dealers.

The success of our continuous public offering, and correspondingly our ability to implement our business strategy, is dependent upon the ability of our Dealer Manager to establish and maintain relationships with a network of licensed securities broker-dealers and other agents to sell our shares. If our Dealer Manager fails to perform, we may not be able to raise adequate proceeds through our public offering to implement our investment strategy. If we are unsuccessful in implementing our investment strategy, you could lose all or a part of your investment.

Purchases of shares of our common stock by persons affiliated with us or our Adviser should not influence investment decisions of independent, unaffiliated investors. Our officers, directors, and Adviser will determine when we satisfy the minimum offering amount for this offering.

We may satisfy the minimum offering requirement through purchases of shares of our common stock in a private placement transaction outside of this offering by an affiliate of our Adviser. If we do so, an affiliate of our Adviser will determine when we reach the minimum offering requirement. Except for certain share ownership and transfer restrictions contained in our charter, there is no limit on the number of shares that may be sold to our officers, directors, and Adviser, its affiliates and/or immediate family members. There is no assurance, however, that we will be successful in raising additional funds in this offering. If we are unsuccessful in raising additional funds, we may be unable to diversify our portfolio, and our operating expenses as a percentage of our gross offering proceeds will be higher.

 

81


Table of Contents

We intend, but are not required, to offer to repurchase your shares on a periodic basis. As a result you will have limited opportunities to sell your shares.

Beginning with the first full calendar quarter after the date that we sell shares to a person or entity other than our Adviser, our directors, officers and/or other affiliated persons and entities, we may, from time to time, determine to repurchase a portion of the shares of our common stock, and if we do, we expect that only a limited number of shares will be eligible for repurchase. In addition, any such repurchases will be at a price equal to the net offering price per share on each Repurchase Date. As a result, the price at which we repurchase shares may be at a discount to the price at which you purchased shares of common stock in this offering. The share repurchase program, if implemented, will include numerous restrictions that limit your ability to sell your shares, and share repurchases may not be available each month. For example, to the extent we choose to repurchase shares in any particular period, we intend to limit the number of shares to be repurchased in each period to no more than 5.00% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Our board of directors reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to limit the number of shares to be repurchased for each class by applying the limitations on the number of shares to be repurchased on a per class basis. To the extent that the number of shares put to us for repurchase exceeds the number of shares that we are able to purchase, we will repurchase shares on a pro rata basis, not on a first-come, first-serve basis. Further, we will have no obligation to repurchase shares if the repurchase would violate the restrictions on distributions under federal law or Maryland law. These limits may prevent us from accommodating all repurchase requests made in any month.

We will notify our shareholders of such developments: (i) in our quarterly reports or (ii) by means of a separate mailing to you, accompanied by disclosure in a current or periodic report under the Exchange Act. In addition, under the quarterly share repurchase program, if implemented, we will have discretion to not repurchase shares, to suspend the program, and to cease repurchases. Further, the program may have many limitations and should not be relied upon as a method to sell shares promptly and at a desired price.

The timing of our repurchase offers pursuant to our share repurchase program may be at a time that is disadvantageous to our shareholders, and, to the extent you are able to sell your shares under the program, you may not be able to recover the amount of your investment in our shares.

When we make repurchase offers pursuant to the share repurchase program, we may offer to repurchase shares at a price that is lower than the price that you paid for our shares. As a result, to the extent you paid a price that includes the related Upfront Sales Load imposed by a financial intermediary, and to the extent you have the ability to sell your shares pursuant to our share repurchase program, the price at which you may sell shares, which will be at prices determined by our board of directors and paid on each date of repurchase, may be lower than the amount you paid in connection with the purchase of shares in this offering.

We may be unable to invest a significant portion of the net proceeds of this offering on acceptable terms in an acceptable timeframe.

Delays in investing the net proceeds of this offering may impair our performance. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to identify investments that meet our investment objective or that any investment that we make will produce a positive return. We may be unable to invest the net proceeds of our offering on acceptable terms within the time period that we anticipate or at all, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

Before making investments, we will invest the net proceeds of our continuous public offering primarily in cash, cash-equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements, and/or other high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. This will produce returns that are significantly lower than the returns which we expect to achieve when our portfolio is fully invested in securities and loans meeting our investment objective. As a result, any distributions that we pay while our portfolio is not fully invested may be lower than the distributions that we may be able to pay when our portfolio is fully invested in securities meeting our investment objective.

 

82


Table of Contents

A shareholder’s interest in us will be diluted if we issue additional shares, which could reduce the overall value of an investment in us.

No class our common stock grants shareholders preemptive rights to purchase any shares we issue in the future. Our charter authorizes us to issue up to 3 billion shares of common stock. Pursuant to our charter, a majority of our entire board of directors may amend our charter to increase the number of shares of any class of common stock we may issue without shareholder approval. Our board may elect to sell additional shares in the future or issue equity interests in private offerings. To the extent we issue additional equity interests at or below net asset value, your percentage ownership interest in us may be diluted. In addition, depending upon the terms and pricing of any additional offerings and the value of our investments, you may also experience dilution in the book value and fair value of your shares.

Under the 1940 Act, we generally are prohibited from issuing or selling our common stock at a price below net asset value per share, which may be a disadvantage as compared with certain public companies. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options, or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of our common stock if our board of directors and independent directors determine that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our shareholders, and our shareholders, including a majority of those shareholders that are not affiliated with us, approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the fair value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). If we raise additional funds by issuing common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, then the percentage ownership of our shareholders at that time will decrease and you will experience dilution.

Certain provisions of our charter and actions of our board of directors could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the value of shares of our common stock.

Our charter, as well as certain statutory and regulatory requirements, contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire us. Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms, which could prevent shareholders from removing a majority of directors in any given election. Our board of directors may, without shareholder action, authorize the issuance of shares in one or more classes or series, including shares of preferred stock; and our board of directors may, without shareholder action, amend our charter to increase the number of shares of our common stock, of any class or series, that we will have authority to issue. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change of control in circumstances that could give the holders of shares of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the value of shares of our common stock.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options, including volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative and aggressive and, therefore, an investment in our common stock may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

The net asset value of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

The net asset value and liquidity, if any, of the market for shares of our common stock may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

 

   

changes in the value of our portfolio of investments and derivative instruments as a result of changes in market factors, such as interest rate shifts, and also portfolio specific performance, such as portfolio company defaults, among other reasons;

 

83


Table of Contents
   

changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or BDCs;

 

   

loss of RIC tax treatment or BDC status;

 

   

distributions that exceed our net investment income and net income as reported according to U.S. GAAP;

 

   

changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

 

   

changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments;

 

   

any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors;

 

   

departure of our Adviser or certain of its key personnel;

 

   

general economic trends and other external factors;

 

   

loss of a major funding source; and

 

   

the length and duration of the COVID-19 outbreak in the U.S. as well as worldwide and the magnitude of the economic impact of that outbreak.

The amount of any distributions we may make is uncertain. We may pay distributions from sources other than cash from operations, including the sale of assets, borrowings or returns of capital to the extent our cash flows from operations, net investment income or earnings are not sufficient to fund declared distributions.

We may fund distributions from the uninvested proceeds of an offering, borrowings and Expense Support Payments from our Adviser, which are subject to recoupment. We have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from such proceeds or borrowings or expense reimbursements to make any such distributions. We may pay distributions from the sale of assets to the extent distributions exceed our earnings or cash flows from operations. Distributions from sources other than cash flows from operations or from borrowings could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in our investment portfolio.

Our distributions to shareholders may be funded from expense reimbursements that are subject to repayment pursuant to our Expense Support Agreement.

Substantial portions of our distributions may be funded through the reimbursement of certain expenses by our Adviser and its affiliates. Any such distributions funded through expense reimbursements will not be based on our investment performance, and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment performance in future periods and/or our Adviser and its affiliates continue to make such reimbursements. Our future repayments of amounts reimbursed by our Adviser or its affiliates will reduce the distributions that shareholders would otherwise receive in the future. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the performance necessary to be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all. Our Adviser and its affiliates have no obligation to reimburse expenses in future periods.

The amount of any distributions we may make on our common stock is uncertain. We may not be able to pay you distributions, or be able to sustain distributions at any particular level, and our distributions per share, if any, may not grow over time, and our distributions per share may be reduced. We have not established any limits on the extent to which we may use borrowings, if any, and we may use sources other than cash flows from operations to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in portfolio companies).

Subject to our board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, we intend to authorize and declare cash distributions on a monthly or quarterly basis and pay such distributions on a monthly basis. We expect to pay distributions out of assets legally available for distribution. However, we cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a consistent targeted level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of the risks described in this prospectus. Further, the per share amount of distributions on Class S, Class D

 

84


Table of Contents

and Class I shares may differ because of different allocations of class-specific expenses. For example, distributions on Class S and Class D shares will be lower than on Class I shares because Class S and Class D shares are subject to different ongoing servicing fees.

In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC under the 1940 Act can limit our ability to pay distributions. Distributions from sources other than cash flows from operations also could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in debt or equity securities of portfolio companies. We cannot assure you that we will pay distributions to our shareholders in the future.

Shareholders will experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they do not participate in our distribution reinvestment plan.

We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan whereby shareholders (other than Maryland and North Carolina investors, and clients of certain participating brokers that do not permit automatic enrollment in our distribution reinvestment plan) will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of the same class of our common stock to which the distribution relates unless they elect to receive their distributions in cash. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.” Maryland and North Carolina investors, and clients of certain participating brokers that do not permit automatic enrollment in our distribution reinvestment plan, will automatically receive their distributions in cash unless they elect to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. As a result, shareholders that do not elect to participate in our distribution reinvestment plan will experience dilution over time.

Preferred stock could be issued with rights and preferences that would adversely affect holders of our common stock.

Under the terms of our charter, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without shareholder approval, which could potentially adversely affect the interests of existing shareholders. In particular, holders of preferred stock are required to have certain voting rights when there are unpaid dividends and priority over other classes of securities as to distribution of assets or payment of dividends.

If we issue preferred stock or convertible debt securities, the net asset value of our common stock may become more volatile.

We cannot assure you that the issuance of preferred stock and/or convertible debt securities would result in a higher yield or return to the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock or convertible debt would likely cause the net asset value of our common stock to become more volatile. If the rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the convertible debt securities, were to approach the net rate of return on our investment portfolio, the benefit of such leverage to the holders of our common stock would be reduced. If the distribution rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to exceed the net rate of return on our portfolio, the use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return to the holders of common stock than if we had not issued the preferred stock or convertible debt securities. Any decline in the net asset value of our investment would be borne entirely by the holders of our common stock. Therefore, if the market value of our portfolio were to decline, the leverage would result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of our common stock than if we were not leveraged through the issuance of preferred stock or debt securities. This decline in net asset value would also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price, if any, for our common stock.

There is also a risk that, in the event of a sharp decline in the value of our net assets, we would be in danger of failing to maintain required asset coverage ratios, which may be required by the preferred stock or convertible debt, or our current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred stock or the interest payments on the debt securities. In order to counteract such an event, we might need to liquidate investments in order to fund the redemption of some or all of the preferred stock or convertible debt. In addition, we would pay (and the holders of our common stock would bear) all costs and expenses relating to the

 

85


Table of Contents

issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred stock, convertible debt, or any combination of these securities. Holders of preferred stock or convertible debt may have different interests than holders of common stock and may at times have disproportionate influence over our affairs.

Holders of any preferred stock that we may issue will have the right to elect certain members of our board of directors and have class voting rights on certain matters.

The 1940 Act requires that holders of shares of preferred stock must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more, until such arrearage is eliminated. In addition, certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock, including changes in fundamental investment restrictions and conversion to open-end status and, accordingly, preferred shareholders could veto any such changes. Restrictions imposed on the declarations and payment of dividends or other distributions to the holders of our common stock and preferred stock, both by the 1940 Act and by requirements imposed by rating agencies, might impair our ability to maintain our tax treatment as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Compliance with the SEC’s Regulation Best Interest by participating broker-dealers may negatively impact our ability to raise capital in this offering, which would harm our ability to achieve our investment objectives.

Commencing June 30, 2020, broker-dealers must comply with Regulation Best Interest, which, among other requirements, establishes a new standard of conduct for broker-dealers and their associated persons when making a recommendation of any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities to a retail customer. Regulation Best Interest imposes a duty of care for broker-dealers to evaluate reasonable alternatives in the best interests of their clients. Reasonable alternatives to us exist and may have lower expenses or lower investment risk than us. Under Regulation Best Interest, broker-dealers participating in the offering must consider such alternatives in the best interests of their clients. The impact of Regulation Best Interest on participating dealers cannot be determined at this time, and it may negatively impact whether participating dealers and their associated persons recommend this offering to certain retail customers. If Regulation Best Interest reduces our ability to raise capital in this offering, it would harm our ability to create a diversified portfolio of investments and ability to achieve our investment objectives.

Federal Income Tax Risks

We cannot predict how tax reform legislation will affect us, our investments, or our shareholders, and any such legislation could adversely affect our business.

Legislative or other actions relating to taxes could have a negative effect on us. The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department. For example, in December 2017, Congress passed tax reform legislation that made many changes to the Code, including significant changes to the taxation of business entities, the deductibility of interest expense, and the tax treatment of capital investment. We cannot predict with certainty how any changes in the tax laws might affect us, our shareholders, or our portfolio investments. New legislation and any U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions interpreting such legislation could significantly and negatively affect our ability to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to us and our shareholders of such qualification, or could have other adverse consequences. Shareholders are urged to consult with their tax adviser regarding tax legislative, regulatory, or administrative developments and proposals and their potential effect on an investment in our securities.

We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax if we are unable to qualify for and maintain our tax treatment as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code or if we make investments through taxable subsidiaries.

To maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code, we must meet the following minimum annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements. See “Tax Matters.”

 

86


Table of Contents

The Annual Distribution Requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute to our shareholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses. In addition, a RIC may, in certain cases, satisfy the 90% distribution requirement by distributing dividends relating to a taxable year after the close of such taxable year under the “spillback dividend” provisions of Subchapter M. We would be taxed, at regular corporate rates, on retained income and/or gains, including any short-term capital gains or long-term capital gains. We also must satisfy an additional annual distribution requirement with respect to each calendar year in order to avoid a 4% excise tax on the amount of the under-distribution. Because we may use debt financing, we are subject to (i) an asset coverage ratio requirement under the 1940 Act and may, in the future, be subject to (ii) certain financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, or choose or are required to retain a portion of our taxable income or gains, we could (1) be required to pay excise taxes and (2) fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment, and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax on our taxable income (including gains).

The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our annual income from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities, or other income derived from the business of investing in stock or securities.

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. Specifically, at least 50% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash-equivalents (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other acceptable securities if such securities or any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and no more than 25% of the value of our assets can be invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

If we fail to qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment for any reason and are subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution, and the amount of our distributions.

We may invest in certain debt and equity investments through taxable subsidiaries and the net taxable income of these taxable subsidiaries will be subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. We may invest in certain foreign debt and equity investments which could be subject to foreign taxes (such as income tax, withholding, and value added taxes).

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, since we will likely hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having OID (such as debt instruments with PIK, secondary market purchases of debt securities at a discount to par, interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the OID that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet

 

87


Table of Contents

received in cash, such as unrealized appreciation for foreign currency forward contracts and deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Furthermore, we may invest in non-U.S. corporations (or other non-U.S. entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that could be treated under the Code and U.S. Treasury regulations as “passive foreign investment companies” and/or “controlled foreign corporations.” The rules relating to investment in these types of non-U.S. entities are designed to ensure that U.S. taxpayers are either, in effect, taxed currently (or on an accelerated basis with respect to corporate-level events) or taxed at increased tax rates at distribution or disposition. In certain circumstances this could require us to recognize income where we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash.

Unrealized appreciation on derivatives, such as foreign currency forward contracts, may be included in taxable income while the receipt of cash may occur in a subsequent period when the related contract expires. Any unrealized depreciation on investments that the foreign currency forward contracts are designed to hedge are not currently deductible for tax purposes. This can result in increased taxable income whereby we may not have sufficient cash to pay distributions or we may opt to retain such taxable income and pay a 4% excise tax. In such cases we could still rely upon the “spillback provisions” to maintain RIC tax treatment.

We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute OID or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash. Further, we may elect to amortize market discounts with respect to debt securities acquired in the secondary market and include such amounts in our taxable income in the current year, instead of upon disposition, as an election not to do so would limit our ability to deduct interest expenses for tax purposes. Because any OID or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our shareholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even if we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, make a partial share distribution, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, and choose not to make a qualifying share distribution, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax.

If we are not treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code, certain U.S. shareholders will be treated as having received a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S. shareholders’ allocable share of the base management fee and incentive fees paid to our Adviser and some of our expenses, and these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions of such U.S. shareholders.

A “publicly offered regulated investment company” is a RIC whose shares are either (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering within the meaning of Section 4 of the Securities Act, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. While we anticipate that we will constitute a publicly offered RIC, there can be no assurance that we will in fact so qualify for any of our taxable years. If we are not treated as a publicly offered regulated investment company for any calendar year, each U.S. shareholder that is an individual, trust or estate will be treated as having received a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S. shareholder’s allocable share of the base management fee and incentive fees paid to our Adviser and certain of our other expenses for the calendar year, and these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions of such U.S. shareholder. Individuals are not allowed to take miscellaneous itemized deductions for the 2018 through 2025 tax years, and such deductions are not deductible for purposes of the alternative minimum tax and are subject to the overall limitation on itemized deductions under the Code.

 

88


Table of Contents

General Risk Factors

There is uncertainty surrounding potential legal, regulatory and policy changes by new presidential administrations in the United States that may directly affect financial institutions and the global economy.

As a result of the United States presidential election, which occurred on November 3, 2020, commencing January 2021, the Democratic Party gained control of the executive and legislative branches of government. Changes in federal policy, including tax policies, and at regulatory agencies occur over time through policy and personnel changes following elections, which lead to changes involving the level of oversight and focus on the financial services industry or the tax rates paid by corporate entities. The nature, timing and economic and political effects of potential changes to the current legal and regulatory framework affecting financial institutions remain highly uncertain. Uncertainty surrounding future changes may adversely affect our operating environment and therefore our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We cannot predict how new tax legislation will affect us, our investments, or our stockholders, and any such legislation could adversely affect our business.

Legislative or other actions relating to taxes could have a negative effect on us. The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department. The Biden Administration has proposed significant changes to the existing U.S. tax rules, and there are a number of proposals in Congress that would similarly modify the existing U.S. tax rules. The likelihood of any such legislation being enacted is uncertain, but new legislation and any U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions interpreting such legislation could significantly and negatively affect our ability to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to us and our investors of such qualification, or could have other adverse consequences. Investors are urged to consult with their tax advisor regarding tax legislative, regulatory, or administrative developments and proposals and their potential effect on an investment in our common stock.

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.

We and our portfolio companies will be subject to regulation at the local, state, and federal levels. Changes to the laws and regulations governing our permitted investments may require a change to our investment strategy. Such changes could differ materially from our strategies and plans as set forth in this prospectus and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of our Adviser. Thus, any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment in us.

Government intervention in the credit markets could adversely affect our business.

The central banks and, in particular, the U.S. Federal Reserve, have taken unprecedented steps since the financial crises of 2008-2009 and the COVID-19 global pandemic. It is impossible to predict if, how, and to what extent the United States and other governments would further intervene in the credit markets. Such intervention is often prompted by politically sensitive issues involving family homes, student loans, real estate speculation, credit card receivables, pandemics, etc., and could, as a result, be contrary to what we would predict from an “economically rational” perspective.

Changes to United States tariff and import/export regulations may have a negative effect on our portfolio companies and, in turn, harm us.

As a result of the 2020 U.S. election, the Democratic Party currently controls the executive branch of government. Significant changes to U.S. trade policy may occur as a result of the administration change, including the United States re-entering, withdrawing from or renegotiate various trade agreements or other actions that would change current trade policies of the United States. We cannot predict which, if any, of these actions will be taken or, if taken, their effect on the financial stability of the United States. Such actions could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

89


Table of Contents

Our Bylaws include an exclusive forum selection provision, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other agents.

Our Bylaws require that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City (or, if that court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Northern Division) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of any standard of conduct or legal duty owed by any of the Company’s director, officer or other agent to the Company or to its shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL or the Charter or the Bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This exclusive forum selection provision in our Bylaws will not apply to claims arising under the federal securities laws, including the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a provision, and investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. In addition, this provision may increase costs for shareholders in bringing a claim against us or our directors, officers or other agents. Any investor purchasing or otherwise acquiring our shares is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provision. The exclusive forum selection provision in our Bylaws may limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other agents, which may discourage lawsuits against us and such persons. It is also possible that, notwithstanding such exclusive forum selection provision, a court could rule that such provision is inapplicable or unenforceable. If this occurred, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in another forum, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may expend significant financial and other resources to comply with the requirements of being a public entity.

As we intend to be a public entity, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, which are discussed below. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls, significant resources and management oversight are required. We have implemented procedures, processes, policies and practices for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We expect to incur significant annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, additional administrative expenses payable to the Administrator to compensate them for hiring accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses.

The systems and resources necessary to comply with public company reporting requirements will increase further once we cease to be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As long as we remain an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect to remain an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of our initial public offering of common equity securities or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, (ii) December 31 of the fiscal year that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and we have been publicly reporting for at least 12 months or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the preceding three-year period.

 

90


Table of Contents

We may experience fluctuations in our operating results.

We may experience fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, interest rates and default rates on the debt investments we make, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized gains or losses, unrealized appreciation or depreciation, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets, and general economic conditions. These occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, the value of your investment in us and our ability to pay distributions to you and our other shareholders.

Internal and external cyber threats, as well as other disasters, could impair our ability to conduct business effectively.

The occurrence of a disaster, such as a cyber-attack against us or against a third-party that has access to our data or networks, a natural catastrophe, an industrial accident, failure of our disaster recovery systems, or consequential employee error, could have an adverse effect on our ability to communicate or conduct business, negatively impacting our operations and financial condition. This adverse effect can become particularly acute if those events affect our electronic data processing, transmission, storage, and retrieval systems, or impact the availability, integrity, or confidentiality of our data.

We depend heavily upon computer systems to perform necessary business functions. Despite our implementation of a variety of security measures, our computer systems, networks, and data, like those of other companies, could be subject to cyber-attacks and unauthorized access, use, alteration, or destruction, such as from physical and electronic break-ins or unauthorized tampering. If one or more of these events occurs, it could potentially jeopardize the confidential, proprietary, and other information processed, stored in, and transmitted through our computer systems and networks. Such an attack could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations, which could result in financial losses, litigation, regulatory penalties, client dissatisfaction or loss, reputational damage, and increased costs associated with mitigation of damages and remediation.

Third parties with which we do business may also be sources of cybersecurity or other technological risk. We outsource certain functions and these relationships allow for the storage and processing of our information, as well as client, counterparty, employee, and borrower information. While we engage in actions to reduce our exposure resulting from outsourcing, ongoing threats may result in unauthorized access, loss, exposure, destruction, or other cybersecurity incidents that adversely affects our data, resulting in increased costs and other consequences as described above.

The service providers we may use may be impacted by quarantines and similar measures being enacted by governments in response to COVID-19, which are obstructing the regular functioning of business workforces (including requiring employees to work from external locations and their homes). In response to the outbreak, our Adviser instituted a work from home policy until it is deemed safe to return to the office. Policies of extended periods of remote working, whether by us or our service providers, could strain technology resources, introduce operational risks and otherwise heighten the risks described above. Remote working environments may be less secure and more susceptible to hacking attacks, including phishing and social engineering attempts that seek to exploit the COVID-19 pandemic. Accordingly, the risks described above are heightened under current conditions.

Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies by causing a disruption to our operations or the operations of our portfolio companies, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information or the confidential information of our portfolio companies and/or damage to our business relationships or the business relationships of our portfolio companies, all of which could negatively impact the business, financial condition and operating results of us or our portfolio companies.

A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of the information resources of us or our portfolio companies. These incidents may be an intentional

 

91


Table of Contents

attack or an unintentional event and could involve gaining unauthorized access to our information systems or those of our portfolio companies for purposes of misappropriating assets, stealing confidential information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption. Despite careful security and controls design, the information technology systems of the portfolio companies in which we may invest and third-party vendors that we may use, may be subject to security breaches and cyber-attacks the result of which could include disrupted operations, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for stolen assets or information, increased cybersecurity protection and insurance costs, litigation and damage to business relationships. As our and our portfolio companies’ and our third-party vendors’ reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our information systems, both internal and those provided by third-party service providers, and the information systems of our portfolio companies and third-party vendors. We have implemented processes, procedures and internal controls to help mitigate cybersecurity risks and cyber intrusions, but these measures, as well as our increased awareness of the nature and extent of a risk of a cyber-incident, do not guarantee that a cyber-incident will not occur and/or that our financial results, operations or confidential information will not be negatively impacted by such an incident. Further, the remote working conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic have heightened our and our portfolio companies’ vulnerability to a cybersecurity risk or incident.

 

92


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In addition to factors previously identified elsewhere in this prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, the following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements or historical performance:

 

   

an economic downturn could impair our portfolio companies’ ability to continue to operate, which could lead to the loss of some or all of our investments in such portfolio companies;

 

   

an economic downturn could disproportionately impact the companies that we intend to target for investment, potentially causing us to experience a decrease in investment opportunities and diminished demand for capital from these companies;

 

   

an economic downturn could also impact availability and pricing of our financing and our ability to access the debt capital markets;

 

   

a contraction of available credit and/or an inability to access the equity markets could impair our lending and investment activities;

 

   

the impact of the novel strain of coronavirus known as “COVID-19” and related changes in base interest rates and significant market volatility on our business, our portfolio companies, our industry and the global economy;

 

   

interest rate volatility, including the decommissioning of LIBOR, could adversely affect our results, particularly if we elect to use leverage as part of our investment strategy;

 

   

currency fluctuations could adversely affect the results of our investments in foreign companies, particularly to the extent that we receive payments denominated in foreign currency rather than U.S. dollars;

 

   

our future operating results;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies including our and their ability to achieve our respective objectives as a result of the current COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

 

   

the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

 

   

competition with other entities and our affiliates for investment opportunities;

 

   

the speculative and illiquid nature of our investments;

 

   

the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments as well as any estimates regarding potential use of leverage;

 

   

the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital;

 

   

the loss of key personnel;

 

   

the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the ability of our Adviser to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

 

   

the ability of our Adviser to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

 

   

our ability to qualify for and maintain our tax treatment as a RIC under the Code, and as a BDC;

 

   

the effect of legal, tax and regulatory changes including the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act signed into law in December 2020 and the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, signed into law in March 2021; and

 

93


Table of Contents
   

other risks, uncertainties and other factors previously identified in the reports and other documents we have filed with the SEC.

This prospectus and any prospectus supplement, and other statements that we may make, may contain forward-looking statements with respect to future financial or business performance, strategies or expectations. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words or phrases such as “trend,” “opportunity,” “pipeline,” “believe,” “comfortable,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “current,” “intention,” “estimate,” “position,” “assume,” “potential,” “outlook,” “continue,” “remain,” “maintain,” “sustain,” “seek,” “achieve” and similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may” or similar expressions.

Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we assume no duty to and do not undertake to update forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements do not meet the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act or Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from historical performance.

ESTIMATED USE OF PROCEEDS

Based on prevailing conditions, after meeting our minimum offering requirement, we anticipate that we will invest the proceeds from each monthly subscription closing generally within 30 to 90 days. The precise timing will depend on the availability of investment opportunities that are consistent with our investment objective and strategies. Until we are able to find such investment opportunities, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash-equivalents, U.S. government securities, money market funds and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. This is consistent with our status as a BDC and our intention to qualify annually as a RIC. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to pay our operating expenses, fund distributions to shareholders and for general corporate purposes. Any distributions we make during such period may be substantially lower than the distributions that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested.

Under the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement, upon satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement, our Adviser is entitled to receive up to 1.50% of gross proceeds raised in our continuous public offering until all organization and offering costs funded by our Adviser or its affiliates have been recovered. However, we estimate that we will incur approximately $20 million of offering expenses in connection with this offering, or approximately 0.40% of the gross proceeds, assuming maximum gross proceeds of $5 billion. Any reimbursements will not exceed actual expenses incurred by our Adviser and its affiliates.

The following table sets forth our estimate of how we intend to use the gross proceeds from this offering. The tables assume that 33% of our gross offering proceeds are from the sale of Class S shares, 33% of our gross offering proceeds are from the sale of Class D shares and 33% of our gross offering proceeds are from the sale of Class I shares. The number of shares of each class sold and the relative proportions in which the classes of shares are sold are uncertain and may differ significantly from what is shown in the tables below. Because amounts in this table are estimates, they may not accurately reflect the actual receipt or use of the offering proceeds.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to make investments in accordance with our investment objectives, and to fund repurchases under our share repurchase plan.

 

94


Table of Contents

The following table presents information regarding the use of proceeds raised in this offering with respect to Class S shares:

 

     Maximum Offering
of $1,666,666,667 in
Class S shares
 
     Amount      %  

Gross Proceeds(1)

   $ 1,666,666,667        100

Less Offering Expenses:

     

Upfront Sales Load(2)

     $—        0.0%  

Organizational and Offering Expenses(3)

     $6,666,667        0.40%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Proceeds/Amount Available for Investments(4)

   $ 1,660,000,000        99.60%  

The following table presents information regarding the use of proceeds raised in this offering with respect to Class D shares:

 

     Maximum Offering
of $1,666,666,667 in
Class D shares
 
     Amount      %  

Gross Proceeds(1)

   $ 1,666,666,667        100

Less Upfront Sales Load and Offering Expenses:

     

Upfront Sales Load(2)

     $—        0.0%  

Organizational and Offering Expenses(3)

     $6,666,667        0.40%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Proceeds/Amount Available for Investments(4)

   $ 1,660,000,000        99.60%  

The following table presents information regarding the use of proceeds raised in this offering with respect to Class I shares:

 

     Maximum Offering
of $1,666,666,667 in
Class I shares
 
     Amount      %  

Gross Proceeds(1)

   $ 1,666,666,667        100

Less Upfront Sales Load and Offering Expenses:

     

Upfront Sales Load(2)

     $—        0.0%  

Organizational and Offering Expenses(3)

     $6,666,667        0.40%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Proceeds/Amount Available for Investments(4)

   $ 1,660,000,000        99.60%  

 

(1)

Gross offering proceeds do not include the Upfront Sales Load, if any, payable to a financial intermediary. We intend to file post-effective amendments to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part to allow us to continue this continuous public offering.

(2)

No Upfront Sales Loads be paid to the Company or Dealer Manager with respect to Class S shares, Class D shares or Class I shares, however, if subscribers purchase Class S shares or Class D shares through certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediates may directly charge subscribers transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 1.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class D share and 3.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class S share. Financial intermediaries will not charge such fees on Class I shares. We will also pay the following ongoing servicing fees to the dealer manager, subject to FINRA limitations on underwriting compensation: (a) for Class S shares only, an ongoing servicing fee equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate net asset value for the Class S shares and (b) for Class D shares only, an ongoing servicing fee equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate net asset value for the Class D shares, in each case, payable monthly. The total amount that will be paid over time for

 

95


Table of Contents
  ongoing servicing fees depends on the average length of time for which shares remain outstanding, the term over which such amount is measured and the performance of our investments, and is not expected to be paid from sources other than cash flow from operating activities. See “Plan of Distribution — Compensation Paid to the Dealer Manager and Participating Broker-Dealers — Upfront Sales Load” and “— Ongoing Servicing Fees.”
(3)

The organization and offering expense numbers shown above represent our estimates of expenses to be incurred by us in connection with this offering and include estimated wholesaling expenses reimbursable by us. See “Plan of Distribution” for examples of the types of organization and offering expenses we may incur.

(4)

A percentage of net assets attributable to shares of common stock will be used for the payment of the base management fee, incentive fees, interest payments on borrowed funds, acquired funds fees and expenses, and other expenses (including general and administrative expenses), which may result in a deduction of 5.95%, 5.35%, and 5.10% for total net annual expenses of Class S shares, Class D shares, and Class I shares, respectively. See “Fees and Expenses.” The ongoing servicing fees are similar to sales commissions in that the servicing expenses borne by the Dealer Manager, its affiliates, participating broker-dealers and financial representatives may be different from and substantially less than the amount of ongoing servicing fees charged.

 

96


Table of Contents

DISCUSSION OF EXPECTED OPERATING PLANS

The information in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Owl Rock Technology Income Corp. is a Maryland corporation formed on June 22, 2021. We were formed primarily to originate and make debt and equity investments in technology-related companies based primarily in the United States. Although we may invest in companies domiciled outside of the United States, we generally do not intend to invest in companies that have principal places of business in emerging markets. We intend to originate and invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans, and equity-related securities including publicly-traded debt instruments, common equity, warrants, preferred stock and similar forms of senior equity, which may or may not be convertible into a portfolio company’s common equity. Our investment objective is to maximize total return by generating current income from our debt investments and other income producing securities, and capital appreciation from our equity and equity-linked investments.

We are advised by Owl Rock Technology Advisors LLC (our “Adviser”). Our Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), an indirect subsidiary of Blue Owl Capital, Inc. (“Blue Owl”) (NYSE:OWL) and part of Owl Rock, a division of Blue Owl focused on direct lending. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, the Adviser will manage our day-to-day operations, and will provide investment advisory and management services to us. The Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees. The Adviser will be responsible for managing our business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments, and monitoring our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals. The board of directors consists of seven directors, five of whom are independent.

Blue Owl consists of two divisions: Owl Rock, which focuses on direct lending and Dyal, which focuses on providing capital to institutional alternative asset managers. Owl Rock is comprised of the Adviser, Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC (“ORCA”), Owl Rock Diversified Advisors LLC (“ORDA”) and Owl Rock Capital Private Fund Advisors LLC (“ORPFA,” and together with the Adviser, ORCA and ORDA, the “Owl Rock Advisers”), which are also investment advisers.

We may be prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC. We intend to rely on exemptive relief, that has been granted by the SEC to ORCA and certain of its affiliates, to permit us to co-invest with other funds managed by the Adviser or certain of its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally are permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transactions, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our shareholders and do not involve overreaching by us or our shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies, (3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which our affiliates are investing, and (4) the proposed investment by us would not benefit our Adviser or its affiliates or any affiliated person of any of them (other than the parties to the transaction), except to the extent permitted by the exemptive relief and applicable law, including the limitations set forth in Section 57(k) of the 1940 Act. In addition, pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC on April 8, 2020 and applicable to all BDCs, through December 31, 2020, the

 

97


Table of Contents

Company was permitted, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, to participate in follow-on investments in its existing portfolio companies with certain private funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates and covered by the Company’s exemptive relief, even if such private funds have not previously invested in such existing portfolio company. Without this order, private funds would generally not be able to participate in such follow-on investments with the Company unless the private funds had previously acquired securities of the portfolio company in a co-investment transaction with the Company. Although the conditional exemptive order has expired, the SEC’s Division of Investment Management has indicated that until March 31, 2022, it will not recommend enforcement action, to the extent that any BDC with an existing co-investment order continues to engage in certain transactions described in the conditional exemptive order, pursuant to the same terms and conditions described therein. The Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy seeks to ensure equitable allocation of investment opportunities between us and/or other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates. As a result of the exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolio of other funds managed by Owl Rock, that could avail themselves of the exemptive relief and that have an investment objective similar to ours.

We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act and intend to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) for tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). As a result, we are required to comply with various statutory and regulatory requirements, such as:

 

   

the requirement to invest at least 70% of our assets in “qualifying assets,” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act;

 

   

source of income limitations;

 

   

asset diversification requirements; and

 

   

the requirement to distribute (or be treated as distributing) in each taxable year at least 90% of our investment company taxable income and tax-exempt interest for that taxable year.

We intend to adopt a policy to invest, under normal circumstances at least 80% of the value of our total assets in “technology-related” businesses (as defined below).

Emerging Growth Company Status

We qualify as an emerging growth company, as that term is used in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company. Specifically, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies are not required to (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (2) comply with new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, (3) comply with new audit rules adopted by the PCAOB after April 5, 2012 (unless the SEC determines otherwise), (4) provide certain financial statements and disclosures relating to executive compensation generally required for larger public companies or (5) hold shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation.

In addition, Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act, as amended by Section 102(b) of the JOBS Act provide that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We intend to take advantage of such extended transition periods.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) up to five years measured from the date of the first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement, (b) the last day

 

98


Table of Contents

of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1.07 billion or more, (c) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (d) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

Revenues

We plan to generate revenue in the form of interest income on debt investments, capital gains, and dividend income from our equity investments in our portfolio companies. Our senior and subordinated debt investments are expected to bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. Interest on debt securities is generally payable quarterly or semiannually. In some cases, some of our investments may provide for deferred interest payments or PIK interest. The principal amount of the debt securities and any accrued but unpaid PIK interest generally will become due at the maturity date. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of commitment and other fees in connection with transactions. OID and market discounts or premiums will be capitalized, and we will accrete or amortize such amounts as interest income. We will record prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income. Dividend income, if any, will be recognized on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts.

Expenses

Except as specifically provided below, our Adviser shall be solely responsible for the compensation of its investment professionals and employees and all overhead expenses of our Adviser (including rent, office equipment and utilities). We expect our primary annual operating expenses to be the payment of advisory fees and the reimbursement of expenses under the Investment Advisory Agreement with our Adviser and the Administration Agreement with our Adviser. We will bear other expenses, which are expected to include, among other things:

 

   

expenses demand to be “organization and offering expenses” for purposes of Conduct Rule 2310(a)(12) of FINRA (exclusive of commissions, any discounts and other similar expenses paid by investors at the time of sale of our stock);

 

   

the cost of corporate and organizational expenses relating to offerings of shares of our Common Stock;

 

   

the cost of calculating our net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;

 

   

the cost of effecting any sales and repurchases of the common stock and other securities;

 

   

fees and expenses payable under any dealer manager agreements, if any;

 

   

debt service and other costs of borrowings or other financing arrangements;

 

   

costs of hedging;

 

   

expenses, including travel expense, incurred by the Administrator, or members of the investment team, or payable to third parties, performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;

 

   

escrow agent, transfer agent and custodial fees and expenses;

 

   

fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

 

   

federal and state registration fees and fees payable to rating agencies;

 

   

federal, state and local taxes;

 

   

independent directors’ fees and expenses, including certain travel expenses;

 

   

costs of preparing financial statements and maintaining books and records and filing reports or other documents with the SEC (or other regulatory bodies) and other reporting and compliance costs, including

 

99


Table of Contents
 

registration fees, licenses, and the compensation of professionals responsible for the preparation of the foregoing;

 

   

the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to shareholders (including printing and mailing costs);

 

   

the costs of any shareholder or director meetings and the compensation of personnel responsible for the preparation of the foregoing and related matters;

 

   

commissions and other compensation payable to brokers or dealers;

 

   

research and market data;

 

   

fidelity bond, directors and officers errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

 

   

direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff;

 

   

fees and expenses associated with independent audits, outside legal and consulting costs;

 

   

costs of winding up;

 

   

costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold our assets for tax or other purposes;

 

   

extraordinary expenses (such as litigation or indemnification); and

 

   

costs associated with reporting and compliance obligations under the Advisers Act and applicable federal and state securities laws.

Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement

We have entered into the Expense Support Agreement with our Adviser, the purpose of which is to ensure that no portion of our distributions to shareholders will represent a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Expense Support Agreement will become effective as of the date that we meet the minimum offering requirement.

On a quarterly basis, our Adviser shall reimburse us for “Operating Expenses” (as defined below) in an amount equal to the excess of our cumulative distributions paid to our shareholders in each quarter over “Available Operating Funds” (as defined below) received by us on account of our investment portfolio during such quarter. Any payments required to be made by our Adviser pursuant to the preceding sentence are referred to herein as an “Expense Payment”.

Pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement, “Operating Expenses” means all of our operating costs and expenses incurred, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for investment companies. “Available Operating Funds” means the sum of (i) our estimated investment company taxable income (including realized net short-term capital gains reduced by realized net long-term capital losses), (ii) our realized net capital gains (including the excess of realized net long-term capital gains over realized net short-term capital losses) and (iii) dividends and other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies, if any (to the extent such amounts listed in clause (iii) are not included under clauses (i) and (ii) above).

The Adviser’s obligation to make an Expense Payment shall automatically become a liability of our Adviser and the right to such Expense Payment will be an asset of ours on the last business day of the applicable quarter. The Expense Payment for any quarter will be paid by our Adviser to us in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds, and/or offset against amounts due from us to our Adviser no later than the earlier of (i) the date on which we close our books for such quarter, or (ii) forty-five days after the end of such quarter.

 

100


Table of Contents

Following any quarter in which Available Operating Funds exceed the cumulative distributions paid by us in respect of such quarter (the amount of such excess being hereinafter referred to as “Excess Operating Funds”), we will pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof, in accordance with the stipulations below, as applicable, to our Adviser, until such time as all Expense Payments made by our Adviser to us within three years prior to the last business day of such quarter have been reimbursed. Any payments required to be made by us are referred to as a “Reimbursement Payment”.

The amount of the Reimbursement Payment for any quarter shall equal the lesser of (i) the Excess Operating Funds in respect of such quarter and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Expense Payments made by our Adviser to us within three years prior to the last business day of such quarter that have not been previously reimbursed by us to our Adviser. The payment will be reduced to the extent that such Reimbursement Payments, together with all other Reimbursement Payments paid during the fiscal year, would cause Other Operating Expenses defined as our total Operating Expenses, excluding base management fees, incentive fees, organization and offering expenses, distribution and shareholder servicing fees, financing fees and costs, interest expense, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses on an annualized basis and net of any Expense Payments received by us during the fiscal year to exceed the lesser of: (i) 1.75% of our average net assets attributable to the shares of our common stock for the fiscal year-to-date period after taking such Expense Payments into account; and (ii) the percentage of our average net assets attributable to shares of our common stock represented by Other Operating Expenses during the fiscal year in which such Expense Payment was made (provided, however, that this clause (ii) shall not apply to any Reimbursement Payment which relates to an Expense Payment made during the same fiscal year).

No Reimbursement Payment for any quarter will be made if: (1) the “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” (as defined below) declared by us at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is less than the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates, or (2) our “Operating Expense Ratio” (as defined below) at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is greater than the Operating Expense Ratio at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates. Pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement, “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” means the annualized rate (based on a 365 day year) of regular cash distributions per share exclusive of returns of capital, distribution rate reductions due to distribution and shareholder fees, and declared special dividends or special distributions, if any. The “Operating Expense Ratio” is calculated by dividing Operating Expenses, less organizational and offering expenses, base management and incentive fees owed to Adviser, and interest expense, by our net assets.

The specific amount of expenses reimbursed by our Adviser, if any, will be determined at the end of each quarter. We or our Adviser will be able to terminate the Expense Support Agreement at any time, with or without notice. The Expense Support Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of (a) the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, or (b) a determination by our board of directors to dissolve or liquidate the Company. Upon termination of the Expense Support Agreement, we will be required to fund any Expense Payments that have not been reimbursed by us to our Adviser.

Reimbursement of Administrative Services

We will reimburse our Adviser for the administrative expenses necessary for its performance of services to us. However, such reimbursement will be made at an amount equal to the lower of our Adviser’s actual costs or the amount that we would be required to pay for comparable administrative services in the same geographic location. Also, such costs will be reasonably allocated to us on the basis of assets, revenues, time records or other reasonable methods. We will not reimburse our Adviser for any services for which it receives a separate fee, or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of our Adviser.

 

101


Table of Contents

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

We will generate cash primarily from the net proceeds of this offering and from cash flows from interest, dividends and fees earned from our investments and principal repayments and proceeds from sales of our investments. Our primary use of cash will be making investments in portfolio companies, payments of our expenses and cash distributions to our shareholders. Immediately after we meet our minimum offering requirement, gross subscription funds will total at least $100,000,000 million, which will be available to us immediately upon commencing operations. Once our minimum offering requirement has been met, we intend to sell our shares on a continuous basis at a per share price equal to the then-current net offering price of the relevant class.

We will modify our public offering price to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, including the requirement that we not sell our shares at a net offering price below our net asset value per share unless we obtain the requisite approval from our shareholders. Promptly following any adjustment to the offering price per share, we will file a prospectus supplement with the SEC disclosing the adjusted offering price, and we will also post the updated information on our website at http://www.owlrockbdcs.com.

We may borrow funds to make investments, including before we have fully invested the proceeds of this offering, to the extent we determine that leveraging our portfolio would be appropriate.

On October 4, 2021, the Board authorized the Company, as borrower, to enter into the Promissory Note with Feeder FIC, an affiliate of the Adviser, as lender, to borrow up to an aggregate of $100 million from Feeder FIC. The Company may re-borrow any amount repaid; however, there is no funding commitment between Feeder FIC and the Company.

The interest rate on amounts borrowed pursuant to the Promissory Note may be based on the lesser of the rate of interest for an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan under the Credit Agreement dated as of April 15, 2021, as amended or supplemented from time to time, by and among Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC, an affiliate of the Adviser, as borrower, the several lenders from time to time party thereto, MUFG Union Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent and MUFG Bank, Ltd., as Administrative Agent.

On October 6, 2021, the Company as borrower, entered into the FIC Agreement with Feeder FIC, an affiliate of the Company’s investment adviser, as lender, to enter into the Promissory Note to borrow up to an aggregate of $100 million from Feeder FIC. The Company may re-borrow any amount repaid; however, there is no funding commitment between Feeder FIC and the Company.

We currently do not anticipate issuing any preferred stock.

The NASAA, in its Omnibus Guidelines Statement of Policy adopted on March 29, 1992 and as amended on May 7, 2007 and from time to time, requires that our affiliates and Adviser, or our Sponsor under the Omnibus Guidelines, have an aggregate financial net worth, exclusive of home, automobiles and home furnishings, of 5.0% of the first $20 million of both the gross amount of securities currently being offered in this offering and the gross amount of any originally issued direct participation program securities sold by our affiliates and sponsors within the past 12 months, plus 1.0% of all amounts in excess of the first $20 million. Based on these requirements, our Adviser and its affiliates, while not liable directly or indirectly for any indebtedness we may incur, have an aggregate financial net worth in excess of those amounts required by the Omnibus Guidelines Statement of Policy.

We will retain a reasonable percentage of the proceeds of this offering and our revenues in order to provide adequate reserves for normal replacements and contingencies, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP.

 

102


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

This discussion of our expected operating plans is based upon our expected financial statements, which will be prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements will require our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. In addition to the discussion below, we will describe our critical accounting policies in the notes to our future financial statements.

Valuation of Investments

We will measure the value of our investments in accordance with fair value accounting guidance promulgated under GAAP, which establishes a hierarchical disclosure framework that prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring investments at fair value. Market price observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of investment and the characteristics specific to the investment. Investments with readily available actively quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices, generally, will have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value.

Investments measured and reported at fair value will be classified and disclosed in one of the following categories:

 

   

Level 1 — Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date. Publicly listed equities and publicly listed derivatives will be included in Level 1. In addition, securities sold, but not yet purchased and call options will be included in Level 1. We will not adjust the quoted price for these investments, even in situations where we hold a large position and a sale could reasonably affect the quoted price.

 

   

Level 2 — Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date, and fair value is determined through the use of models or other valuation methodologies. In certain cases, debt and equity securities are valued on the basis of prices from an orderly transaction between market participants provided by reputable dealers or pricing services. In determining the value of a particular investment, pricing services may use certain information with respect to transactions in such investments, quotations from dealers, pricing matrices, market transactions in comparable investments, and various relationships between investments. Investments which are generally expected to be included in this category include corporate bonds and loans, convertible debt indexed to publicly listed securities, and certain over-the-counter derivatives.

 

   

Level 3 — Pricing inputs are unobservable for the investment and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant judgment or estimation. Investments that are expected to be included in this category are our private portfolio companies.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and we consider factors specific to the investment.

Revenue Recognition

We record interest income on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts. For loans and debt securities with contractual PIK interest, which represents contractual interest accrued and added to the principal balance, we generally will not accrue PIK interest for accounting purposes if the portfolio company

 

103


Table of Contents

valuation indicates that such PIK interest is not collectible. We do not accrue as a receivable interest on loans and debt securities for accounting purposes if we have reason to doubt our ability to collect such interest. OID, market discounts or premiums are accreted or amortized using the effective interest method as interest income. We record prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income. Dividend income, if any, is recognized on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amount.

Net Realized Gains or Losses and Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation

We will measure net realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, but considering unamortized upfront fees and prepayment penalties. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation will reflect the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation, when gains or losses are realized.

Payment-in-Kind Interest

We may have investments in our portfolio that contain a PIK interest provision. Any PIK interest will be added to the principal balance of such investments and is recorded as income, if the portfolio company valuation indicates that such PIK interest is collectible. In order to maintain our status as a RIC, substantially all of this income must be paid out to shareholders in the form of dividends, even if we have not collected any cash.

Organization and Offering Expenses

Costs associated with the organization of the Company will be expensed as incurred. Costs associated with the continuous offering will be capitalized on our balance sheet as deferred offering expenses and amortized over a twelve-month period from incurrence.

Federal Income Taxes

We intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our shareholders from our tax earnings and profits. To obtain and maintain our RIC tax treatment, we must, among other things, meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. See “Tax Matters.”

Contractual Obligations

We have entered into certain contracts under which we have material future commitments. On October 1, 2021 we entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with our Adviser in accordance with the 1940 Act. The Investment Advisory Agreement is effective as of the date that we meet the minimum offering requirement. The Adviser will serve as our investment adviser in accordance with the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement. Payments under our Investment Advisory Agreement in each reporting period will consist of (i) a base management fee equal to a percentage of the value of our net assets, and (ii) an incentive fee based on our performance.

On October 1, 2021, we entered into the Administration Agreement with our Adviser pursuant to which our Adviser furnishes us with administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations our Adviser will be reimbursed for administrative expenses it incurs on our behalf in performing its obligations. Such costs will be reasonably allocated to us on the basis of assets, revenues, time records or other reasonable methods. We

 

104


Table of Contents

will not reimburse our Adviser for any services for which it receives a separate fee or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of our Adviser.

If any of our contractual obligations discussed above are terminated, our costs may increase under any new agreements that we enter into as replacements. We would also likely incur expenses in locating alternative parties to provide the services we expect to receive under our Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement. Any new investment advisory agreement would also be subject to approval by our shareholders. See “Management and Other Agreements and Fees.”

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Other than contractual commitments and other legal contingencies incurred in the normal course of our business, we do not expect to have any off-balance sheet financings or liabilities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We expect to be subject to financial market risks, including valuation risk and interest rate risk.

Valuation Risk

We intend to primarily in illiquid debt and equity securities of private companies. Most of our investments will not have a readily available market price, and therefore, we will value these investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, based on, among other things, the input of our Adviser, our Audit Committee and independent third-party valuation firm(s) engaged at the direction of the board of directors, and in accordance with our valuation policy. There is no single standard for determining fair value. As a result, determining fair value requires that judgment be applied to the specific facts and circumstances of each portfolio investment while employing a consistently applied valuation process for the types of investments we make. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, we may realize amounts that are different from the amounts presented and such differences could be material.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate sensitivity refers to the change in earnings that may result from changes in the level of interest rates. We intend to fund portions of our investments with borrowings, and at such time, our net investment income will be affected by the difference between the rate at which we invest and the rate at which we borrow. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

 

105


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Owl Rock Technology Income Corp.

We are a Maryland corporation formed on June 22, 2021. We intend to focus primarily on originating and making debt and equity investments in technology-related companies based primarily in the United States. Although we may invest in companies domiciled outside of the United States, we generally do not intend to invest in companies that have principal places of business in emerging markets. We intend to originate and invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans, and equity-related securities including publicly-traded debt instruments, common equity, warrants, preferred stock and similar forms of senior equity, which may or may not be convertible into a portfolio company’s common equity. Our investment objective is to maximize total return by generating current income from our debt investments and other income producing securities, and capital appreciation from our equity and equity-linked investments.

We intend to invest in a broad range of established and high growth technology companies that capitalize on the large and growing demand for technology products and services. These companies use technology extensively to improve business processes, applications and opportunities or seek to grow through technological developments and innovations. These companies operate in technology-related industries or sectors which include, but are not limited to, application software, systems software, healthcare information technology, technology services and infrastructure, financial technology and internet and digital media. Within each industry or sector, we intend to invest in companies that develop or offer goods and services to businesses and consumers which utilize scientific knowledge, including techniques, skills, methods, devices and processes, to solve problems. We refer to all of these companies as “technology-related” companies and intend, under normal circumstances, to invest at least 80% of the value of its total assets in such businesses.

We are advised by the Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement. We expect to leverage Owl Rock’s relationships and existing origination capabilities to focus our investments in companies with an enterprise value of at least $50 million and that are backed by venture capital firms or private equity firms that are active investors in and have an expertise in technology companies and technology-related industries. We expect that our target investments typically will range in size between $20 million and $500 million. Our expected portfolio composition will be majority debt or income producing securities, with a lesser allocation to equity-related opportunities. We anticipate that generally any equity-related securities we hold will be minority positions. We expect that our investment size will vary with the size of our capital base and we anticipate that our average investment size will be 1 – 2% of our entire portfolio with no investment size greater than 5%.

We expect that generally our portfolio composition will be majority debt or income producing securities, which may include “covenant-lite” loans (as defined below), with a lesser allocation to equity-related opportunities. To a lesser extent, we may make investments in syndicated loan opportunities, including publicly traded debt instruments, for cash management purposes. In addition, our portfolio composition may fluctuate from time to time based on market conditions and interest rates.

We intend to classify our debt investments as “traditional financing” or “growth capital” based on a number of factors. Traditional financing typically means a senior secured loan provided to a portfolio company that is owned by a private-equity firm, has a mature business model, and is underwritten primarily on the basis of a multiple of EBITDA, cash flow, or recurring revenue. Growth capital typically means an investment in an established, but rapidly growing business that is owned by, or received an equity investment from, one or more growth equity or venture capital firms, and is underwritten on the basis of something other than a multiple of EBITDA (for example, a multiple of recurring revenue).

We are a newly organized, externally managed closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. We also intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as

 

106


Table of Contents

amended (the “Code”). As a BDC and a RIC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. As a BDC, at least 70% of our assets must be assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, as described herein. See “Regulation” and “Tax Matters”.

We generally intend to distribute, out of assets legally available for distribution, substantially all of our available earnings, on a monthly basis, as determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion.

The Adviser is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, our Adviser manages our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory and management services to us.

To achieve our investment objective, we intend to leverage Blue Owl’s extensive network of relationships with other sophisticated institutions to source, evaluate and, as appropriate, partner with on transactions. There are no assurances that we will achieve our investment objective.

We also have entered into the Administration Agreement with our Adviser. Under the Administration Agreement, we have agreed to reimburse our Adviser for our allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of our independent directors) of overhead and other expenses incurred by our Adviser in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement.

With certain limited exceptions, BDCs are only allowed to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such borrowing. Additionally, certain provisions of the 1940 Act allow a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150% if certain requirements are met. This means that generally, a BDC can borrow up to $1 for every $1 of investor equity or, if certain requirements are met and it reduces its asset coverage ratio, it can borrow up to $2 for every $1 of investor equity. Because our Adviser, as our sole initial shareholder, has approved this proposal, the reduced asset coverage ratio currently applies to us. For additional information about the asset coverage requirements, see “Regulation — Senior Securities.”

We may borrow money when the terms and conditions available are favorable to do so and are aligned with our investment strategy and portfolio composition. The use of borrowed funds or the proceeds from issuing our preferred stock to make investments would have its own specific benefits and risks, and all of the costs of borrowing funds or issuing preferred stock would be borne by holders of our common stock.

We intend to elect to be treated for tax purposes as a RIC under the Code. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and assets diversification requirements. Pursuant to these elections, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level taxes on any income we distribute to our shareholders.

We intend to offer shares of Class S, Class D and Class I common stock through this offering. Each class of common stock shall represent an investment in the same pool of assets and shall have the same preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption as each other class of common stock except for such differences as are clearly and expressly set forth in our charter and as described in “Share Class Specifications.” Our distributions, which shall be made pro rata among the shareholders of shares of a specific class, may be paid to the holders of our Class S, Class D and Class I common stock at the same time and in different per share amounts. Our distributions will be determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion. Our common stock is non-assessable, meaning that our common shareholders do not have liability for calls or assessments, nor are there any preemptive rights in favor of existing shareholders. Our distributions will be determined by our board of directors in their sole discretion.

We do not intend to complete a liquidity event within any specific time period, if at all. Because we do not have any specific timing for a liquidity event, an investment in our shares of common stock should be considered

 

107


Table of Contents

to be a long-term investment, and will not be suitable for investors that require short-term liquidity with respect to an investment in our common stock. See “Perpetual-Life BDC.”

Our Adviser

Under the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser will oversee the management of our activities and is responsible for managing our business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments, and monitoring our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals. The Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain organizational activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees.

Our Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company that has registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Our Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Blue Owl and part of Owl Rock, a division of Blue Owl focused on direct lending. Blue Owl is a publicly traded alternative asset management firm that offers differentiated capital solutions through Owl Rock, its direct lending business, and Dyal, its GP Capital Solutions business, which focuses on providing capital solutions to alternative investment managers. Blue Owl was formed through the merger of Owl Rock Capital Group, LLC and Dyal.

Blue Owl consists of two divisions: Owl Rock, which focuses on direct lending and Dyal, which focuses on providing capital to institutional alternative asset managers. Owl Rock is comprised of the Adviser, ORCA, ORDA and ORPFA and is led by its three co-founders, Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, and Craig W. Packer. The Adviser’s investment team is also led by Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, and Craig W. Packer, and is supported by certain members of our Adviser’s senior executive team and the investment committee. The Adviser’s Investment Committee is comprised of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer, Alexis Maged, Erik Bissonnette, Pravin Vazirani and, as of September 1, 2021, Jon ten Oever. We will consider the members of our Adviser’s Investment Committee to be our portfolio managers. See “Portfolio Management.” All investment decisions require the approval of a majority of the Investment Committee. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, our Adviser manages our day-to-day operations, and provides investment advisory and management services to us.

As of June 30, 2021, the Owl Rock Advisers managed $31.2 billion in AUM. The Owl Rock Advisers focus on direct lending to middle market companies primarily in the United States under the following four investment strategies:

 

Strategy

  

Funds

  

Assets Under Management

Diversified Lending. The Owl Rock Advisers primarily originate and make loans to, and make debt and equity investments in, U.S. middle market companies. The Owl Rock Advisers invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity and equity-related securities including warrants, preferred stock and similar forms of senior equity, which may or may not be convertible into a portfolio company’s common equity. The investment objective of the funds with this investment    The diversified lending strategy is currently managed through four BDCs and a separately managed account: Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and Owl Rock Core Income Corp. and the Diversified Lending Managed Account.    As of June 30, 2021, Owl Rock has $19.8 billion of assets under management across these products.

 

108


Table of Contents

Strategy

  

Funds

  

Assets Under Management

strategy is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.      
Technology Lending. The Owl Rock Advisers are focused primarily on originating and making debt and equity investments in technology-related companies based primarily in the United States. The Owl Rock Advisers originate and invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans, and equity-related securities including common equity, warrants, preferred stock and similar forms of senior equity, which may or may not be convertible into a portfolio company’s common equity. The investment objective of the funds with this investment strategy is to maximize total return by generating current income from debt investments and other income producing securities, and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments.    The technology lending strategy is managed through Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. and the Company.    As of June 30, 2021, Owl Rock has $6.2 billion of assets under management across these products.
First Lien Lending. The Owl Rock Advisers seek to realize significant current income with an emphasis on preservation of capital primarily through originating primary transactions in and, to a lesser extent, secondary transactions of first lien senior secured loans in or related to middle market businesses based primarily in the United States.    The first lien lending strategy is managed through a private fund and separately managed accounts (the “First Lien Funds”).    As of June 30, 2021, the Owl Rock Advisers have $3.2 billion of assets under management across these products.
Opportunistic Lending. The Owl Rock Advisers intend to make opportunistic investments in U.S. middle-market companies by providing a variety of approaches to financing, including but not limited to originating and/or investing in secured debt, unsecured debt, mezzanine debt, other subordinated debt, interests senior to common equity, as well as equity securities (or rights to acquire equity securities) which may or may not be acquired in connection with a debt financing transaction, and doing any    The opportunistic lending strategy is managed through a private fund and separately managed accounts (the “Opportunistic Lending Funds” and together with the First Lien Funds and the Diversified Lending Managed Account, the “Owl Rock Private Funds”).    As of June 30, 2021, the Owl Rock Advisers have $1.9 billion of assets under management across these products.

 

109


Table of Contents

Strategy

  

Funds

  

Assets Under Management

and all things necessary, convenient or incidental thereto as necessary or desirable to promote and carry out such purpose. The funds with this investment strategy seek to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns by taking advantage of credit opportunities in U.S. middle-market companies with liquidity needs and market leaders seeking to improve their balance sheets.      

Sponsor Investment

On October 1, 2021, our Adviser purchased 100 Class I shares at $10.00 per share, which represents the initial public offering price. The Adviser will not tender these shares for repurchase as long as our Adviser remains the investment adviser of the Company. There is no current intention for our Adviser to discontinue its role. On October 6, 2021, the Company received subscription agreements totaling $50 million for the purchase of Class I shares of its common stock from Feeder FIC ORTIC and Blue Owl Holdings, entities affiliated with our Adviser. Pursuant to the terms of that subscription agreement, Feeder FIC ORTIC and Blue Owl Holdings agreed to pay for such Class I shares upon demand by one of our executive officers. Such purchase or purchases of our Class I shares will be included for purposes of determining when we have satisfied the minimum offering requirement.

Our Administrator

Our Adviser also serves as our administrator. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, our Adviser will perform, or oversee the performance of, required administrative services, which includes providing office space, equipment and office services, maintaining financial records, preparing reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC, and managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others. We will reimburse our Adviser for services performed for us pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, our Adviser may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and we will reimburse our Adviser for any services performed for us by such affiliate or third party. Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Administration Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first becomes effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of our board of directors or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of the independent directors.

We may terminate the Administration Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice. The decision to terminate the agreement may be made by a majority of our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares. In addition, our Adviser may terminate the Administration Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice.

Affiliated Dealer Manager

The Dealer Manager, Blue Owl Securities, is an affiliate of our Adviser and will not make an independent review of us or the offering. This relationship may create conflicts in connection with the dealer manager’s due diligence obligations under the federal securities laws. Although the Dealer Manager will examine the information in this prospectus for accuracy and completeness, due to its affiliation with our Adviser, no independent review of us will be made in connection with the distribution of our shares in this offering. Blue Owl Securities is registered as a broker-dealer and is a member of FINRA and SIPC.

 

110


Table of Contents

Potential Market Trends

We believe the technology investment environment provides opportunities for us to meet our goal of making investments that generate an attractive total return based on a combination of the following factors, which continue to remain true in the current environment:

Limited Availability of Capital for Technology Companies. We believe that technology companies have limited access to capital, driven by a reduction in activity from commercial and investment banks, and a lack of dedicated pools of capital focused on technology companies. Traditional lenders, such as commercial and investment banks, generally do not have flexible product offerings that meet the needs of technology-related companies. In recent years, many commercial and investment banks have focused their efforts and resources on lending to large corporate clients and managing capital markets transactions rather than lending to technology-related companies. In addition, these lenders may be constrained in their ability to underwrite and hold loans and high yield securities, as well as their ability to provide equity financing, as they seek to meet existing and future regulatory capital requirements. We also believe that there is a lack of scaled market participants that are willing to provide and hold meaningful amounts of a customized financing solution for technology companies. As a result, we believe our focus on technology-related companies and our ability to invest across the capital structure, coupled with a limited supply of capital providers, presents an attractive opportunity to invest in technology companies.

Capital Markets Have Been Unable to Fill the Void Left by Banks. While underwritten bond and syndicated loan markets have been robust in recent years, many technology companies are less able to access these markets for reasons including the following:

High Yield Market   Many technology companies generally do not issue debt in amounts large enough to be attractively sized bonds. High yield bonds are generally purchased by institutional investors who, among other things, are highly focused on the liquidity characteristics of the bond being issued. For example, mutual funds and exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) are significant buyers of underwritten bonds. However, mutual funds and ETFs generally require the ability to liquidate their investments quickly in order to fund investor redemptions and/or comply with regulatory requirements. Accordingly, the existence of an active secondary market for bonds is an important consideration in these entities’ initial investment decision. Because there is typically little or no active secondary market for the debt of U.S. middle market companies, mutual funds and ETFs generally do not provide debt capital to technology companies. We believe this is likely to be a persistent problem and creates an advantage for those like us who have a more stable capital base and have the ability to invest in illiquid assets.

Syndicated Loan Market   Loan issue size and liquidity are key drivers of institutional demand and, correspondingly, underwriters’ willingness to underwrite the loans. Loans arranged through a bank are done either on a “best efforts” basis or are underwritten with terms plus provisions that permit the underwriters to change certain terms, including pricing, structure, yield and tenor, otherwise known as “flex”, to successfully syndicate the loan, in the event the terms initially marketed are insufficiently attractive to investors. Loans provided by companies such as ours provide certainty to issuers in that we can commit to a given amount of debt on specific terms, at stated coupons and with agreed upon fees. As we are the ultimate holder of the loans, we do not require market “flex” or other arrangements that banks may require when acting on an agency basis.

Robust Demand for Debt Capital. According to 451 Research’s M&A KnowledgeBase, there was approximately $1.8 trillion of mergers and acquisitions activity in the technology and software industries from 2015 through 2020. We believe technology companies will continue to require access to capital to refinance existing debt, support growth and finance acquisitions. In addition, we believe the large amount of uninvested capital held by funds of private equity firms, estimated by Preqin Ltd., an alternative assets industry data and research company, to be $1.5 trillion as of October 2020, coupled with a growing focus on technology investing by private equity sponsors, will continue to drive deal activity. We expect that technology companies, private equity sponsors, venture capital firms, and entrepreneurs will continue to seek partners to provide flexible financing for their businesses with debt and equity investments provided by companies such as us.

 

111


Table of Contents

Technology Spend is Large and Increasing. According to Gartner, a research and advisory company, global technology spend was $3.7 trillion in 2019 and is expected to grow to more than $4.3 trillion by 2023. We believe global demand for technology products and services will continue to grow rapidly, and that that growth will stimulate demand for capital from technology companies.

Attractive Investment Dynamics. An imbalance between the supply of, and demand for, capital creates attractive pricing dynamics. With respect to the debt investments in technology companies, we believe the directly negotiated nature of such financings generally provides more favorable terms to the lender, including stronger covenant and reporting packages, better call protection, and lender protective change of control provisions. Further, we believe that historical default rates for technology and software companies have been lower, and recovery rates have been higher, as compared to the broader leveraged finance market, leading to lower cumulative losses. With respect to equity-related investments, we will seek to structure these investments with meaningful shareholder protections, including, but not limited to, anti-dilution, anti-layering, and liquidation preferences, which we believe will create the potential for meaningful risk-adjusted long-term capital gains in connection with the future liquidity events of these technology companies. Lastly, we believe that in the current environment, as the economy continues to reopen following the economic shutdown resulting from the COVID-19 national health emergency, lenders with available capital may be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities as the economy reopens and may be able to achieve improved economic spreads and documentation terms.

Compelling Business Models. We believe that the products and services that technology companies provide often have high switching costs and are fundamental to the operations and success of their customers. We generally invest in dominant or growing players in niche markets that are selling products to established customer bases. As a result, technology companies have attributes that make them compelling investments, including strong customer retention rates, and highly recurring and predictable revenue. Further, technology companies are typically highly capital efficient, with limited capital expenditures and high free cash flow conversion. In addition, the replicable nature of technology products creates substantial operating leverage which typically results in strong profitability.

We believe that software businesses make compelling investments because they are inherently diversified into a variety of sectors due to end market applications and have been one of the more defensive sectors throughout economic cycles.

Attractive Opportunities in Investments in Technology Companies. We intend to invest in the debt and equity of technology companies. We believe that opportunities in the debt of technology companies are significant because of the floating rate structure of most senior secured debt issuances and because of the strong defensive characteristics of these types of investments. Given the current low interest rate environment, we believe that debt issues with floating interest rates offer a superior return profile as compared with fixed-rate investments, since floating rate structures are generally less susceptible to declines in value experienced by fixed-rate securities in a rising interest rate environment. Senior secured debt also provides strong defensive characteristics. Senior secured debt has priority in payment among an issuer’s security holders whereby holders are due to receive payment before junior creditors and equity holders. Further, these investments are generally secured by the issuer’s assets, which may provide protection in the event of a default.

We believe that opportunities in the equity of technology companies are significant because of the potential to generate meaningful capital appreciation by participating in the growth in the portfolio company and the demand for its products and services. Moreover, we believe that the high-growth profile of a technology company will generally make it a more attractive candidate for a liquidity event than a company in a non-high growth industry.

 

112


Table of Contents

Potential Competitive Advantages

We believe that our Adviser’s disciplined approach to origination, fundamental investment analysis, portfolio construction and risk management should allow us to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns while preserving our capital. We believe that we represent an attractive investment opportunity for the following reasons:

Dedicated Pool of Capital. From a deal sourcing perspective, we believe Owl Rock’s pool of capital dedicated to technology investing should enable us to be a more relevant partner to sponsors and management teams who seek this type of financing for their deals.

Additionally, our dedicated industry focus will be supported by a team with a track record of success investing in technology businesses. The Adviser’s network of deep industry relationships creates a substantial information advantage that informs and augments its due diligence process. This unique positioning should further drive entrenchment with sponsors as our Adviser will typically be viewed as a value-added partner during the diligence and investment lifecycle of our businesses.

We believe the technology sector to be underserved and, other than Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., we are not aware of any entities currently serving the sector that have large pools of capital dedicated to the space and that do not operate competing businesses.

Experienced Team with Expertise Across all Levels of the Corporate Capital Structure. The members of the Investment Committee have an average of 20 years of experience in private lending and investing at all levels of a company’s capital structure, including in high yield securities, leveraged loans, high yield credit derivatives, distressed securities, and equity securities, as well as experience in operations, corporate finance and mergers and acquisitions. The members of the Investment Committee have diverse backgrounds with investing experience through multiple business and credit cycles. Moreover, certain members of the Investment Committee and other executives and employees of our Adviser and its affiliates have operating and/or investing experience on behalf of business development companies. In addition, through its West Coast office, our Adviser has a significant presence in Silicon Valley to better serve financial sponsors operating in the technology sector. We believe this experience provides our Adviser with an in-depth understanding of the strategic, financial and operational challenges and opportunities of technology companies and will afford it numerous tools to manage risk while preserving the opportunity for attractive risk-adjusted returns on our investments.

Distinctive Origination Platform. We anticipate that a substantial majority of our investments will be sourced directly and that our origination platform will provide us the ability to originate investments without the assistance of investment banks or other traditional Wall Street intermediaries.

The investment team includes over 50 investment professionals and is responsible for originating, underwriting, executing and managing the assets of our direct lending transactions and for sourcing and executing opportunities directly. The investment team has significant experience as transaction originators and building and maintaining strong relationships with private equity sponsors and companies. In addition, we believe that the formation of Blue Owl has enhanced the investment team’s investment sourcing capabilities as a result of the combination of Owl Rock’s and Dyal’s relationships with the alternative asset management community by increasing the opportunities for them to utilize Blue Owl’s resources and its relationships with the financial sponsor community and service providers, which we believe has resulted in an increased pipeline of deal opportunities.

The investment team also maintains direct contact with banks, corporate advisory firms, industry consultants, attorneys, investment banks, “club” investors and other potential sources of lending opportunities. We believe our Adviser’s ability to source through multiple channels will allow us to generate investment opportunities that have more attractive risk-adjusted return characteristics than by relying solely on origination flow from investment banks or other intermediaries and to be more selective investors.

 

113


Table of Contents

Since our Adviser’s affiliates began investment activities in April 2016 through June 30, 2021, our Adviser and its affiliates have reviewed over 5,800 direct lending opportunities (of which approximately $280 billion were technology-related) and sourced potential investment opportunities from over 570 private equity sponsors and venture capital firms. We believe that our Adviser will receive “early looks” and “last looks” based on its and Blue Owl’s relationships, allowing it to be highly selective in the transactions it pursues.

Provide Customized Financing Complementary to Financial Sponsors’ Capital. We intend to offer a broad range of investment structures and possess expertise and experience to effectively structure and price investments in technology companies. We intend to offer customized financing solutions ranging from senior debt to equity capital. Unlike many of our competitors that we believe are restricted to smaller investment sizes and only invest in companies that fit a specific set of investment parameters, we believe that we will have the scale and flexibility to structure our investments to suit the particular needs of our portfolio companies. As a result, we believe that our capital will be viewed as an attractive and complimentary source of capital, both by the portfolio company and by the portfolio company’s financial sponsor.

Potential Long-Term Investment Horizon. We believe our potential long-term investment horizon will give us flexibility, allowing us to maximize returns on our investments in technology companies. We intend to invest using a long-term focus, which we believe will provide us with the opportunity to increase total returns on invested capital, as compared to other private company investment vehicles or investment vehicles with daily liquidity requirements (e.g., open-ended mutual funds and ETFs).

Defensive Investment Philosophy. The Adviser intends to employ an investment approach focused on rigorous due diligence and underwriting, a highly selective and multi-stage investment decision process, and ongoing portfolio monitoring. The investment approach will focus on quantitative and qualitative factors, with particular emphasis on early detection of potential deterioration. This strategy is designed to minimize potential losses and achieve attractive risk adjusted returns.

Active Portfolio Monitoring. The Adviser intends to closely monitor the investments in our portfolio and take a proactive approach to identifying and addressing sector- or company-specific risks. The Adviser will receive and review detailed financial information from portfolio companies no less than quarterly and will seek to maintain regular dialogue with portfolio company management teams regarding current and forecasted performance. We anticipate that many of our debt investments will have financial covenants that we believe will provide an early warning of potential problems facing our borrowers, allowing lenders, including us, to identify and carefully manage risk. In addition, our Adviser has built out its portfolio management team to include workout experts who will closely monitor our portfolio companies and assess each portfolio company’s operational and liquidity exposure and outlook. Further, we anticipate that many of our equity investments will provide us the opportunity to nominate a member or observer to the board of directors of the portfolio company, which we believe will allow us to closely monitor the performance of our portfolio companies.

Investment Selection

The Adviser expects to apply rigorous and established investment selection and underwriting criteria. Although not exhaustive, our Adviser expects that our investments will typically have many of the following attributes:

 

   

Mission critical solutions: solutions that are essential to business operations and are tightly integrated into the workflows or operations of end users;

 

   

Market leadership positions: a leadership position in its market (or the potential to establish a leadership position) with potential and/or defensible barriers to entry;

 

   

Strong quality of revenue: revenue streams with high degrees of visibility (contracted or re-occurring) and substantial gross margins diversified by a granular, long-tenured customer base;

 

114


Table of Contents
   

Strong customer retention: highly embedded software with meaningful switching costs;

 

   

Highly capital efficient: strong free cash flow conversion or the potential to generate strong free cash flow conversion due to operating margins and low capital intensity; and

 

   

Attractive unit economics: strong payback periods in respect of lifetime value of a customer versus the cost to acquire the customer.

The Adviser has identified the following investment criteria and guidelines that it believes are important in evaluating prospective portfolio companies. However, not all of these criteria and guidelines will be met, or will be equally important, in connection with each of our investments.

Established Companies. We intend to invest in companies with established business models, products and customers and that have demonstrated, or have a plan to achieve, sound financial performance which we believe tend to be well-positioned to generate consistent cash flow to service and repay their obligations and maintain growth in their businesses or market share. We intend to invest in later stage companies, including market leaders providing mission critical solutions, serving less cyclical end-markets and with highly recurring revenue and strong customer retention. The Adviser does not intend to invest in start-up companies with speculative business plans.

Strong Competitive Position in Industry. The Adviser intends to analyze the strengths and weaknesses of target companies relative to their competitors. The factors our Adviser will consider include relative product pricing, product quality, customer loyalty, substitution risk, switching costs, patent protection, brand positioning and capitalization. We will seek to invest in companies that have developed leading positions within their respective markets, are well positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities and operate businesses, exhibit the potential to maintain sufficient cash flows to service their obligations in a range of economic environments or are in industries with significant barriers to entry. We will seek companies that demonstrate advantages in scale, scope, customer loyalty, product pricing or product quality versus their competitors that, when compared to their competitors, may help to protect their market position and cash flows.

Experienced Management Team. We will seek to invest in companies that have experienced management teams. We also will seek to invest in companies that have proper incentives in place, including management teams having significant equity interests to motivate management to act in concert with our interests as an investor.

Diversified Customer and Supplier Base. We generally will seek to invest in technology companies that have a diversified customer and supplier base. Companies with a diversified customer and supplier base generally are better able to endure economic downturns, industry consolidation, changing business preferences and other factors that may negatively impact their customers, suppliers and competitors.

Exit Strategy. While certain debt investments may be repaid through operating cash flows of the borrower, we expect that the primary means by which we exit our debt investments will be through methods such as strategic acquisitions by other industry participants, an initial public offering of common stock, a recapitalization, a refinancing or another transaction in the capital markets.

Prior to making an equity investment in a prospective portfolio company, we analyze the potential for that company to increase the liquidity of its equity through a future event that we expect will enable us to realize appreciation in the value of our equity interest. Liquidity events may include an IPO, a private sale of our equity interest to a third party, a merger or an acquisition of the company or a purchase of our equity position by the company or one of its shareholders.

In addition, in connection with our investing activities, we may make commitments with respect to an investment in a potential portfolio company substantially in excess of our final investment. In such situations, while we may initially agree to fund up to a certain dollar amount of an investment, we may sell a portion of such amount, such that we are left with a smaller investment than what was reflected in our original commitment.

 

115


Table of Contents

Financial Sponsorship. We may seek to participate in transactions sponsored by what we believe to be high-quality private equity and venture capital firms. We believe that a financial sponsor’s willingness to invest significant sums of equity capital into a company is an explicit endorsement of the quality of their investment. Further, financial sponsors of portfolio companies with significant investments at risk have the ability and a strong incentive to contribute additional capital in difficult economic times should operational issues arise.

Investments in Different Portfolio Companies and End Markets. We will seek to invest broadly among portfolio companies and end markets, thereby potentially reducing the risk of any one company or industry having a disproportionate impact on the value of our portfolio; however, there can be no assurances in this regard.

Investment Process Overview

Origination and Sourcing. The investment team has an extensive network from which to source deal flow and referrals. Specifically, our Adviser intends to source portfolio investments from a variety of different investment sources, including among others, private equity sponsors, management teams, financial intermediaries and advisers, investment bankers, family offices, accounting firms and law firms. The Adviser believes that its experience across different industries and transaction types makes our Adviser particularly and uniquely qualified to source, analyze and execute investment opportunities with a focus on downside protection and a return of principal.

Due Diligence Process. The process through which an investment decision will be made will involve extensive research into the company, its industry, its growth prospects and its ability to withstand adverse conditions. If one or more of the members of the investment team responsible for the transaction determines that an investment opportunity should be pursued, our Adviser will engage in an intensive due diligence process. Though each transaction may involve a somewhat different approach, our Adviser’s diligence of each opportunity could include:

 

   

understanding the purpose of the loan, the key personnel, the sources and uses of the proceeds;

 

   

meeting the company’s management and key personnel, including top level executives, to get an insider’s view of the business, and to probe for potential weaknesses in business prospects;

 

   

checking management’s backgrounds and references;

 

   

performing a detailed review of historical financial performance, including performance through various economic cycles, and the quality of earnings;

 

   

contacting customers and vendors to assess both business prospects and standard practices;

 

   

conducting a competitive analysis, and comparing the company to its main competitors on an operating, financial, market share and valuation basis;

 

   

researching the industry for historic growth trends and future prospects as well as to identify future exit alternatives;

 

   

assessing asset value and the ability of physical infrastructure and information systems to handle anticipated growth;

 

   

leveraging our Adviser’s internal resources and network with institutional knowledge of the company’s business;

 

   

assessing business valuation and corresponding recovery analysis;

 

   

developing downside financial projections and liquidation analysis;

 

   

reviewing environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) considerations including consulting the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board’s Engagement Guide for ESG considerations; and

 

   

investigating legal and regulatory risks and financial and accounting systems and practices.

 

116


Table of Contents

Selective Investment Process. After an investment has been identified and preliminary diligence has been completed, an investment committee memorandum will be prepared. This memorandum will be reviewed by the members of the investment team in charge of the potential investment. If these members of the investment team are in favor of the potential investment, then a more extensive due diligence process will be employed. Additional due diligence with respect to any investment may be conducted on our behalf by attorneys, independent accountants, and other third-party consultants and research firms prior to the closing of the investment, as appropriate on a case-by-case basis.

Structuring and Execution. Approval of an investment requires the approval of a majority of the Investment Committee. Once the Investment Committee has determined that a prospective portfolio company may be suitable for investment, our Adviser will work with the management team or sponsor of that company and its other capital providers, including senior, junior and equity capital providers, if any, to finalize the structure and terms of the investment.

Portfolio Monitoring. The Adviser will monitor our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. The Adviser will monitor the financial trends of each portfolio company to determine if it is meeting its business plans and to assess the appropriate course of action with respect to our investment in each portfolio company. The Adviser has a number of methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance and fair value of our investments, which may include the following:

 

   

assessment of success of the portfolio company in adhering to its business plan and compliance with covenants;

 

   

periodic and regular contact with portfolio company management and, if appropriate, the financial or strategic sponsor, to discuss financial position, requirements and accomplishments;

 

   

comparisons to other companies in the portfolio company’s industry;

 

   

attendance at, and participation in, board meetings; and

 

   

review of periodic financial statements and financial projections for portfolio companies.

Structure of Investments

We expect that our portfolio composition generally will be majority debt or income producing securities, which may include “covenant-lite” loans, with a lesser allocation to equity-related opportunities. To a lesser extent, we may make investments in syndicated loan opportunities, including in publicly traded debt instruments, for cash management purposes. In addition, our portfolio composition may fluctuate from time to time based on market conditions and interest rates.

Covenants are contractual restrictions that lenders place on companies to limit the corporate actions a company may pursue. Generally, the loans in which we expect to invest will have financial maintenance covenants, which will be used to proactively address materially adverse changes in a portfolio company’s financial performance. However, to a lesser extent, we may invest in “covenant-lite” loans. We use the term “covenant-lite” to generally refer to loans that do not have a complete set of financial maintenance covenants. Generally, “covenant-lite” loans provide borrower companies more freedom to negatively impact lenders because their covenants are incurrence-based, which means they are only tested and can only be breached following an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, to the extent we invest in “covenant-lite” loans, we may have fewer rights against a borrower and may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with financial maintenance covenants.

Our investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.

 

117


Table of Contents

Debt Investments. The terms of our debt investments will be tailored to the facts and circumstances of each transaction. The Adviser intends to negotiate the structure of each investment to protect our rights and manage our risk. We intend to invest in the following types of debt:

 

   

First-lien debt. First-lien debt typically will be senior on a lien basis to other liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and has the benefit of a first-priority security interest in assets of the issuer. The security interest ranks above the security interest of any second-lien lenders in those assets. Our first-lien debt may include stand-alone first-lien loans, “last out” first-lien loans, “unitranche” loans (including the “last out” portions of such loans) and secured corporate bonds with similar features to these categories of first-lien loans.

 

   

Stand-alone first-lien loans. Stand-alone first-lien loans are traditional first-lien loans. All lenders in the facility have equal rights to the collateral that is subject to the first-priority security interest.

 

   

“Last out” first-lien / unitranche loans. Unitranche loans (including the “last out” portions of such loans) combine features of first-lien, second-lien and mezzanine debt, generally in a first-lien position. In many cases, we intend to provide the issuer most, if not all, of the capital structure above their equity. The primary advantages to the issuer are the ability to negotiate the entire debt financing with one lender and the elimination of intercreditor issues. “Last out” first-lien loans have a secondary priority behind super-senior “first out” first-lien loans in the collateral securing the loans in certain circumstances. The arrangements for a “last out” first-lien loan typically are set forth in an “agreement among lenders,” which will provide lenders with “first out” and “last out” payment streams based on a single lien on the collateral. Since the “first out” lenders generally have priority over the “last out” lenders for receiving payment under certain specified events of default, or upon the occurrence of other triggering events under intercreditor agreements or agreements among lenders, the “last out” lenders bear a greater risk and, in exchange, receive a higher effective interest rate, through arrangements among the lenders, than the “first out” lenders or lenders in stand-alone first-lien loans. Agreements among lenders also typically provide greater voting rights to the “last out” lenders than the intercreditor agreements to which second-lien lenders often are subject. Among the types of first-lien debt in which we may invest, “last out” first-lien loans generally have higher effective interest rates than other types of first-lien loans, since “last out” first-lien loans rank below standalone first-lien loans.

 

   

Second-lien debt. We expect that our second-lien debt may include secured loans, and, to a lesser extent, secured corporate bonds, with a secondary priority behind first-lien debt. Second-lien debt typically is senior on a lien basis to unsecured liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and has the benefit of a security interest over assets of the issuer, though ranking junior to first-lien debt secured by those assets. First-lien lenders and second-lien lenders typically have separate liens on the collateral, and an inter-creditor agreement provides the first-lien lenders with priority over the second-lien lenders’ liens on the collateral.

 

   

Mezzanine debt. Structurally, mezzanine debt usually ranks subordinate in priority of payment to first-lien and second-lien debt, is often unsecured, and may not have the benefit of financial covenants common in first-lien and second-lien debt. However, mezzanine debt ranks senior to common and preferred equity in an issuer’s capital structure. Mezzanine debt investments generally offer lenders fixed returns in the form of interest payments, which could be paid-in-kind, and may provide lenders an opportunity to participate in the capital appreciation, if any, of an issuer through an equity interest. This equity interest typically takes the form of an equity co-investment or warrants. Due to its higher risk profile and often less restrictive covenants compared to senior secured loans, mezzanine debt generally bears a higher stated interest rate than first-lien and second-lien debt.

We intend to structure our debt with the maximum security and collateral that we can reasonably obtain while seeking to achieve our total return target. Our Adviser will seek to limit the downside potential of our investments by:

 

   

requiring a total return on our investments (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that compensates us for credit risk;

 

118


Table of Contents
   

negotiating covenants in connection with our investments consistent with preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative covenants (including reporting requirements), negative covenants (including financial covenants), lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation rights or rights to a seat on the board under some circumstances; and

 

   

including debt amortization requirements, where appropriate, to require the timely repayment of principal of the loan, as well as appropriate maturity dates.

 

   

Convertible bonds. Convertible bonds are fixed-income corporate debt securities that yield current interest payments, but can be converted into common stock or other equivalent equity shares of an issuer. Interest may be in the form of cash or payment-in-kind, or a combination of both. Although we may, from time to time, invest in convertible securities of publicly listed issuers, our convertible bond investments are typically issued to private businesses. Upon a qualifying public offering, these securities become convertible at the option of the bondholder (or, in some instances, are mandatorily converted) into shares of the issuer. Conversion prices are typically set at a discount to the market price of the shares at pricing of the qualifying public offering.

Equity-Related Investments. Our investment in a portfolio company could be or may include an equity-related interest. Our equity securities typically consist of either a direct minority equity investment in common or preferred stock or membership/partnership interests of a portfolio company, or we may receive warrants to buy a minority equity interest in a portfolio company in connection with a debt investment. Warrants we receive with our debt investments typically require only a nominal cost to exercise, and thus, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest. Our equity investments are typically not control-oriented investments and we may structure such equity investments to include provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder.

Warehousing Transaction

On [ ● ], 2021, we entered into an arrangement for the Warehousing Transaction with [ ● ] (the “Financing Provider”). The Warehousing Transaction creates a forward obligation of the Financing Provider to sell, and a forward obligation of us or our designee to purchase certain investments (the “Portfolio Investments”) owned and held by the Financing Provider at our request. It is expected that the Portfolio Investments will generally consist of originated and anchor loans to middle market companies consistent with our investment strategy. Pursuant to the Warehousing Transaction, we may request the Financing Provider acquire such Portfolio Investments as we may designate from time to time, which the Financing Provider can approve or reject in its sole and absolute discretion. Prior to any sale to us, the Portfolio Investments will be owned and held solely for the account of the Financing Provider. Until such time as we have received subscriptions for our shares of at least $[ ● ] million (the “Capital Condition”), we will have no obligation to purchase the Portfolio Investments under the facility agreement (the “Facility Agreement”) entered in connection with the Warehousing Transaction. Certain of our affiliates have entered into guarantees with the Financing Provider to purchase the Portfolio Investments if we fail to meet the Capital Condition.

After we meet the Capital Condition, we will be obligated to purchase the Portfolio Investments from the Financing Provider on or before [ ● ], 20[ ● ] (the “Facility End Date”). We may also elect but are not obligated to purchase Portfolio Investments prior to the Facility End Date or prior to or without meeting the Capital Condition. In consideration for the forward arrangement provided by the Financing Provider (the amount of the arrangement will not exceed $[ ● ] million before [ ● ], 20[ ● ] and $[ ● ] million between such date and the Facility End Date (the “Financing Amount”)), we have agreed to pay, subject to satisfying the Capital Condition, certain fees and expenses to the Financing Provider, including (i) a financing fee at an annual rate of LIBOR plus [ ● ]% multiplied by the cash amount paid by the Financing Provider (subject to adjustment for, among other things, cash amounts received by the Financing Provider) for such Portfolio Investment while it is being held by the Financing Provider, (ii) an unused fee at an annual rate of [ ● ]% of the unused Financing Amount and (iii) a

 

119


Table of Contents

structuring fee equal to $[ ● ] million which is payable on the earlier of the termination date or the Facility End Date. As a general matter, the price we would pay to purchase any Portfolio Investment from the cash amount paid by the Financing Provider subject to adjustment for, among other things, principal repayments and interest amounts earned by the Financing Provider.

As of [ ● ], 20[ ● ], there were [ ● ] loans that the Financing Provider purchased having an aggregate cost of $[ ● ] million and an aggregate market value of $[ ● ] million. Additionally, there were [ ● ] loans that the Financing Provider committed to having an aggregate principal amount of $[ ● ] million and an aggregate cost of $[ ● ] million. We have agreed to purchase these loans subject to the conditions of the Facility Agreement.

Valuation

Investments for which market quotations are readily available are typically valued at the bid price of those market quotations. To validate market quotations, we utilize a number of factors to determine if the quotations are representative of fair value, including the source and number of the quotations. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available, as is expected to be the case for substantially all of our investments, will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, based on, among other things, the input of our Adviser, our Audit Committee and independent third-party valuation firm(s) engaged at the direction of our board of directors.

As part of the valuation process, our board of directors will take into account relevant factors in determining the fair value of our investments, including: the estimated enterprise value of a portfolio company (i.e., the total fair value of the portfolio company’s debt and equity), the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments based on its earnings and cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to any similar publicly traded securities, and overall changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, our board of directors considers whether the pricing indicated by the external event corroborates its valuation.

Our board of directors will undertake a multi-step valuation process, which will include, among other procedures, the following:

 

   

With respect to investments for which market quotations are readily available, those investments will typically be valued at the bid price of those market quotations;

 

   

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the valuation process will begin with the independent valuation firm(s) providing a preliminary valuation of each investment to our Adviser’s valuation committee;

 

   

Preliminary valuation conclusions will be documented and discussed with our Adviser’s valuation committee. Agreed upon valuation recommendations will be presented to the audit committee;

 

   

The audit committee will review the valuations recommendations and recommends values for each investment to our board of directors; and

 

   

Our board of directors will review the recommended valuations and determines the fair value of each investment.

We will conduct this valuation process on a quarterly basis.

We will apply Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”), as amended, which establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP and required disclosures of fair value measurements. ASC 820 determines fair value to be the

 

120


Table of Contents

price that would be received for an investment in a current sale, which assumes an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Market participants are defined as buyers and sellers in the principal or most advantageous market (which may be a hypothetical market) that are independent, knowledgeable, and willing and able to transact. In accordance with ASC 820, we will consider its principal market to be the market that has the greatest volume and level of activity. ASC 820 specifies a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes and ranks the level of observability of inputs used in determination of fair value. In accordance with ASC 820, these levels are summarized below:

 

   

Level 1 — Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access.

 

   

Level 2 — Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

   

Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

Transfers between levels, if any, will be recognized at the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurred. In addition to using the above inputs in investment valuations, we will apply the valuation policy approved by our board of directors that is consistent with ASC 820. Consistent with the valuation policy, we evaluate the source of the inputs, including any markets in which our investments are trading (or any markets in which securities with similar attributes are trading), in determining fair value. When an investment is valued based on prices provided by reputable dealers or pricing services (that is, broker quotes), we will subject those prices to various criteria in making the determination as to whether a particular investment would qualify for treatment as a Level 2 or Level 3 investment. For example, we, or the independent valuation firm(s), will review pricing support provided by dealers or pricing services in order to determine if observable market information is being used, versus unobservable inputs.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may fluctuate from period to period. Additionally, the fair value of such investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that may ultimately be realized. Further, such investments are generally less liquid than publicly traded securities and may be subject to contractual and other restrictions on resale. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, we could realize amounts that are different from the amounts presented and such differences could be material.

In addition, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investments may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different than the unrealized gains or losses reflected herein.

Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act was recently adopted by the SEC and establishes requirements for determining fair value in good faith for purposes of the 1940 Act. We intend to comply with the new rule’s requirements on or before the compliance date in September 2022.

Investments

Our investment objective is to maximize total return by generating current income from our debt investments and other income producing securities, and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments. We were formed primarily to originate and make debt and equity investments in technology-related companies based primarily in the United States. Although we may invest in companies domiciled outside of the United States, we generally do not intend to invest in companies that have principal places of business in emerging markets. We intend to originate and invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine

 

121


Table of Contents

loans, and equity-related securities publicly traded debt instruments, including common equity, warrants, preferred stock and similar forms of senior equity, which may or may not be convertible into a portfolio company’s common equity. We may on occasion invest in smaller or larger companies if an attractive opportunity presents itself, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets, including the high yield and large syndicated loan markets, which are often referred to as “junk” investments and which may include publicly traded debt instruments.

We intend to invest in a broad range of established and high growth technology companies that capitalize on the large and growing demand for technology products and services. These companies use technology extensively to improve business processes, applications and opportunities or seek to grow through technological developments and innovations. These companies operate in technology-related industries or sectors which include, but are not limited to, application software, systems software, healthcare information technology, technology services and infrastructure, financial technology and internet and digital media. Within each industry or sector, we intend to invest in companies that develop or offer goods and services to businesses and consumers which utilize scientific knowledge, including techniques, skills, methods, devices and processes, to solve problems. We refer to all of these companies as “technology-related” companies and intend, under normal circumstances, to invest at least 80% of the value of its total assets in such businesses. To a lesser extent, we may make investments in syndicated loan opportunities, including in publicly traded debt instruments, for cash management purposes.

Managerial Assistance

BDCs generally must offer to make significant managerial assistance available to the issuer of its investments, except in circumstances where either (i) the BDC controls such issuer or (ii) the BDC purchases such investments in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together and one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

Competition

Our primary competitors in providing financing to middle market technology related companies include public and private funds, other BDCs, commercial and investment banks, commercial finance companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. These other BDCs and investment funds might be reasonable investment alternatives to us and may be less costly or complex with fewer or different risks than we have. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than we do. Some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Further, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company, or to the distribution and other requirements we must satisfy to qualify for RIC tax treatment. See “Risk Factors — Risk Relating to Our Business — We may face increasing competition for investment opportunities, which could delay further deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.”

Administration

We do not have any direct employees, and our day-to-day investment operations will be managed by our Adviser. We have a chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief compliance officer, and corporate secretary and, to the extent necessary, our board of directors may elect to appoint additional officers going forward. All of our executive officers are also officers of our Adviser. See “Management and Other Agreements.”

 

122


Table of Contents

Properties

We do not own or lease any real estate or other physical properties material to our operation. Our headquarters are located at 399 Park Avenue, 38th floor, New York, NY 10022, and are provided by our Adviser pursuant to the Administration Agreement. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as we contemplate continuing to conduct it.

Legal Proceedings

We and our Adviser are not currently subject to any material pending legal proceedings threatened against us. From time to time, we may be a party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business including the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies.

Furthermore, third parties may try to seek to impose liability on us in connection with the activities of our portfolio companies. While the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that these proceedings will have a material effect upon our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

123


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

We are managed by our Adviser. The Adviser is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, our Adviser manages our day-to-day operations, and provides investment advisory and management services to us. The Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees. The Adviser is responsible for managing our business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments, and monitoring our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals.

Our Board of Directors

Under our charter, our directors are divided into three classes. Each class of directors holds office for a three-year term. However, the initial members of the three classes have initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At each annual meeting of our shareholders, the successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at such meeting will be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Directors

Information regarding the board of directors is as follows:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

   Expiration
of Term
     Director
Since
 

Independent Directors

           

Edward D’Alelio

     69      Chairman of the Board, Director      2022        2021  

Brian Finn

     60      Director      2023        2021  

Eric Kaye

     58      Director      2023        2021  

Christopher M. Temple

     53      Director      2024        2021  

Melissa Weiler

     56      Director      2024        2021  

Interested Directors

           

Craig W. Packer

     53      Chief Executive Officer; President; Director      2022        2021  

Alan Kirshenbaum

     49      Executive Vice President; Director      2022        2021  

The address for each director is c/o Owl Rock Technology Income Corp., 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

Executive Officers Who are Not Directors

Information regarding our executive officers who are not directors is as follows:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Karen Hager

     48      Chief Compliance Officer

Bryan Cole

     36      Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer

Matthew Swatt

     33      Co-Chief Accounting Officer, Co-Treasurer and Co-Controller

Shari Withem

     38      Co-Chief Accounting Officer, Co-Treasurer and Co-Controller

Alexis Maged

     55      Vice President

Neena Reddy

     42      Vice President and Secretary

Jonathan Lamm

     47     

Vice President

The address for each executive officer is c/o Owl Rock Technology Income Corp., 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 

124


Table of Contents

Biographical Information

The following is information concerning the business experience of our board of directors and executive officers. Our directors have been divided into two groups — interested directors and independent directors. Interested directors are “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Independent Directors

Mr. D’Alelio was formerly a Managing Director and CIO for Fixed Income at Putnam Investments, Boston, where he served from 1989 until he retired in 2002. While at Putnam, he served on the Investment Policy Committee, which was responsible for oversight of all investments. He also sat on various Committees including attribution and portfolio performance. Prior to joining Putnam, he was a portfolio manager at Keystone Investments and prior to that, he was an Investment Analyst at The Hartford Ins. Co. Since 2002, Mr. D’Alelio has served as an Executive in Residence at the University of Mass., Boston — School of Management. He is also chair of the investment committee of the U Mass Foundation. He serves on the Advisory Committees of Ceres Farms. Since September 2009, he has served as director of Vermont Farmstead Cheese. Since January 2008 he has served on the board of Blackstone/GSO Long Short Credit Fund & Blackstone/GSO Sen. Flt Rate Fund. Since March 2016 and November 2016, he has served on the boards of directors of Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, respectively, since August 2018 he has served on the board of directors of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., and since February 2020 and September 2020 he has served on the boards of directors of Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and Owl Rock Core Income Corp., respectively. Mr. D’Alelio’s previous corporate board assignments include Archibald Candy, Doane Pet Care, Trump Entertainment Resorts and U Mass Memorial Hospital. Mr. D’Alelio is a graduate of the Univ. of Mass Boston and has an M.B.A. from Boston University.

The Company believes Mr. D’Alelio’s numerous management positions and broad experiences in the financial services sector provide him with skills and valuable insight in handling complex financial transactions and issues, all of which make him well qualified to serve on the Board.

Mr. Finn served as the Chief Executive Officer of Asset Management Finance Corporation from 2009 to March 2013 and as its Chairman from 2008 to March 2013. From 2004 to 2008, Mr. Finn was Chairman and Head of Alternative Investments at Credit Suisse Group. Mr. Finn has held many positions within Credit Suisse and its predecessor firms, including President of Credit Suisse First Boston (CSFB), President of Investment Banking, Co-President of Institutional Securities, Chief Executive Officer of Credit Suisse USA and a member of the Office of the Chairman of CSFB. He was also a member of the Executive Board of Credit Suisse. Mr. Finn served as principal and partner of private equity firm Clayton, Dubilier & Rice from 1997 to 2002. Mr. Finn currently serves as Chairman of Covr Financial Technologies Corp., a director of The Scotts Miracle Gro Company, and WaveGuide Corporation, Chairman of Star Mountain Capital, a lower middle market credit investment firm, Investment Partner of Nyca Partners, a financial technology venture capital firm, a director of Sarcos Robotics and is CEO and a director of Rotor Acquisition Corp., a publicly traded ‘blank check’ company. Since March 2016 and November 2016, he has served on the boards of directors of Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, respectively, since August 2018 he has served on the board of directors of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., and since February 2020 and September 2020 he has served on the boards of directors of Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and Owl Rock Core Income Corp., respectively. Mr. Finn received a B.S. in Economics from The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

The Company believes Mr. Finn’s numerous management positions and broad experiences in the financial services sector provide him with skills and valuable insight in handling complex financial transactions and issues, all of which make him well qualified to serve on the Board.

Mr. Kaye is the founder of Kayezen, LLC, a physical therapy and fitness equipment design company. Prior to founding Kayezen, LLC, Mr. Kaye served as a Vice Chairman and Managing Director of UBS Investment

 

125


Table of Contents

Bank, and a member of the division’s Global Operating and U.S. Executive Committees, from June 2001 to May 2012. For the majority of Mr. Kaye’s tenure with UBS, he was a Managing Director and led the firm’s Exclusive Sales and Divestitures Group, where he focused on advising middle market companies. Prior to joining UBS, Mr. Kaye has served as Global Co-Head of Mergers & Acquisitions for Robertson Stephens, an investment banking firm, from February 1998 to June 2001. Mr. Kaye joined Robertson Stephens from PaineWebber where he served as Executive Director and head of the firm’s Technology Mergers & Acquisitions team. Since March 2016 and November 2016 he has served on the boards of directors of Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, respectively, since August 2018 he has served on the board of directors of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., and since February 2020 and September 2020 he has served on the boards of directors of Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and Owl Rock Core Income Corp., respectively. Mr. Kaye holds a B.A. from Union College and an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School.

The Company believes Mr. Kaye’s management positions and experiences in the middle market provide the Board with valuable insight.

Mr. Temple has served as President of DelTex Capital LLC (a private investment firm) since its founding in 2010. Mr. Temple has served as an Operating Executive/Senior Advisor for Tailwind Capital, LLC, a New York based middle market private equity firm since June 2011. Prior to forming DelTex Capital, Mr. Temple served as President of Vulcan Capital, the investment arm of Vulcan Inc., from May 2009 until December 2009 and as Vice President of Vulcan Capital from September 2008 to May 2009. Prior to joining Vulcan in September 2008, Mr. Temple served as a managing director at Tailwind Capital, LLC from May to August 2008. Prior to joining Tailwind, Mr. Temple was a managing director at Friend Skoler & Co., Inc. from May 2005 to May 2008. From April 1996 to December 2004, Mr. Temple was a managing director at Thayer Capital Partners. Mr. Temple started his career in the audit and tax departments of KPMG’s Houston office and was a licensed CPA from 1989 to 1993. Mr. Temple has served on the board of directors of Plains GP Holdings, L.P., the general partner of Plains All American Pipeline Company since November 2016 and has served as a member of the Plains GP Holdings, L.P. compensation committee since November 2020 and as a director of Plains All American Pipeline, L.P.’s (“PAA”) general partner from May 2009 to November 2016. He was a member of the PAA Audit Committee from 2009 to 2016. Prior public board service includes board and audit committee service for Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings from April 2011 to May 2016 and on the board and audit committee of Charter Communications Inc. from November 2009 through January 2011. In addition to public boards, as part of his role with Tailwind, Mr. Temple has served on private boards including Brawler Industries, and National HME and currently serves on the boards of Loenbro, Inc. and HMT, LLC. Since March 2016 and November 2016 he has served on the boards of directors of Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, respectively, since August 2018 he has served on the board of directors of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. and since February 2020 and September 2020 he has served on the boards of directors of Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and Owl Rock Core Income Corp., respectively. Mr. Temple holds a B.B.A., magna cum laude, from the University of Texas and an M.B.A. from Harvard.

The Company believes Mr. Temple’s broad investment management background, together with his financial and accounting knowledge, brings important and valuable skills to the Board.

Ms. Weiler was formerly a Managing Director and a member of the Management Committee of Crescent Capital Group, a Los Angeles-based asset management firm (“Crescent”), where she served from January 2011 until she retired in December 2020. During that time, Ms. Weiler was responsible for the oversight of Crescent’s CLO management business from July 2017 through December 2020, and managed several multi-strategy credit funds from January 2011 through June 2017. During her tenure at Crescent, she also served on the Risk Management and Diversity & Inclusion committees. From October 1995 to December 2010, Ms. Weiler was a Managing Director at Trust Company of the West, a Los Angeles-based asset management firm (“TCW”). At TCW, she managed several multi-strategy credit funds from July 2006 to December 2010, and served as lead portfolio manager for TCW’s high-yield bond strategy from October 1995 to June 2006. Ms. Weiler has served on the board of directors of Jefferies Financial Group Inc. since June 2021. She is a member of the Cedars-Sinai

 

126


Table of Contents

Board of Governors and is actively involved in 100 Women in Finance. Ms. Weiler holds a B.S. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. Ms. Weiler joined the boards of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, and Owl Rock Core Income Corp in 2021.

Interested Directors

Mr. Packer is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. and Owl Rock Core Income Corp., the Co-Chief Investment Officer of each of the Owl Rock Advisers, is a member of the Investment Committee of each of the Owl Rock Advisers, and was a Co-Founder of Owl Rock Capital Partners. Mr. Packer is also a Co-Founder and Senior Managing Director of Blue Owl, a member of Blue Owl’s Executive Committee and a member of Blue Owl’s board of directors. In addition, Mr. Packer has served on the boards of directors of Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Capital Corporation II since March 2016 and November 2016, respectively, on the board of directors of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. since August 2018, and on the boards of directors of Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and Owl Rock Core Income Corp. since February 2020 and September 2020, respectively. Prior to co-founding Owl Rock, Mr. Packer was Co-Head of Leveraged Finance in the Americas at Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he served on the Firm-wide Capital Committee, Investment Banking Division (“IBD”) Operating Committee, IBD Client and Business Standards Committee and the IBD Risk Committee. Mr. Packer joined Goldman, Sachs & Co. as a Managing Director and Head of High Yield Capital Markets in 2006 and was named partner in 2008. Prior to joining Goldman Sachs, Mr. Packer was the Global Head of High Yield Capital Markets at Credit Suisse First Boston, and before that he worked at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Mr. Packer serves as Treasurer and member of the Board of Trustees of Greenwich Academy, and Co-Chair of the Honorary Board of Kids in Crisis, a non-profit organization that serves children in Connecticut, and on the Advisory Board for the McIntire School of Commerce, University of Virginia. Mr. Packer earned a B.S. from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

The Company believes Mr. Packer’s depth of experience in corporate finance, capital markets and financial services gives the Board valuable industry-specific knowledge and expertise on these and other matters, and his history with the Company and the Adviser, provide an important skillset and knowledge base to the Board.

Mr. Kirshenbaum is the Chief Financial Officer of Blue Owl and also serves as the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Owl Rock Advisers, Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., and the Chief Operating Officer of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II and Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and Executive Vice President of the Company. In addition, prior to May 19, 2021, Mr. Kirshenbaum has served on the boards of directors of Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and Owl Rock Core Income Corp. Prior to Owl Rock, Mr. Kirshenbaum was Chief Financial Officer of Sixth Street Specialty Lending (fka TPG Specialty Lending, Inc.), a BDC traded on the NYSE (TSLX). Mr. Kirshenbaum was responsible for building and overseeing TSLX’s finance, treasury, accounting and operations functions from August 2011 through October 2015, including during its initial public offering in March 2014. From 2011 to 2013, Mr. Kirshenbaum also was Chief Financial Officer of TPG Special Situations Partners. From 2007 to 2011, Mr. Kirshenbaum was the Chief Financial Officer of Natsource, a private investment firm and, prior to that, Managing Director, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of MainStay Investments. Mr. Kirshenbaum joined Bear Stearns Asset Management (“BSAM”) in 1999 and was BSAM’s Chief Financial Officer from 2003 to 2006. Before joining BSAM, Mr. Kirshenbaum worked in public accounting at KPMG and J.H. Cohn. Mr. Kirshenbaum is actively involved in a variety of non-profit organizations including the Boy Scouts of America and as trustee for the Jewish Federation of Greater MetroWest NJ. Mr. Kirshenbaum also is a member of the Rutgers University Dean’s Cabinet. Mr. Kirshenbaum received a B.S. from Rutgers University and an M.B.A. from New York University Stern School of Business.

 

127


Table of Contents

We believe Mr. Kirshenbaum’s finance and operations experience, including serving as chief financial officer for a BDC, as well as a history with us and the Adviser, provide an important skillset and knowledge base to the board of directors.

Executive Officers Who are not Directors

Karen Hager

Ms. Hager is a Managing Director of Blue Owl and also serves as the Chief Compliance Officer of the Company, of each of the Owl Rock Advisers, and each of Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. and Owl Rock Core Income Corp. (the “Existing BDCs”). Prior to joining Owl Rock in March 2018, Ms. Hager was Chief Compliance Officer at Abbott Capital Management. Previous to Abbott, Ms. Hager worked as SVP, Director of Global Compliance and Chief Compliance Officer at The Permal Group, and as Director of Compliance at Dominick & Dominick Advisors LLC. Prior to joining Dominick & Dominick Advisors LLC, Ms. Hager was a Senior Securities Compliance Examiner/Staff Accountant at the SEC. Ms. Hager received a B.S. in Accounting from Brooklyn College of the City University of New York.

Bryan Cole

Mr. Cole is a Managing Director of Blue Owl and serves as the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, and Owl Rock Core Income Corp., as the Treasurer of Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, and as the Chief Accounting Officer and Controller for Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. Prior to joining Owl Rock in January 2016, Mr. Cole was Assistant Controller of Business Development Corporation of America, a non-traded BDC, where he was responsible for overseeing the finance, accounting, financial reporting, operations and internal controls functions. Preceding that role, Mr. Cole worked within the Financial Services  — Alternative Investments practice of PwC where he specialized in financial reporting, fair valuation of illiquid investments and structured products, internal controls and other technical accounting matters pertaining to alternative investment advisers, hedge funds, business development companies and private equity funds. Mr. Cole received a B.S. in Accounting from Fordham University and is a licensed Certified Public Accountant in New York.

Matthew Swatt

Mr. Swatt is a Principal of Blue Owl and serves as the Co-Controller the Company and each of the Existing BDCs. Mr. Swatt is also the Co-Chief Accounting Officer and Co-Treasurer of the Company, and, effective September 1, 2021, he will serve as Co-Chief Accounting Officer of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II and Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and Co-Treasurer of each of the Existing BDCs. Prior to joining Owl Rock in May 2016, Mr. Swatt was an Assistant Controller at Guggenheim Partners in their Private Credit group, where he was responsible for the finance, accounting, and financial reporting functions. Preceding that role, Mr. Swatt worked within the Financial Services—Alternative Investments practice of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP where he specialized in financial reporting, fair valuation of illiquid investments and structured products, internal controls and other technical accounting matters pertaining to alternative investment advisors, hedge funds, business development companies and private equity funds. Mr. Swatt received a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Maryland and is a licensed Certified Public Accountant in New York.

Shari Withem

Ms. Withem is a Principal of Blue Owl and serves as the Co-Controller of the Company and each of the Existing BDCs. Ms. Withem is also the Co-Chief Accounting Officer and Co-Treasurer of the Company, and, effective September 1, 2021, she will also serve as Co-Chief Accounting Officer of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II and Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and Co-Treasurer of each of the Existing BDCs. Prior to

 

128


Table of Contents

joining Owl Rock in March 2018, Ms. Withem was Vice President of TPG Special Situation Partners, a business development company traded on the NYSE (TSLX), where she was responsible for accounting, financial reporting, treasury and internal controls functions. Preceding that role, Ms. Withem worked for MCG Capital Corporation, a business development company formerly traded on the Nasdaq (MCGC) and Deloitte in the Audit and Assurance Practice. Ms. Withem received a B.S. in Accounting from James Madison University and is a licensed Certified Public Accountant in Virginia.

Alexis Maged

Mr. Maged is a Managing Director of Blue Owl and also serves as the Head of Credit for each of the Owl Rock Advisers and as Vice President of the Company and each of the Existing BDCs, and is a member of the Investment Committee of each of the Existing BDCs. Prior to joining Owl Rock in January 2016, Mr. Maged was Chief Financial Officer of Barkbox, Inc., a New York-based provider of pet-themed products and technology, from 2014 to 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Maged was a Managing Director with Goldman Sachs & Co. from 2007 until 2014. At Goldman Sachs & Co., Mr. Maged held several leadership positions, including Chief Operating Officer of the investment bank’s Global Credit Finance businesses, Co-Chair of the Credit Markets Capital Committee and a member of the Firm-wide Capital Committee. Prior to assuming that role in 2011, Mr. Maged served as Chief Underwriting Officer for the Americas and oversaw the U.S. Bank Debt Portfolio Group and US Loan Negotiation Group. From mid-2007 to the end of 2008, Mr. Maged was Head of Bridge Finance Capital Markets in the Americas Financing Group’s Leveraged Finance Group, where he coordinated the firm’s High Yield Bridge Lending and Syndication business. Prior to joining Goldman, Sachs & Co, Mr. Maged was Head of the Bridge Finance Group at Credit Suisse and also worked in the Loan Capital Markets Group at Donaldson, Lufkin and Jenrette. Upon DLJ’s merger with Credit Suisse in 2000, Mr. Maged joined Credit Suisse’s Syndicated Loan Group and, in 2003, founded its Bridge Finance Group. Earlier in his career, Mr. Maged was a member of the West Coast Sponsor Coverage Group at Citigroup and the Derivatives Group at Republic National Bank, as well as a founding member of the Loan Syndication Group at Swiss Bank Corporation. Mr. Maged received a B.A. from Vassar College and an M.B.A. from New York University Stern School of Business.

Neena Reddy

Ms. Reddy is the General Counsel and Secretary of Blue Owl, General Counsel and Chief Legal Officer of each of the Owl Rock Advisers and also serves as Vice President and Secretary of the Company and each of the Existing BDCs. Prior to joining Owl Rock in June 2019, Ms. Reddy was counsel at Goldman Sachs Asset Management, where she was responsible for direct alternative products, including private credit. Previously, Ms. Reddy was an attorney at Boies Schiller Flexner LLP and Debevoise & Plimpton LLP. Ms. Reddy received a B.A. in English from Georgetown University and a J.D. from New York University School of Law. Prior to becoming an attorney, Ms. Reddy was a financial analyst at Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Jonathan Lamm

Mr. Lamm is a Managing Director of Blue Owl, a Vice President of the Company, and, effective September 1, 2021, he will also serve as the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Owl Rock Capital Corporation and Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. and as a Vice President of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II and Owl Rock Capital Corporation III. Prior to joining Owl Rock, a division of Blue Owl, in April 2021, Mr. Lamm served as the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. (“GSBD”), a business development company traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Mr. Lamm was responsible for building and overseeing GSBD’s finance, treasury, accounting and operations functions from April 2013 through March 2021, including during its initial public offering in March 2015. During his time at Goldman Sachs, Mr. Lamm also served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC, Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit II LLC and Goldman Sachs Middle Market Lending Corp. prior to the completion of its merger with GSBD in October 2020. Throughout his twenty-two years at Goldman Sachs, Mr. Lamm held various positions. From 2013 to 2021, Mr. Lamm served as Managing Director, Chief

 

129


Table of Contents

Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at GSAM Credit Alternatives. From 2007 to 2013, Mr. Lamm served as Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at GSAM Credit Alternatives. From 2005 to 2007, Mr. Lamm served as Vice President in the Financial Reporting group and, from 1999 to 2005, he served as a Product Controller. Prior to joining Goldman Sachs, Mr. Lamm worked in public accounting at Deloitte & Touche.

Communications with Directors

Shareholders and other interested parties may contact any member (or all members) of the board of directors by mail. To communicate with the board of directors, any individual directors or any group or committee of directors, correspondence should be addressed to the board of directors or any such individual directors or group or committee of directors by either name or title. All such correspondence should be sent to Owl Rock Technology Income Corp., 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Chief Compliance Officer.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently has two committees: an audit committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We do not have a compensation committee because our executive officers do not receive any direct compensation from us.

Audit Committee. The audit committee of the board of directors (the “Audit Committee”) operates pursuant to a charter approved by our board of directors. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the Audit Committee. The primary function of the Audit Committee is to serve as an independent and objective party to assist the board of directors in selecting, engaging and discharging our independent accountants, reviewing the plans, scope and results of the audit engagement with our independent accountants, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants (including compensation therefore), reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting. The Audit Committee is presently composed of five persons, including Messrs. D’Alelio, Finn, Kaye and Temple, and Ms. Weiler, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Christopher Temple serves as the chair of the Audit Committee. Our board of directors has determined that Brian Finn and Christopher Temple qualify as “audit committee financial experts” as defined in Item 407 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act. Each of the members of the Audit Committee meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and, in addition, is not an “interested person” of the Company or of our Adviser as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Each member of the Audit Committee simultaneously serves on the audit committees of three or more public companies, and the board of directors has determined that each member’s simultaneous service on the audit committees of other public companies does not impair such member’s ability to effectively serve on the Audit Committee.

A copy of charter of the Audit Committee is available in print to any shareholder who requests it and it is also available on the Company’s website at http://www.owlrockbdcs.com.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee of the board of directors (the “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”) operates pursuant to a charter approved by our board of directors. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, including making nominations for the appointment or election of independent directors and assessing the compensation paid to independent members of the board of directors. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consists of Messrs. D’Alelio, Finn, Kaye and Temple, and Ms. Weiler, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Eric Kaye serves as the chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider nominees to the board of directors recommended by a shareholder, if such shareholder complies with the advance notice provisions of our bylaws.

 

130


Table of Contents

Our bylaws provide that a shareholder who wishes to nominate a person for election as a director at a meeting of shareholders must deliver written notice to our Corporate Secretary. This notice must contain, as to each nominee, all of the information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement meeting the requirements of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and certain other information set forth in the bylaws. In order to be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director by a shareholder, such potential nominee must deliver to our Corporate Secretary a written questionnaire providing the requested information about the background and qualifications of such person and a written representation and agreement that such person is not and will not become a party to any voting agreements, any agreement or understanding with any person with respect to any compensation or indemnification in connection with service on our board of directors, and would be in compliance with all of our publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines.

A copy of charter of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is available in print to any shareholder who requests it, and it is also available on the Company’s website at http://www.owlrockbdcs.com.

Compensation of Directors

Our directors who do not also serve in an executive officer capacity for us or our Adviser are entitled to receive annual cash retainer fees, fees for participating in in-person board and committee meetings and annual fees for serving as a committee chairperson, determined based on our net assets as of the end of each fiscal quarter. These directors are Messrs. D’Alelio, Finn, Kaye and Temple, and Ms. Weiler. Amounts payable under the arrangement are determined and paid quarterly in arrears as follows:

 

                   Annual Committee Chair Cash
Retainer
        

Net Asset Value

   Annual
Cash
Retainer
     Board
Meeting
Fee
     Chair of
the
Board
     Audit      Nominating
and
Corporate
Governance
     Committee
Meeting
Fee
 

$0 to $100 million

   $ 30,000      $ 1,000      $ 7,500      $ 5,000      $ 5,000      $ 1,000  

$100 million to $250 million

   $ 50,000      $ 1,000      $ 7,500      $ 5,000      $ 5,000      $ 1,000  

$250 million to $500 million

   $ 75,000      $ 1,500      $ 25,000      $ 20,000      $ 20,000      $ 1,500  

$500 million to $750 million

   $ 100,000      $ 2,500      $ 25,000      $ 20,000      $ 20,000      $ 2,500  

> $750 million

   $ 150,000      $ 2,500      $ 25,000      $ 20,000      $ 20,000      $ 2,500  

We also reimburse each of the directors for all reasonable and authorized business expenses in accordance with our policies as in effect from time to time, including reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each board meeting and each committee meeting not held concurrently with a board meeting.

The table below sets forth the compensation received by each director from the Company and the Fund Complex for service during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. For purposes of this prospectus, the term “Fund Complex” is defined to include the Company, Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and Owl Rock Core Income Corp.

 

Net Asset Value

   Fees Earned
and Paid
in Cash by
the Company
     Total
Compensation
from the
Company
     Total
Compensation
from the
Fund Complex
 

Edward D’Alelio

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 963,540  

Brian Finn

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 843,249  

Eric Kaye

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 895,907  

Christopher M. Temple

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 917,224  

Melissa Weiler

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 0  

 

131


Table of Contents

We will not pay compensation to our directors who also serve in an executive officer capacity for us or our Adviser.

Staffing

We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of our Adviser, pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement. Our day-to-day investment operations will be managed by our Adviser. In addition, we reimburse our Adviser for our allocable portion of expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including our allocable portion of the cost of our officers and their respective staffs.

Compensation of Executive Officers

None of our officers will receive direct compensation from us. The compensation of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer will be paid by our Administrator, subject to reimbursement by us of an allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by them to us. To the extent that our Administrator outsources any of its functions we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to our Administrator.

Board Leadership Structure

Our business and affairs will be managed under the direction of our board of directors. Among other things, our board of directors sets broad policies for us and approves the appointment of our investment adviser, administrator and officers. The role of our board of directors, and of any individual director, is one of oversight and not of management of our day-to-day affairs.

Under our bylaws, our board of directors may designate one of our directors as chair to preside over meetings of our board of directors and meetings of shareholders, and to perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by our board of directors. The board of directors appointed Edward D’Alelio, an independent director, to serve in the role of chairman of the board of directors. The chairman’s role is to preside at all meetings of the board of directors and to act as a liaison with our Adviser, counsel and other directors generally between meetings. The chairman serves as a key point person for dealings between management and the directors. The chairman also may perform such other functions as may be delegated by the board of directors from time to time. The board of directors reviews matters related to its leadership structure annually. The board of directors has determined that its leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the board of directors to exercise informed and independent judgment over the matters under its purview and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of directors and the full board in a manner that enhances effective oversight.

Our board of directors believes that its leadership structure is the optimal structure for us at this time. Our board of directors, which will review its leadership structure periodically as part of its annual self-assessment process, further believes that its structure is presently appropriate to enable it to exercise its oversight of us.

Board Role in Risk Oversight

Our board of directors performs its risk oversight function primarily through (i) its standing committees, which report to the entire board of directors and are comprised solely of independent directors, and (ii) active monitoring of our chief compliance officer and our compliance policies and procedures. Oversight of other risks is delegated to the committees.

Oversight of our investment activities extends to oversight of the risk management processes employed by our Adviser as part of its day-to-day management of our investment activities. The board of directors anticipates

 

132


Table of Contents

reviewing risk management processes at both regular and special board meetings throughout the year, consulting with appropriate representatives of our Adviser as necessary and periodically requesting the production of risk management reports or presentations. The goal of the board of director’s risk oversight function is to ensure that the risks associated with our investment activities are accurately identified, thoroughly investigated and responsibly addressed. Investors should note, however, that the board of directors’ oversight function cannot eliminate all risks or ensure that particular events do not adversely affect the value of investments.

We believe that the role of our board of directors in risk oversight is effective and appropriate given the extensive regulation to which we are already subject as a BDC. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements that control the levels of risk in our business and operations. For example, we are limited in our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates, including investing in any portfolio company in which one of our affiliates currently has an investment.

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

The management of our investment portfolio is the responsibility of our Adviser and the Investment Committee. We consider these individuals to be our portfolio managers. The members of the Investment Committee function as portfolio manager. Each member of the Investment Committee is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of portfolio, and each is responsible for determining whether to make prospective investments and monitoring the performance of the investment portfolio. The Investment Committee is comprised of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer, Alexis Maged, Erik Bissonnette, Pravin Vazirani and, as of September 1, 2021, Jon ten Oever. The Investment Committee meets regularly to consider our investments, direct our strategic initiatives and supervise the actions taken by our Adviser on its behalf. In addition, the Investment Committee reviews and determines whether to make prospective investments and monitors the performance of the investment portfolio. Each investment opportunity requires the approval of a majority of the Investment Committee. Follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies may require the Investment Committee’s approval beyond that obtained when the initial investment in the portfolio company was made. In addition, temporary investments, such as those in cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, may require approval by the Investment Committee. The compensation packages of certain Investment Committee members from our Adviser include various combinations of discretionary bonuses and variable incentive compensation based primarily on performance for services provided.

The investment team is led by Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer and is supported by certain members of our Adviser’s senior executive team and the Investment Committee. The investment team, under the Investment Committee’s supervision, sources investment opportunities, conducts research, performs due diligence on potential investments, structures the Company’s investments and monitors the Company’s portfolio companies on an ongoing basis.

None of our Adviser’s investment professionals will receive any direct compensation from the Company in connection with the management of the Company’s portfolio. Certain members of the Investment Committee, through their financial interests in our Adviser, are entitled to a portion of the profits earned by our Adviser, which includes any fees payable to our Adviser under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, less expenses incurred by our Adviser in performing its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

The members of the investment team perform a similar role for Owl Rock Capital Corporation, which is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ORCC,” Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., Owl Rock Capital Corporation III and Owl Rock Core Income Corp., from which our Adviser and its affiliates may receive incentive fees. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for a description of the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy governing allocations of investments among us and other investment vehicles with similar or overlapping strategies, as well as a

 

133


Table of Contents

description of certain other relationships between us and our Adviser. See “Prospectus Summary — Conflicts of Interest” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Adviser and its Affiliates” for a discussion of potential conflicts of interest.

The members of the Investment Committee function as portfolio managers with the most significant responsibility for the day-to-day management of our portfolio. The Investment Committee is comprised of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer, Alexis Maged, Erik Bissonnette, Pravin Vazirani and, as of September 1, 2021, Jon ten Oever. Information regarding the Investment Committee, is as follows:

 

Name

   Year of
Birth
 

Douglas I. Ostrover

     1962  

Marc S. Lipschultz

     1969  

Craig W. Packer

     1966  

Alexis Maged

     1965  

Erik Bissonnette

     1979  

Pravin Vazirani

     1973  

Jon ten Oever

     1972  

In addition to managing our investments, as of June 30, 2021, our portfolio managers also managed investments on behalf of the following entities:

 

Name

 

Entity

 

Investment Focus

   Gross Assets
($ in millions)
 

Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp.

  Business development company   U.S. middle-market technology-related lending    $ 4,635.8  

In addition to managing our investments, as of June 30, 2021, Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer, and Alexis Maged also managed investments on behalf of the following entities:

 

Name

 

Entity

 

Investment Focus

   Gross Assets
($ in millions)
 

Owl Rock Capital Corporation

  Business development company   U.S. middle-market lending    $ 12,635.4  

Owl Rock Capital Corporation II

  Business development company   U.S. middle-market lending    $ 2,529.5  

Owl Rock Capital Corporation III

  Business development company   U.S. middle-market lending    $ 921.8  

Owl Rock Core Income Corp

  Business development company   U.S. middle-market lending    $ 438.4  

As of June 30, 2021, Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer, and Alexis Maged also managed the Private Funds, which had a total of approximately $5.5 billion in gross assets.

The management and incentive fees payable by Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., Owl Rock Core Income Corp. and the Private Funds are based on (1) gross assets and unfunded capital commitments, if applicable, and (2) the performance, respectively, of Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., Owl Rock Core Income Corp. and the Private Funds.

Biographical information regarding the member of the Investment Committee, who is not a director or executive officer of the Company is as follows:

Douglas Ostrover

Mr. Ostrover is a Co-Founder of Owl Rock Capital Partners, serves as Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer of the Owl Rock Advisers, and is a member of the Investment Committee of each of

 

134


Table of Contents

the Owl Rock Clients. Mr. Ostrover is also a Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Blue Owl, a member of Blue Owl’s Executive Committee, and a director of Blue Owl. In addition, Mr. Ostrover served on the boards of ORCC and ORCC II from 2016-2021, on the board of ORTF from 2018-2021 and on the boards of ORCC III and ORCIC from 2020-2021. Mr. Ostrover has served on the board of Jaws Acquisition Corp. Prior to co-founding Owl Rock, Mr. Ostrover was one of the founders of GSO Capital Partners (GSO), Blackstone’s alternative credit platform, and a Senior Managing Director at Blackstone until June 2015. Prior to co-founding GSO in 2005, Mr. Ostrover was a Managing Director and Chairman of the Leveraged Finance Group of Credit Suisse First Boston (CSFB). Prior to his role as Chairman, Mr. Ostrover was Global Co-Head of CSFB’s Leveraged Finance Group, during which time he was responsible for all of CSFB’s origination, distribution and trading activities relating to high yield securities, leveraged loans, high yield credit derivatives and distressed securities. Mr. Ostrover was a member of CSFB’s Management Council and the Fixed Income Operating Committee. Mr. Ostrover joined CSFB in November 2000 when CSFB acquired Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette (“DLJ”), where he was a Managing Director in charge of High Yield and Distressed Sales, Trading and Research. Mr. Ostrover had been a member of DLJ’s high yield team since he joined the firm in 1992. Mr. Ostrover is actively involved in non-profit organizations including serving on the board of directors of the Michael J. Fox Foundation. Mr. Ostrover is also a board member of the Brunswick School. Mr. Ostrover received a B.A. in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from New York University Stern School of Business.

Marc S. Lipschultz

Mr. Lipschultz is a Co-Founder and Co-President of Blue Owl, Co-Founder and the President of Owl Rock Capital Partners and Co-Chief Investment Officer of each of the Owl Rock Advisers. Prior to founding Owl Rock, Mr. Lipschultz spent more than two decades at KKR, and he served on the firm’s Management Committee and as the Global Head of Energy and Infrastructure. Mr. Lipschultz has a wide range of experience in alternative investments, including leadership roles in private equity, infrastructure and direct-asset investing. Prior to joining KKR, Mr. Lipschultz was with Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he focused on mergers and acquisitions and principal investment activities. He received an A.B. with honors and distinction, Phi Beta Kappa, from Stanford University and an M.B.A. with high distinction, Baker Scholar, from Harvard Business School. Mr. Lipschultz serves on the board of the Hess Corporation, and is actively involved in a variety of non-profit organizations, serving as a trustee or board member of the American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, Michael J. Fox Foundation, Mount Sinai Health System, Riverdale Country School and as the President of the board of directors of the 92nd Street Y.

Erik Bissonnette

Mr. Bissonnette is a Managing Director of Owl Rock Capital Partners and is a member of our Adviser’s Investment Committee. Prior to joining Owl Rock in 2018, Mr. Bissonnette was a Managing Director and Head of Technology Leveraged Finance at Capital Source from 2009 to 2017. Preceding Capital Source, Mr. Bissonnette was an Associate at ABS Capital Partners from 2007 to 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Bissonnette was an Associate at Wachovia Securities for four years, and Analyst at Banc of America Securities from 2001 to 2003. Mr. Bissonnette received a B.A. in Economics with a double major in English from Wake Forest University.

Pravin Vazirani

Mr. Vazirani is a Managing Director of Owl Rock Capital Partners and is a member of our Adviser’s Investment Committee. Prior to joining Owl Rock in 2018, Mr. Vazirani was a partner with Menlo Ventures. While at Menlo Ventures Mr. Vazirani focused on investments in the SaaS, cloud and e-commerce sectors. Mr. Vazirani’s prior investments include Carbonite (IPO: CARB); Centrality Communications (acquired by SiR F Holdings); EdgeCast Networks (acquired by Verizon); Credant Technologies (acquired by Dell); Like.com (acquired by Google); and newScale (acquired by Cisco Systems). Mr. Vazirani’s current investments and board

 

135


Table of Contents

seats include BlueVine, Pillpack, Poshmark, Signifyd, and Stance. Mr. Vazirani started his career as an engineer working at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory. Later, Mr. Vazirani worked for Pacific Communication Sciences and ADC Telecommunications as a product manager. Mr. Vazirani holds BS and MS degrees in electrical engineering from MIT, and an MBA from the Harvard University Graduate School of Business.

Jon ten Oever

Mr. ten Oever is a Managing Director in the Owl Rock division of Blue Owl, serves as the Head of Technology Credit for each of the Owl Rock Advisers and, effective September 1, 2021, serves as a member of the Investment Committee of the Adviser. Prior to joining Owl Rock in 2019, Mr. ten Oever was a Managing Director at Goldman Sachs & Co. from 2007 until 2019. At Goldman Sachs & Co., Mr. ten Oever held several positions in the Americas Financing Group’s Leveraged Finance Group, including leadership of the TMT and Healthcare verticals. Prior to working at Goldman Sachs, Mr. ten Oever was a Vice President at Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, in the Media & Telecom Group from 2000 until 2007 and an attorney at Sullivan & Cromwell LLP from 1997 until 2000. Mr. ten Oever received a B.A. from Huron College at the University of Western Ontario in 1994 and a J.D. from the Yale Law School in 1997.

The table below shows the dollar range of shares of our common stock to be beneficially owned by the members of the Investment Committee as of June 30, 2021 stated as one of the following dollar ranges: None; $1 – $10,000; $10,001 – $50,000; $50,001 – $100,000; or Over $100,000. For purposes of this prospectus, the term “Fund Complex” is defined to include the Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. and Owl Rock Core Income Corp.

 

Name

   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
Owl Rock
Technology Income
Corp.(1)(2)
     Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity
Securities in the
Fund Complex(1)(3)
 

Douglas I. Ostrover

     —        over $ 100,000  

Marc S. Lipschultz

     —        over $ 100,000  

Craig W. Packer

     —        over $ 100,000  

Alexis Maged

     —        over $ 100,000  

Erik Bissonnette

     —        over $ 100,000  

Pravin Vazirani

     —        over $ 100,000  

Jon ten Oever

     —        over $ 100,000  

 

(1)

Beneficial ownership determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) promulgated under the Exchange Act.

(2)

The dollar range of equity securities of the Company beneficially owned by directors of the Company, if applicable, is calculated by multiplying the net asset value per share of the Company as of June 30, 2021 times the number of shares beneficially owned.

(3)

The dollar range of equity securities in the Fund Complex beneficially owned by members of the Investment Committee of the Company, if applicable, is the sum of (a) the product obtained by multiplying the closing price of Owl Rock Capital Corporation common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2021 by the number of shares of Owl Rock Capital Corporation beneficially owned, (b) the product obtained by multiplying the current net public offering price of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, times the number of shares of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II beneficially owned, (c) the product obtained by multiplying the net asset value per share of Owl Rock Capital Corporation III as of June 30, 2021, by the number of shares of Owl Rock Capital Corporation III beneficially owned, (d) the product obtained by multiplying the current net offering price of Owl Rock Core Income Corp., times the number of shares of Owl Rock Core Income Corp. beneficially owned, (e) the product obtained by multiplying the net asset value per share of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. as of June 30, 2021, by the number of shares of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. beneficially owned, and (f) the total dollar range of equity securities in the Company beneficially owned by the Investment Committee member.

 

136


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT AND OTHER AGREEMENTS AND FEES

The Adviser is located at 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10022. our Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the 1940 Act, our Adviser will manage our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory services to us. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser will:

 

   

determine the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;

 

   

assist us in determining which investments we purchase, retain or sell;

 

   

identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies); and

 

   

execute, close, service and monitor the investments we make.

our Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive.

Investment Advisory Agreement

Management and Incentive Fee

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement with our Adviser, subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the 1940 Act, our Adviser receives a fee from us, consisting of two components — a base management fee and an incentive fee. The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.25% based on the average value of our net assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar months. The base management fee is payable monthly in arrears. All or any part of the base management fee not taken as to any month will be deferred without interest and may be taken in any such month prior to the occurrence of a liquidity event. Base management fees for any partial month are prorated based on the number of days in the month.

The incentive fee consists of two parts: (i) an incentive fee on income and (ii) an incentive fee on capital gains. Each part of the incentive fee is outlined below.

The incentive fee on income will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and will be based upon our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. In the case of a liquidation of the Company or if the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated, the fee will also become payable as of the effective date of the event.

The incentive fee on income for each calendar quarter will be calculated as follows:

 

   

No incentive fee on income will be payable in any calendar quarter in which the pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed a quarterly return to investors of 1.25% of the Company’s net asset value for that calendar quarter. We refer to this as the quarterly preferred return.

 

   

All of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the quarterly preferred return, but is less than or equal to 1.43%, which we refer to as the upper level breakpoint, of the Company’s net asset value for that calendar quarter, will be payable to our Adviser. We refer to this portion of the incentive fee on income as the “catch-up.” It is intended to provide an incentive fee of 12.50% on all of our pre-incentive fee net investment income when the pre-incentive fee net investment income reaches 1.43% of the Company’s net asset value for that calendar quarter, measured as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter. The quarterly preferred return of 1.25% and upper level breakpoint of 1.43% are also adjusted for the actual number of days each calendar quarter.

 

   

For any quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the upper level break point of 1.43% of the Company’s net asset value for that calendar quarter, the incentive fee on income will equal 12.50% of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, because the quarterly preferred return and catch up will have been achieved.

 

137


Table of Contents
   

Pre-incentive fee net investment income is defined as investment income and any other income, accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the quarter, including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee. Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any expense support payments or any reimbursement by the Company of expense support payments, or any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the quarterly incentive fee on income:

Quarterly Incentive Fee on

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(expressed as a percentage of net asset value at the beginning of the quarter)

 

 

LOGO

The incentive fee on capital gains will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year during which the Investment Advisory Agreement is in effect. In the case of a liquidation, or if the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated, the fee will also become payable as of the effective date of such event. The annual fee will equal (i) 12.50% of our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of such calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less (ii) the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fees on capital gains as calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In no event will the Capital Gains Incentive Fee payable pursuant hereto be in excess of the amount permitted by the Advisers Act, including Section 205 thereof.

Because of the structure of the incentive fee on income and the incentive fee on capital gains, it is possible that we may pay such fees in a year where we incur a net loss. For example, if we receive pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the 1.25% of the Company’s net asset value for that calendar quarter we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we incurred a net loss in the quarter due to a realized or unrealized capital loss. Our Adviser will not be under any obligation to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee they receive that is based on prior period accrued income that we never received as a result of any borrower’s default or a subsequent realized loss of our portfolio.

The fees that are payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement for any partial period will be appropriately prorated. The fees are calculated using detailed policies and procedures approved by our Adviser and our board of directors, including a majority of the independent directors, and such policies and procedures are consistent with the description of the calculation of the fees set forth above.

Our Adviser may elect to defer or waive all or a portion of the fees that would otherwise be paid to it in its sole discretion. Any portion of a fee not taken as to any month, quarter or year will be deferred without interest and may be taken in any such other month, quarter or year prior to the occurrence of a liquidity event as our Adviser may determine in its sole discretion.

 

138


Table of Contents

Fee Waiver

On October 1, 2021, the Adviser agreed to waive 100% of the base management fee for the quarter ended

December 31, 2021. Any portion of the base management fee waived will not be subject to recoupment.

Examples of the two-part incentive fee:

Example 1 — Incentive Fee on pre-incentive fee net investment income for each quarter

 

Scenarios expressed as a percentage of net asset value at the
beginning of the quarter

   Scenario 1     Scenario 2     Scenario 3  

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

     1.00     1.35     2.00

Catch up incentive fee (maximum of 0.18%)

     0.00     -0.10     -0.18

Split incentive fee (12.50% above 1.43%)

     0.00%       1.25     -0.07%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Investment income

     1.00%       1.25     1.75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Scenario 1 — Incentive Fee on Income

Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the 1.25% quarterly preferred return rate, therefore there is no catch up or split incentive fee on pre-incentive fee net investment income.

Scenario 2 — Incentive Fee on Income

Pre-incentive fee net investment income falls between the 1.25% quarterly preferred return rate and the upper level breakpoint of 1.43%, therefore the incentive fee on pre-incentive fee net investment income is 100% of the pre-incentive fee above the 1.25% quarterly preferred return.

Scenario 3 — Incentive Fee on Income

Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the 1.25% quarterly preferred return and the 1.43% upper level breakpoint provision. Therefore the upper level breakpoint provision is fully satisfied by the 0.18% of pre-incentive fee net investment income above the 1.25% preferred return rate and there is a 12.50% incentive fee on pre-incentive fee net investment income above the 1.43% upper level breakpoint. This ultimately provides an incentive fee which represents 12.50% of pre-incentive fee net investment income.

Example 2 — Incentive Fee on Capital Gains

Assumptions

Year 1:

No net realized capital gains or losses

Year 2:

6.00% realized capital gains and 1.00% realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation; capital gain incentive fee = 12.50% × (realized capital gains for year computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation at year end)

 

  Year 1 Incentive Fee on Capital Gains   

= 12.50% × (0)

    

= 0

    

= No Incentive Fee on Capital Gains

  Year 2 Incentive Fee on Capital Gains   

= 12.50% × (6.00% – 1.00)%

    

= 12.50% × 5.00%

    

= 0.63%

 

139


Table of Contents

Payment of Our Expenses under the Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements

Except as specifically provided below, we anticipate that all investment professionals and staff of our Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services to us, and the base compensation, bonus and benefits, and the routine overhead expenses, of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by our Adviser. We will bear our allocable portion of the compensation paid by our Adviser (or its affiliates) to our chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs (based on a percentage of time such individuals devote, on an estimated basis, to our business affairs). We also will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations, administration and transactions, including, but not limited to (i) investment advisory fees, including base management fees and incentive fees, to our Adviser, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement; (ii) our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by our Adviser in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, and (iii) all other expenses of our operations and transactions including, without limitation, those relating to:

 

   

expenses deemed to be “organization and offering expenses” for purposes of Conduct Rule 2310(a)(12) of FINRA (exclusive of commissions, any discounts and other similar expenses paid by investors at the time of sale of our stock);

 

   

the cost of corporate and organizational expenses relating to offerings of shares of our common stock;

 

   

the cost of calculating our net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;

 

   

the cost of effecting any sales and repurchases of the common stock and other securities;

 

   

fees and expenses payable under any dealer manager agreements, if any;

 

   

debt service and other costs of borrowings or other financing arrangements;

 

   

costs of hedging;

 

   

expenses, including travel expense, incurred by the Administrator, or members of the investment team, or payable to third parties, performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;

 

   

escrow agent, transfer agent and custodial fees and expenses;

 

   

fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

 

   

federal and state registration fees, any stock exchange listing fees and fees payable to rating agencies;

 

   

federal, state and local taxes;

 

   

independent directors’ fees and expenses including certain travel expenses;

 

   

costs of preparing financial statements and maintaining books and records and filing reports or other documents with the SEC (or other regulatory bodies) and other reporting and compliance costs, including registration fees, licenses, and the compensation of professionals responsible for the preparation of the foregoing;

 

   

the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to shareholders (including printing and mailing costs);

 

   

the costs of any shareholder or director meetings and the compensation of personnel responsible for the preparation of the foregoing and related matters;

 

   

commissions and other compensation payable to brokers or dealers;

 

   

research and market data;

 

   

fidelity bond, directors and officers errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

 

140


Table of Contents
   

direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff;

 

   

fees and expenses associated with independent audits, outside legal and consulting costs;

 

   

costs of winding up;

 

   

costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold the Company’s assets for tax or other purposes;

 

   

extraordinary expenses (such as litigation or indemnification); and

 

   

costs associated with reporting and compliance obligations under the Advisers Act and applicable federal and state securities laws.

Duration and Termination

Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first become effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act. The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by our Adviser and may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by us upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to our Adviser by the vote of a majority of our outstanding voting securities (as defined under the 1940 Act) or by the vote of our independent directors. The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by our Adviser upon 120 days’ written notice to us. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities may also terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice.

Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement

Our board of directors, including our independent directors, approved the Investment Advisory Agreement at a meeting held on August 3, 2021. In reaching a decision to approve the Investment Advisory Agreement, the board of directors reviewed a significant amount of information and considered, among other things:

 

   

the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by our Adviser;

 

   

comparative data with respect to advisory fees or similar expenses paid by other BDCs, which could include employees of our Adviser or its affiliates;

 

   

our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to BDCs with similar investment objectives;

 

   

any existing and potential sources of indirect income to our Adviser from its relationship with us and the profitability of that relationship;

 

   

information about the services to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the Investment Advisory Agreement;

 

   

the organizational capability and financial condition of our Adviser and its affiliates; and

 

   

the possibility of obtaining similar services from other third-party service providers or through an internally managed structure.

Based on the information reviewed and the discussion thereof, the board of directors, including a majority of the non-interested directors, concluded that the investment advisory fee rates are reasonable in relation to the services to be provided and approved the Investment Advisory Agreement as being in the best interests of our shareholders.

 

141


Table of Contents

Prohibited Activities

Our activities are subject to compliance with the 1940 Act. In addition, our charter prohibits the following activities among us, our Adviser and its affiliates:

 

   

We may not purchase or lease assets in which our Adviser or its affiliates has an interest unless (i) we disclose the terms of the transaction to our shareholders, the terms are reasonable to us and the price does not exceed the lesser of cost or fair market value, as determined by an independent expert or (ii) such purchase or lease of assets is consistent with the 1940 Act or an exemptive order under the 1940 Act issued to us by the SEC;

 

   

We may not invest in general partnerships or joint ventures with affiliates and non-affiliates unless certain conditions are met;

 

   

The Adviser and its affiliates may not acquire assets from us unless (i) approved by our shareholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter or (ii) such acquisition is consistent with the 1940 Act or an exemptive order under the 1940 Act issued to us by the SEC;

 

   

We may not lease assets to our Adviser or its affiliates unless we disclose the terms of the transaction to our shareholders and such terms are fair and reasonable to us;

 

   

We may not make any loans, credit facilities, credit agreements or otherwise to our Adviser or its affiliates except for the advancement of funds as permitted by our charter;

 

   

We may not acquire assets from our affiliates in exchange for our common stock;

 

   

We may not pay a commission or fee, either directly or indirectly to our Adviser or its affiliates, except as otherwise permitted by our charter, in connection with the reinvestment of cash flows from operations and available reserves or of the proceeds of the resale, exchange or refinancing of our assets;

 

   

The Adviser may not charge duplicate fees to us; and

 

   

The Adviser may not provide financing to us with a term in excess of 12 months.

In addition, in the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser agrees that its activities will at all times be in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state securities laws governing its operations and investments.

Compliance with the Omnibus Guidelines published by NASAA

Rebates, Kickbacks and Reciprocal Arrangements

Our charter prohibits our Adviser from: (i) receiving or accepting any rebate, give-ups or similar arrangement that is prohibited under applicable federal or state securities laws, (ii) participating in any reciprocal business arrangement that would circumvent provisions of applicable federal or state securities laws and the NASAA Omnibus Guidelines governing conflicts of interest or investment restrictions, or (iii) entering into any agreement, arrangement or understanding that would circumvent the restrictions against dealing with affiliates or promoters under applicable federal or state securities laws and the NASAA Omnibus Guidelines. In addition, our Adviser may not directly or indirectly pay or award any fees or commissions or other compensation to any person or entity engaged to sell our stock or give investment advice to a potential shareholder; provided, however, that our Adviser may pay a registered broker-dealer or other properly licensed agent a sales commissions for selling or distributing our common stock.

We will retain a reasonable percentage of the proceeds of this offering and our revenues in order to provide adequate reserves for normal replacements and contingencies, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP.

 

142


Table of Contents

Commingling

The Adviser may not permit our funds to be commingled with the funds of any other entity.

Indemnification of our Adviser

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that our Adviser (and any of its affiliates, directors, officers, members, employees, agents, or representatives) will not be liable to us for any action taken or omitted to be taken by our Adviser in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser, except to the extent specified in Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act concerning loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty (as the same is finally determined by judicial proceedings) with respect to the receipt of compensation for services, and we will indemnify, defend and protect our Adviser (and its affiliates, directors, officers, members, employees, agents, and representatives, each of whom will be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof) (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Company or our shareholders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of our Adviser’s duties or obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, we will not provide for indemnification of an Indemnified Party for any liability or loss suffered by such Indemnified Party, nor will we provide that an Indemnified Party be held harmless for any loss or liability suffered by us, unless: (1) we have determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in our best interest; (2) the Indemnified Party was acting on our behalf or performing services for us; (3) such liability or loss was not the result of (i) negligence or misconduct, in the case that the Indemnified Party is our Adviser, an affiliate of our Adviser or one of our officers, or (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct, in the case that the Indemnified Party is a director who is also not one of our officers or our Adviser or an affiliate of our Adviser; and (4) the indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of our net assets and not from our shareholders. Furthermore, in accordance with Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act, our Adviser (and any of its affiliates, directors, officers, members, employees, agents, or representatives) may not be protected against any liability to the Company or any Company investor to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful malfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

Administration Agreement

Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, our Adviser performs, or oversees the performance of, required administrative services, which includes providing office space, equipment and office services, maintaining financial records, preparing reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC, and managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others. Pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, our Adviser may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and we will reimburse our Adviser for any services performed for us by such affiliate or third party.

We will reimburse our Adviser for expenses necessary to perform services related to our administration and operations, including our Adviser’ allocable portion of the compensation and related expenses of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs. The amount of this reimbursement will be the lesser of (1) our Adviser’ actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that we estimate we would be required to pay alternative service providers for comparable services in the same geographic location. our Adviser will be required to allocate the cost of such services to us based on factors such as assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. Our board of directors will review the methodology employed in determining how the expenses are allocated to us and the proposed allocation of administrative expenses among us and certain affiliates of our Adviser. Our board of directors will assess the reasonableness of

 

143


Table of Contents

such reimbursements for expenses allocated to us based on the breadth, depth and quality of such services as compared to the estimated cost to us of obtaining similar services from third-party service providers known to be available. In addition, our board of directors will consider whether any single third-party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at comparable cost and quality. Finally, our board of directors will, among other things, compare the total amount paid to our Adviser for such services as a percentage of our net assets to the same ratio as reported by other comparable BDCs. We will not reimburse our Adviser for any services for which it receives a separate fee, for example, rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of our Adviser.

Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Administration Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first becomes effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the board of directors or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of the independent directors. We may terminate the Administration Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice. The decision to terminate the agreement may be made by a majority of the board of directors or the shareholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock. In addition, our Adviser may terminate the Administration Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice. To the extent that our Adviser outsources any of its functions we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to our Adviser.

Indemnification

The Administration Agreement provides that our Adviser and its affiliates’ respective officers, directors, members, managers, shareholders and employees are entitled to indemnification from us from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the Administration Agreement, provided that nothing in the Administration Agreement will be deemed to protect our Adviser in respect of any liability by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of such person’s duties under the Administration Agreement.

Dealer Manager Agreement and Participating Broker-Dealer Agreements

We have entered into a dealer manager agreement (the “Dealer Manager Agreement”) with the Dealer Manager, an affiliate of our Adviser, and participating broker-dealer agreements with certain broker-dealers. Under the terms of the Dealer Manager Agreement and the participating broker-dealer agreements, the Dealer Manager serves as the dealer manager, and certain participating broker-dealers solicit capital, for our public offering of shares of Class S, Class D and Class I common stock. No Upfront Sales Load will be paid to the Company or Dealer Manager with respect to Class S shares and Class D shares, however, if subscribers purchase Class S shares or Class D shares through certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediaries may directly charge transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 1.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class D share and 3.50% of the net offering price per share for each Class S share. No Upfront Sales Load will be paid in connection with purchases of Class I shares. See “Plan of Distribution — Compensation Paid to the Dealer Manager and Participating Broker-Dealers — Upfront Sales Load.”

Subject to FINRA limitations on underwriting compensation, we pay the Dealer Manager servicing fees for ongoing services rendered to shareholders by participating broker-dealers or broker-dealers servicing investors’ accounts, referred to as servicing broker-dealers:

 

   

with respect to our outstanding Class S shares equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate net asset value of our outstanding Class S shares; and

 

   

with respect to our outstanding Class D shares equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate net asset value of our outstanding Class D shares.

 

144


Table of Contents

We do not pay an ongoing servicing fee with respect to our outstanding Class I shares.

The servicing fees are paid monthly in arrears. The Dealer Manager reallows (pays) all or a portion of the ongoing servicing fees to participating broker-dealers and servicing broker-dealers for ongoing services performed by such broker-dealers, and will waive ongoing servicing fees to the extent a broker-dealer is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services. Because the ongoing servicing fees are calculated based on our net asset values for our Class S and Class D shares, they will reduce the net asset values or, alternatively, the distributions payable, with respect to the shares of each such class, including shares issued under our distribution reinvestment plan. We will cease paying ongoing servicing fees at the date at which total underwriting compensation from any source in connection with this offering equals 10% of the gross proceeds from our offering (excluding proceeds from issuances pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan). This limitation is intended to ensure that we satisfy the requirements of FINRA Rule 2310, which provides that the maximum aggregate underwriting compensation from any source, including compensation paid from offering proceeds and in the form of “trail commissions,” payable to underwriters, broker-dealers, or affiliates thereof participating in an offering may not exceed 10% of gross offering proceeds, excluding proceeds received in connection with the issuance of shares through a distribution reinvestment plan.

 

145


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Expense Support Agreement with our Adviser. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay our Adviser a base management fee and an incentive fee. See “Management and Other Agreements and Fees — Investment Advisory Agreement “ for a description of how the fees payable to our Adviser will be determined. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, we will reimburse our Adviser for expenses necessary to perform services related to our administration and operations. See “Management and Other Agreements and Fees — Administration Agreement” for a description of how the expenses reimbursable to our Adviser will be determined. In addition, our Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees. The purpose of the Expense Reimbursement Agreement is to ensure that no portion of our distributions to shareholders will represent a return of capital for tax purposes. See “Discussion of Expected Operating Plans — Expenses — Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement” for a description of the Expense Support Agreement.

Our executive officers, certain of our directors and certain other finance professionals of Blue Owl also serve as executives of the Owl Rock Advisers, and officers and directors of the Company and certain professionals of Blue Owl and our Adviser are officers of Blue Owl Securities. In addition, our executive officers and directors and the members of our Adviser and members of its Investment Committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same, or a related, line of business as we do or of investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by our affiliates. These investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles may have investment objectives similar to our investment objectives.

At times, we compete with other entities managed by our Adviser as well as entities managed by the other Owl Rock Advisers and affiliates of Blue Owl, including the Blue Owl Clients, for capital and investment opportunities. As a result, we may not be given the opportunity to participate or participate fully in certain investments made by the Blue Owl Clients. This can create a potential conflict when allocating investment opportunities among us and such other Blue Owl Clients. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of our Adviser and its affiliates may not be capable of being shared among some or all of such clients and affiliates due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including regulatory restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act. However, in order for our Adviser and its affiliates to fulfill their fiduciary duties to each of their clients, the Owl Rock Advisers have put in place an investment allocation policy that seeks to ensure the fair and equitable allocation of investment opportunities over time between the Owl Rock Clients and other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates and addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business.”

Allocation of Investment Opportunities

The Owl Rock Advisers intend to allocate investment opportunities in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and is consistent with its investment allocation policy, so that no client of our Adviser or its affiliates is disadvantaged in relation to any other client of our Adviser or its affiliates, taking into account such factors as the relative amounts of capital available for new investments, cash on hand, existing commitments and reserves, the investment programs and portfolio positions of the participating investment accounts, the clients for which participation is appropriate, targeted leverage level, targeted asset mix and any other factors deemed appropriate. The Owl Rock Advisers intend to allocate common expenses among us and other clients of our Adviser and its affiliates in a manner that is fair and equitable over time or in such other manner as may be required by applicable law or the Investment Advisory Agreement. Fees and expenses generated in connection with potential portfolio investments that are not consummated will be allocated in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and in accordance with policies adopted by the Owl Rock Advisers and the Investment Advisory Agreement.

The Owl Rock Advisers have put in place an investment allocation policy that seeks to ensure the equitable allocation of investment opportunities over time between the Owl Rock Clients, the Dyal Clients and other funds

 

146


Table of Contents

managed by our Adviser or its affiliates and addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act. When we engage in co-investments as permitted by the exemptive relief described below, we will do so in a manner consistent with the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy.

In situations where co-investment with other entities managed by our Adviser or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer, a committee comprised of certain executive officers of the Owl Rock Advisers (including executive officers of our Adviser) along with other officers and employees, will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. The allocation committee will make these determinations based on the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy, which generally requires that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts in a manner that will be fair and equitable over time.

As a result of exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in the Company’s investment portfolio and the investment portfolios of the other funds managed by Owl Rock that could avail themselves of the exemptive relief and that have an investment objective similar to ours.

The Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy is designed to manage the potential conflicts of interest between our Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to us and its or its affiliates’ similar fiduciary obligations to other clients, including the Owl Rock Clients; however, there can be no assurance that the Owl Rock Advisers’ efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to us. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in our favor.

The allocation of investment opportunities among us and any of the other investment funds sponsored or accounts managed by our Adviser or its affiliates may not always, and often will not, be proportional. In general, pursuant to the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy, the process for making an allocation determination includes an assessment as to whether a particular investment opportunity (including any follow-on investment in, or disposition from, an existing portfolio company held by us or another investment fund or account) is suitable for us or another investment fund or account including the Owl Rock Clients. In making this assessment, the Owl Rock Advisers may consider a variety of factors, including, without limitation: the investment objectives, guidelines and strategies applicable to the investment fund or account; the nature of the investment, including its risk-return profile and expected holding period; portfolio diversification and concentration concerns; the liquidity needs of the investment fund or account; the ability of the investment fund or account to accommodate structural, timing and other aspects of the investment process; the life cycle of the investment fund or account; legal, tax and regulatory requirements and restrictions, including, as applicable, compliance with the 1940 Act (including requirements and restrictions pertaining to co-investment opportunities discussed below); compliance with existing agreements of the investment fund or account; the available capital of the investment fund or account; diversification requirements for BDCs or RICs; the gross asset value and net asset value of the investment fund or account; the current and targeted leverage levels for the investment fund or account; and portfolio construction considerations. The relevance of each of these criteria will vary from investment opportunity to investment opportunity. In circumstances where the investment objectives of multiple investment funds or accounts regularly overlap, while the specific facts and circumstances of each allocation decision will be determinative, the Owl Rock Advisers may afford prior decisions precedential value.

Pursuant to the Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy, if, through the foregoing analysis, it is determined that an investment opportunity is appropriate for multiple investment funds or accounts, the Owl Rock Advisers generally will determine the appropriate size of the opportunity for each such investment fund or account. If an investment opportunity falls within the mandate of two or more investment funds or accounts, and there are no restrictions on such funds or accounts investing with each other, then each investment fund or account will receive the amount of the investment that it is seeking, as determined based on the criteria set forth above.

 

147


Table of Contents

Certain allocations may be more advantageous to us relative to one or all of the other investment funds, or vice versa. While the Owl Rock Advisers will seek to allocate investment opportunities in a way that it believes in good faith is fair and equitable over time, there can be no assurance that our actual allocation of an investment opportunity, if any, or terms on which the allocation is made, will be as favorable as they would be if the conflicts of interest to which our Adviser may be subject did not exist.

Co-Investment Opportunities

As a BDC, we are subject to certain regulatory restrictions in negotiating certain investments with entities with which we may be restricted from doing so under the 1940 Act, such as our Adviser and its affiliates.

On February 7, 2017, ORCA received exemptive relief from the SEC that permits us to co-invest with other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally are permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our shareholders and do not involve overreaching in respect of us or our shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies, (3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which our affiliates are investing, and (4) the proposed investment by us would not benefit our Adviser or its affiliates or any affiliated person of any of them (other than the parties to the transaction), except to the extent permitted by the exemptive relief and applicable law, including the limitations set forth in Section 57(k) of the 1940 Act. The Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy seeks to ensure equitable allocation of investment opportunities between us, the Owl Rock Clients and/or other funds managed by our Adviser and its affiliates.

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC on April 8, 2020 and applicable to all BDCs that have co-investment exemptive orders on which they can rely, through December 31, 2020, we may, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, co-invest in portfolio companies in which certain other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates have invested, if we did not hold securities of such existing portfolio company. Without this order, we would not be able to participate in such co-investments with affiliated funds unless we had previously acquired securities of the portfolio company in a co-investment transaction with the affiliated funds. Although the conditional exemptive order has expired, the SEC’s Division of Investment Management has indicated that until March 31, 2022, it will not recommend enforcement action, to the extent that any BDC with an existing co-investment order continues to engage in certain transactions described in the conditional exemptive order, pursuant to the same terms and conditions described therein.

Affiliated Dealer Manager

We have entered into the Dealer Manager Agreement with Blue Owl Securities. Pursuant to the Dealer Manager Agreement, we will indemnify the dealer manager, its officers, directors and any person who controls the dealer manager, in certain circumstances.

The Dealer Manager is an affiliate of our Adviser and will not make an independent review of us or our continuous offering. This relationship may create conflicts in connection with the dealer manager’s due diligence obligations under the federal securities laws. Although the Dealer Manager will examine the information in this prospectus for accuracy and completeness, due to its affiliation with our Adviser, no independent review of us will be made in connection with the distribution of our shares in this offering.

 

148


Table of Contents

License Agreement

We have entered into a license agreement (the “License Agreement”) with an affiliate of Blue Owl, pursuant to which we have been granted a non-exclusive license to use the name “Owl Rock.” Under the License Agreement, we have a right to use the Owl Rock name for so long as our Adviser or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “Owl Rock” name or logo.

Material Non-Public Information

Our senior management, members of our Adviser’s investment committee and other investment professionals from our Adviser may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we may invest or in which we are considering making an investment. Through these and other relationships with a company, these individuals may obtain material non-public information that might restrict our ability to buy or sell the securities of such company under the policies of the company or applicable law.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the expected beneficial ownership of our common stock at the time of the satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement by:

 

   

each person known to us to be expected to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

   

each of our directors and each executive officers; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. There is no common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the offering. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 100 shares of our common stock outstanding as of October 5, 2021.

 

Name and Address

   Number of
Shares Owned
     Percentage of class
outstanding as of

October 5, 2021
 

Interested Directors(1)

     

Craig W. Packer(2)

     100        100

Alan Kirshenbaum(2)

     100        100

Independent Directors(1)

     

Edward D’Alelio

     None        —    

Brian Finn

     None        —    

Eric Kaye

     None        —    

Christopher Temple

     None        —    

Melissa Weiler

     None        —    

Executive Officers(1)

     

Karen Hager

     None        —    

Bryan Cole

     None        —    

Alexis Maged

     None        —    

Neena Reddy

     None        —    

All officers and directors as a group (11 persons)

     100        100

 

*

Less than 1%.

 

149


Table of Contents
(1)

The address for all of the Company’s officers and directors is c/o Owl Rock Technology Advisors LLC, 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(2)

Reflects 100 shares held by the Adviser. The Interested Directors disclaim beneficial ownership of these securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein.

The following table sets forth, as of October 5, 2021, the dollar range of our equity securities that beneficially owned by each of our directors. For purposes of this registration statement, the term “Fund Complex” is defined to include the Company and Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Capital Corporation III, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. and Owl Rock Core Income Corp.

 

Name and Address

   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities
in Owl Rock Technology
Income Corp.(1)(2)(3)
     Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity
Securities in the
Fund Complex(1)(3)(4)
 

Interested Directors

     

Craig W. Packer

   $ 1 - $10,000      over $ 100,000  

Alan Kirshenbaum

   $ 1 - $10,000      over $ 100,000  

Independent Directors

     

Edward D’Alelio

     None      over $ 100,000  

Brian Finn

     None      over $ 100,000  

Eric Kaye

     None      over $ 100,000  

Christopher Temple

     None      over $ 100,000  

Melissa Weiler

     None      over $ 100,000  

 

(1)

Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.

(2)

The dollar range of equity securities of the Company beneficially owned by our directors, if applicable, is calculated by multiplying the initial public offering price of $10.00 per Class I share by the number of equity securities beneficially owned.

(3)

The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned are: none, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000, or over $100,000.

(4)

The dollar range of equity securities in the Fund Complex beneficially owned by directors of the Company, if applicable, is the sum of (i) the product obtained by multiplying the net public offering price per share of Owl Rock Capital Corporation as of October 4, 2021 by the number of shares of Owl Rock Capital Corporation’s common stock beneficially owned by the director, (ii) the product obtained by multiplying the price per share at which ORCC II issues shares pursuant to its distribution reinvestment plan as of September 28, 2021 by the number of shares of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II’s common stock beneficially owned by the director, (iii) the product obtained by multiplying the net asset value per share of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. as of June 30, 2021 by the number of shares of Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp’s common stock beneficially owned by the director, (iv) the product obtained by multiplying the net asset value per share of Owl Rock Capital Corporation III as of June 30, 2021 by the number of shares of Owl Rock Capital Corporation III’s common stock beneficially owned by the director, (v) the product obtained by multiplying the current net offering price of Owl Rock Core Income Corp., times the number of shares of Owl Rock Core Income Corp. beneficially owned, and (vi) the total dollar range of equity securities in the Company beneficially owned by the director.

DISTRIBUTIONS

Subject to the board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, we intend to authorize and declare cash distributions on a monthly or quarterly basis and pay such distributions on a monthly basis. The per

 

150


Table of Contents

share amount of distributions on Class S, Class D and Class I shares will differ because of different allocations of class-specific expenses. Specifically, because the ongoing servicing fees are calculated based on our net asset value for our Class S and Class D shares, the ongoing service fees will reduce the net asset value or, alternatively, the distributions payable, with respect to the shares of each such class, including shares issued under our distribution reinvestment plan. For example, distributions on Class S and Class D shares may be lower than on Class I shares because Class S and Class D shares are subject to ongoing servicing fee for a period of time.

From time to time, we may also pay special interim distributions in the form of cash or shares of our common stock at the discretion of our board of directors. For example, our board of directors may periodically declare distributions to reduce the net asset value per share of a share class if necessary to ensure that we do not sell shares of the applicable class at a price per share that is below the net asset value per share of the applicable class. The timing and amount of any future distributions to shareholders will be subject to applicable legal restrictions and the sole discretion of our board of directors.

We may fund our cash distributions to shareholders from any sources of funds available to us, including deferrals by our Adviser that may be subject to repayment, as well as cash otherwise available. We have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from any available sources to make distributions. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the performance necessary to sustain our distributions or that we will be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all. The Adviser and its affiliates have no obligation to reimburse expenses in future periods. See “Management and Other Agreements and Fees.”

Consistent with the Code, shareholders will be notified of the source of our distributions. Our distributions may exceed our earnings and profits, especially during the period before we have substantially invested the proceeds from this offering. As a result, a portion of the distributions we make may represent a return of capital for tax purposes. The tax basis of shares must be reduced by the amount of any return of capital distributions, which will result in an increase in the amount of any taxable gain (or a reduction in any deductible loss) on the sale of shares.

We intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under the Code. To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment, we must distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income (net ordinary taxable income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses), if any, to our shareholders. A RIC may satisfy the 90% distribution requirement by actually distributing dividends (other than capital gain dividends) during the taxable year. In addition, a RIC may, in certain cases, satisfy the 90% distribution requirement by distributing dividends relating to a taxable year after the close of such taxable year under the “spillback dividend” provisions of Subchapter M. If a RIC makes a spillback dividend, the amounts will be included in shareholders’ gross income for the year in which the spillback distribution is paid.

In order to minimize certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of: (i) 98% of our ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections, and generally applying certain mark-to-market provisions as if our tax year ended on October 31) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made by us to use our taxable year) and (iii) any ordinary income and net capital gains for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we paid no federal income tax. However we may also decide to distribute less and pay the federal excise taxes. See “Tax Matters — Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company.”

We currently intend to distribute net capital gains (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually out of the assets legally available for such distributions. However, we may decide in the future to retain such capital gains for investment and elect to treat such gains as deemed distributions to you. If this happens, you will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if you had received an actual distribution of the capital gains that we retain and reinvested the net after tax proceeds in us. In this situation, you would be eligible to claim a tax credit (or, in certain circumstances, a tax refund) equal to your

 

151


Table of Contents

allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gains deemed distributed to you. We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions. If we issue senior securities, we may be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings. See “Tax Matters.”

We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan whereby shareholders (other than Maryland and North Carolina investors and clients of certain participating brokers that do not permit automatic enrollment in our distribution reinvestment plan) will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of the same class of our common stock to which the distribution relates unless they elect to receive their distributions in cash. Maryland and North Carolina investors, and clients of certain participating brokers that do not permit automatic enrollment in our distribution reinvestment plan, will automatically receive their distributions in cash unless they elect to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.”

Our charter provides that distributions in-kind will not be permitted, except for distributions of readily marketable securities or our securities (but only in the case of our distribution reinvestment plan), distributions of beneficial interests in a liquidating trust established for our dissolution and the liquidation of our assets in accordance with the terms of our charter, or in-kind distributions in which (i) our board of directors advises each shareholder of the risks associated with direct ownership of the property, (ii) our board of directors offers each shareholder the election of receiving such in-kind distributions, and (iii) in-kind distributions are made only to those shareholders that accept such offer.

 

152


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

The following description is based on relevant portions of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) and on our charter and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the MGCL and our charter and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

General

Under the terms of our charter, our authorized capital stock consists solely of 3,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 1,000,000,000 are classified as Class S common stock, 1,000,000,000 are classified as Class D common stock and 1,000,000,000 are classified as Class I common stock. As of October 5, 2021, there were 100 shares outstanding, and no shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

As permitted by the MGCL, our charter provides that a majority of the entire board of directors, without any action by our shareholders, may amend the charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue. The charter also provides that the board of directors may classify or reclassify any unissued shares of common stock into one or more classes or series of common stock or preferred stock by setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, or limitations as to dividends, qualifications, or terms or conditions of redemption of the shares. There is currently no market for our common stock, and we can offer no assurances that a market for our shares will develop in the future. We do not intend for the shares offered under this prospectus to be listed on any national securities exchange. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under the MGCL, our shareholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.

None of our shares are subject to further calls or to assessments, sinking fund provisions, obligations of the company or potential liabilities associated with ownership of the security (not including investment risks).

Outstanding Securities

 

Title of Class

   Amount
Authorized
     Amount Held
by Company
for its
Account
     Amount
Outstanding
as of
October 5,
2021
 

Common Stock

     3,000,000,000        —          100  

Class S

     1,000,000,000        —          0  

Class D

     1,000,000,000        —          0  

Class I

     1,000,000,000        —          100  

Common Stock

Under the terms of our charter, all shares of our Class S, Class D and Class I common stock will have equal rights as to voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Dividends and distributions may be paid to the holders of our Class S, Class D and Class I common stock (which shall be done pro rata among the shareholders of shares of a specific class) at the same time and in different per share amounts on such Class S, Class D and Class I common stock, if, as and when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of funds legally available therefore. Each class of common stock shall represent an investment in the same pool of assets and shall have the same preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption as each other class of common stock except for such differences as are clearly and expressly set forth in our charter and as described in “Share Class Specifications.”

 

153


Table of Contents

Except as may be provided by our board of directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified stock, or as described in “Share Class Specifications,” shares of our common stock will have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and will be freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract and except that, in order to avoid the possibility that our assets could be treated as “plan assets,” we may require any person proposing to acquire shares of our common stock to furnish such information as may be necessary to determine whether such person is a benefit plan investor or a controlling person, restrict or prohibit transfers of shares of such stock or redeem any outstanding shares of stock for such price and on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by or at the direction of the board of directors.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of each class of our common stock would be entitled to be paid, out of all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time, a liquidation payment equal to the net asset value per share of such class; provided, however, that if the available assets of the Company are insufficient to pay in full the above described liquidation payment, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be distributed among the holders of shares of each class of common stock ratably in the same proportion as the respective amounts that would be payable on such shares of each class of common stock if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full.

Subject to the rights of holders of any other class or series of stock, Class S, Class D and Class I common stock will vote together as a single class, and each share is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors. Except as may be provided by the board of directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified stock, and subject to the express terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There will be no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting entitles a shareholder to as many votes as equals the number of votes which such holder would be entitled to cast for the election of directors multiplied by the number of directors to be elected and allows a shareholder to cast a portion or all of the shareholder’s votes for one or more candidates for seats on the board of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority shareholder may not be able to elect as many directors as the shareholder would be able to elect if cumulative voting were permitted. Subject to the special rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock to elect directors, each director will be elected by a majority of the votes cast with respect to such director’s election, except in the case of a “contested election” (as defined in our bylaws), in which directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the contested election of directors.

Preferred Stock

This offering does not include an offering of preferred stock. However, under the terms of our charter, our board of directors may authorize us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series without shareholder approval, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. The board of directors has the power to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of each class or series of preferred stock. We do not currently anticipate issuing preferred stock in the near future. In the event we issue preferred stock, we will make any required disclosure to shareholders. We will not offer preferred stock to our Adviser or our affiliates except on the same terms as offered to all other shareholders.

Preferred stock could be issued with terms that would adversely affect the shareholders. Preferred stock could also be used as an anti-takeover device through the issuance of shares of a class or series of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control. Every issuance of preferred stock will be required to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that: (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total

 

154


Table of Contents

assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class voting separately to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if distributions on such preferred stock are in arrears by two full years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock (as determined in accordance with the 1940 Act) voting together as a separate class. For example, the vote of such holders of preferred stock would be required to approve a proposal involving a plan of reorganization adversely affecting such securities.

The issuance of any preferred stock must be approved by a majority of our independent directors not otherwise interested in the transaction, who will have access, at our expense, to our legal counsel or to independent legal counsel.

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its shareholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action.

Despite the above provisions of the MGCL, and in accordance with guidelines adopted by the North American Securities Administrations Association, our charter and our Investment Advisory Agreement prohibit us from indemnifying or holding harmless an officer, director, employee, controlling person and any other person or entity acting as our agent (which would include, without limitation, our Adviser and its affiliates) unless each of the following conditions are met: (1) we have determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in our best interest; (2) we have determined, in good faith, that the party seeking indemnification was acting or performing services on our behalf; (3) we have determined, in good faith, that such liability or loss was not the result of (A) negligence or misconduct, in the case that the party seeking indemnification is our Adviser, any of its affiliates, or any officer of the Company, our Adviser or an affiliate of our Adviser, or (B) gross negligence or willful misconduct, in the case that the party seeking indemnification is a director (and not also an officer of the Company, our Adviser or an affiliate of our Adviser); and (4) such indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of our net assets and not from our shareholders.

The MGCL requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity against reasonable expenses incurred in the proceeding in which the director or officer was successful. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, the MGCL permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

 

155


Table of Contents

The MGCL and Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions; Anti-Takeover Measures

The MGCL contains, and our charter and bylaws also contain, provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with the board of directors. These measures may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of shareholders. We believe, however, that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the board of director’s ability to negotiate such proposals may improve their terms.

Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, consolidate, convert into another form of business entity, sell all or substantially all of its assets or engage in a statutory share exchange unless declared advisable by the corporation’s board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. A Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser or greater percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Subject to certain exceptions discussed below, the charter provides for approval of these actions by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, amendments to our charter to make our common stock a “redeemable security” or to convert the company, whether by merger or otherwise, from a closed-end company to an open-end company must be approved by the affirmative vote of holders of our common stock entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, with common stock and each class or series of preferred stock that is entitled to vote on a matter voting as a separate class. In addition, as permitted by the MGCL, our charter provides that a majority of our board of directors, without action by our shareholders, may amend the charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue; provided, that any such amendment may not change the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, limitations as to dividends, or terms or conditions of redemption of any issued and outstanding shares.

Our charter and bylaws provide that our board of directors will have the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal any provision of our bylaws; provided, however, that certain provisions related to shareholder requested meetings may only be amended by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Our charter provides that upon a vote by a majority of our shareholders voting together as a single class, our shareholders may, without the necessity of any concurrence by our Adviser, direct that the Company:

 

   

approve or disapprove an amendment to our charter;

 

   

remove our Adviser and elect a new investment adviser;

 

   

approve or disapprove the dissolution of the Company; or

 

   

approve or disapprove the sale of all or substantially all of our assets when such sale is to be made other than in the ordinary course of business.

In addition, our charter provides that none of our Adviser, directors, or our Dealer-Manager may vote or consent on matters submitted to our shareholders regarding the removal of our Adviser or such director, or any transaction between us, on the one hand, and our Adviser or any of its affiliates or such director(s), on the other.

 

156


Table of Contents

Without the approval of a majority of our shareholders voting together as a single class, our Adviser may not:

 

   

amend the investment advisory agreement except for amendments that would not adversely affect the rights of our shareholders;

 

   

except as otherwise permitted under the Investment Advisory Agreement, voluntarily withdraw as our investment adviser unless such withdrawal would not affect our tax status and would not materially adversely affect our shareholders;

 

   

appoint a new investment adviser (other than a sub-adviser pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement and applicable law);

 

   

sell all or substantially all of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business; or

 

   

cause the merger or similar reorganization of the Company.

Our charter also provides that the board of directors will be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in size as practicable, with each class of directors serving for a staggered three-year term. Additionally, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause (as such term is defined in charter) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. Our charter and bylaws also provide that, except as provided otherwise by applicable law, including the 1940 Act and subject to any rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, any vacancy on the board of directors, except, until such time as we have three independent directors, for vacancies resulting from the removal of a director by the shareholders, and any newly created directorship resulting from an increase in the size of the board of directors, may only be filled by vote of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Pursuant to our election in Article V of our charter, subject to applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, except as may be provided by the board of directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, (a) any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum and (b) any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies; provided that, under the MGCL, when the holders of any class, classes or series of stock have the exclusive power under the charter to elect certain directors, vacancies in directorships elected by such class, classes or series may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors so elected by such class, classes or series of our stock. In addition, our charter provides that, subject to any rights of holders of one or more classes or series of stock to elect or remove one or more directors, the total number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to resolutions adopted by the board of directors.

The classification of the board of directors and the limitations on removal of directors described above as well as the limitations on shareholders’ right to fill vacancies and newly created directorships and to fix the size of the board of directors could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring or attempting to acquire us.

The MGCL and our charter and bylaws also provide that:

 

   

any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting or by unanimous consent in lieu of a meeting;

 

   

special meetings of the shareholders may only be called by the board of directors, the chairman of board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president, and must be called by the secretary upon the written request of shareholders who are entitled to cast not less than ten percent of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting; and

 

157


Table of Contents
   

any shareholder nomination or business proposal to be properly brought before a meeting of shareholders must have been made in compliance with certain advance notice and informational requirements.

Our charter also provides that any tender offer made by any person, including any “mini-tender” offer, must comply with the provisions of Regulation 14D of the Exchange Act, including the notice and disclosure requirements. Among other things, the offeror must provide us notice of such tender offer at least ten business days before initiating the tender offer. The charter prohibits any shareholder from transferring shares of stock to a person who makes a tender offer which does not comply with such provisions unless such shareholder has first offered such shares of stock to us at the tender offer price in the non-compliant tender offer. In addition, the non-complying offeror will be responsible for all of our expenses in connection with that offeror’s noncompliance.

These provisions could delay or hinder shareholder actions which are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities. These provisions may also discourage another person or entity from making a tender offer for the common stock, because such person or entity, even if it acquired a majority of our outstanding voting securities, would be able to take action as a shareholder (such as electing new directors or approving a merger) only at a duly called shareholders meeting, and not by written consent. In addition, although the advance notice and information requirements in our bylaws do not give the board of directors any power to disapprove shareholder nominations for the election of directors or business proposals that are made in compliance with applicable advance notice procedures, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of shareholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our shareholders.

Our charter prohibits our Adviser from: (i) receiving or accepting any rebate, give-ups or similar arrangement that is prohibited under applicable federal or state securities laws, (ii) participating in any reciprocal business arrangement that would circumvent provisions of applicable federal or state securities laws and the NASAA Omnibus Guidelines governing conflicts of interest or investment restrictions, or (iii) entering into any agreement, arrangement or understanding that would circumvent the restrictions against dealing with affiliates or promoters under applicable federal or state securities laws and the NASAA Omnibus Guidelines. In addition, our Adviser may not directly or indirectly pay or award any fees or commissions or other compensation to any person or entity engaged to sell our stock or give investment advice to a potential shareholder; provided, however, that our Adviser may pay a registered broker-dealer or other properly licensed agent from sales commissions for selling or distributing shares of our common stock.

Advance Notice Provisions for Shareholder Nominations and Shareholder Proposals

Our bylaws provide that, with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders, nominations of individuals for election as directors and the proposal of business to be considered by shareholders may be made only (a) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (c) by a shareholder who is a shareholder of record both at the time of giving the advance notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of our bylaws. With respect to special meetings of shareholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election as directors at a special meeting at which directors are to be elected may be made only (a) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (b) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with our bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by a shareholder who is a shareholder of record both at the time of giving the advance notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of our bylaws.

 

158


Table of Contents

The purpose of requiring shareholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford the board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors, to inform shareholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of shareholders. Although our bylaws do not give the board of directors any power to disapprove shareholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, the advance notice and information requirements may have the effect of precluding election contests or the consideration of shareholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our shareholders.

No Appraisal Rights

For certain extraordinary transactions and amendments to our charter, the MGCL provides the right to dissenting shareholders to demand and receive the fair value of their shares, subject to certain procedures and requirements set forth in the statute. Those rights are commonly referred to as appraisal rights. As permitted by the MGCL, our charter provides that shareholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights unless the board of directors determines that appraisal rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which shareholders would otherwise be entitled to exercise appraisal rights.

Access to Records

Any shareholder will be permitted access to all of our records to which they are entitled under applicable law at all reasonable times and may inspect and copy any of them for a reasonable copying charge. Inspection of our records by the office or agency administering the securities laws of a jurisdiction will be provided upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours. An alphabetical list of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of our shareholders, along with the number of shares of our common stock held by each of them, will be maintained as part of our books and records and will be available for inspection by any shareholder or the shareholder’s designated agent at our office. The shareholder list will be updated at least quarterly to reflect changes in the information contained therein. A copy of the list will be mailed to any shareholder who requests the list within ten days of the request. A shareholder may request a copy of the shareholder list for any reason, including, without limitation, in connection with matters relating to voting rights and the exercise of shareholder rights under federal proxy laws. A shareholder requesting a list will be required to pay reasonable costs of postage and duplication.

Under the MGCL, our shareholders are entitled to inspect and copy, upon written request during usual business hours, the following corporate documents: (i) our charter, (ii) our bylaws, (iii) minutes of the proceedings of our shareholders, (iv) annual statements of affairs, and (v) any voting trust agreements. A shareholder may also request access to any other corporate records, which may be evaluated solely in the discretion of our board of directors.

In addition to the foregoing, shareholders have rights under Rule 14a-7 under the Exchange Act, which provides that, upon the request of investors and the payment of the expenses of the distribution, we are required to distribute specific materials to shareholders in the context of the solicitation of proxies for voting on matters presented to shareholders or, at our option, provide requesting shareholders with a copy of the list of shareholders so that the requesting shareholders may make the distribution of proxies themselves. A shareholder may also request access to any other corporate records. If a proper request for the shareholder list or any other corporate records is not honored, then the requesting shareholder will be entitled to recover certain costs incurred in compelling the production of the list or other requested corporate records as well as actual damages suffered by reason of the refusal or failure to produce the list. However, a shareholder will not have the right to, and we may

 

159


Table of Contents

require a requesting shareholder to represent that it will not, secure the shareholder list or other information for the purpose of selling or using the list for a commercial purpose not related to the requesting shareholder’s interest in our affairs. We may also require that such shareholder sign a confidentiality agreement in connection with the request.

Control Share Acquisitions

Certain provisions of the MGCL provide that a holder of control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition has no voting rights with respect to the control shares except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, which is referred to as the Control Share Acquisition Act (the “Controlled Share Acquisition Act”). Shares owned by the acquiror, by officers or by employees who are directors of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

 

   

one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

   

one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

   

a majority or more of all voting power.

The requisite shareholder approval must be obtained each time an acquirer crosses one of the thresholds of voting power set forth above. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained shareholder approval or shares acquired directly from the corporation. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of shareholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any shareholders meeting.

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or if a meeting of shareholders is held at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved, as of the date of such meeting. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a shareholder meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other shareholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

The Control Share Acquisition Act does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Acquisition Act any and all acquisitions by any person of shares of stock. The SEC staff previously took the position that, if a BDC failed to opt-out of the Control Share Acquisition Act, its actions would be inconsistent with Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act. However, the SEC recently withdrew its previous position, and stated that is would not recommend enforcement action against a closed-end fund, including a BDC, that that opts in to being

 

160


Table of Contents

subject to the Control Share Acquisition Act if the closed-end fund acts with reasonable care on a basis consistent with other applicable duties and laws and the duty to the company and its shareholders generally. As such, we may amend our bylaws to be subject to the Control Share Acquisition Act, but will do so only if the board of directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if such amendment can be accomplished in compliance with applicable laws, regulations and SEC guidance.

Business Combinations

Under the MGCL, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested shareholder or an affiliate of an interested shareholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested shareholder is defined as:

 

   

any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s stock; or

 

   

an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested shareholder under this statute if the corporation’s board of directors approves in advance the transaction by which he or she otherwise would have become an interested shareholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

After the five-year prohibition, any such business combination generally must be recommended by the corporation’s board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

   

80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

   

two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested shareholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder.

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if holders of the corporation’s common stock receive a minimum price, as defined under the MGCL, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested shareholder for its shares. The statute provides various exemptions from its provisions, including for business combinations that are exempted by the corporation’s board of directors before the time that the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. The board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting from the requirements of the statute any business combination between us and any other person, provided that such business combination is first approved by the board of directors (including a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” within the meaning of the 1940 Act). This resolution, however, may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time. If this resolution is repealed, or our board of directors does not otherwise approve a business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

Restrictions on Roll-Up Transactions

In connection with a proposed “roll-up transaction,” which, in general terms, is any transaction involving the acquisition, merger, conversion or consolidation, directly or indirectly, of us and the issuance of securities of an entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction, we will obtain an appraisal of all of its properties from an independent expert. In order to qualify as an independent expert for this purpose, the person or entity must have no material current or prior business or personal relationship with us and must be engaged to a substantial extent in the business of rendering opinions regarding

 

161


Table of Contents

the value of assets of the type held by us, who is qualified to perform such work. Our assets will be appraised on a consistent basis, and the appraisal will be based on the evaluation of all relevant information and will indicate the value of our assets as of a date immediately prior to the announcement of the proposed roll-up transaction. The appraisal will assume an orderly liquidation of our assets over a 12-month period. The terms of the engagement of such independent expert will clearly state that the engagement is for our benefit and the benefit of our shareholders. We will include a summary of the appraisal, indicating all material assumptions underlying the appraisal, in a report to the shareholders in connection with the proposed roll-up transaction. If the appraisal will be included in a prospectus used to offer the securities of the roll-up entity, the appraisal will be filed with the SEC and the states as an exhibit to the registration statement for the offering.

In connection with a proposed roll-up transaction, the person sponsoring the roll-up transaction must offer to the shareholders who vote against the proposal a choice of:

 

   

accepting the securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction offered in the proposed roll-up transaction; or

 

   

one of the following:

 

   

remaining as shareholders and preserving their interests in us on the same terms and conditions as existed previously; or

 

   

receiving cash in an amount equal to their pro rata share of the appraised value of the net assets of the class of shares that they hold.

We are prohibited from participating in any proposed roll-up transaction:

 

   

which would result in shareholders having voting rights in the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction that are less than those provided in the charter, including rights with respect to the election and removal of directors, annual and special meetings, amendments to the charter and our dissolution;

 

   

which includes provisions that would operate as a material impediment to, or frustration of, the accumulation of shares of our common stock by any purchaser of the securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction, except to the minimum extent necessary to preserve the tax status of such entity, or which would limit the ability of an investor to exercise the voting rights of its securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction on the basis of the number of shares held by that investor;

 

   

in which shareholders’ rights to access to records of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction will be less than those provided in the charter; or

 

   

in which we would bear any of the costs of the roll-up transaction if the shareholders reject the roll-up transaction.

Reports to Shareholders

Within 60 days after each fiscal quarter, we will distribute our quarterly report on Form 10-Q to all shareholders of record. In addition, we will distribute our annual report on Form 10-K to all shareholders within 120 days after the end of each calendar year, which must contain, among other things, a breakdown of the expenses reimbursed by us to our Adviser. These reports will also be available on our website at http://www.owlrockbdcs.com. and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Subject to availability, you may authorize us to provide prospectuses, prospectus supplements, annual reports and other information, or documents, electronically by so indicating on your subscription agreement, or by sending us instructions in writing in a form acceptable to us to receive such documents electronically. Unless you elect in writing to receive documents electronically, all documents will be provided in paper form by mail.

 

162


Table of Contents

You must have internet access to use electronic delivery. While we impose no additional charge for this service, there may be potential costs associated with electronic delivery, such as online charges. Documents will be available on our website. You may access and print all documents provided through this service. As documents become available, we will notify you of this by sending you an e-mail message that will include instructions on how to retrieve the document. If our e-mail notification is returned to us as “undeliverable,” we will contact you to obtain your updated e-mail address. If we are unable to obtain a valid e-mail address for you, we will resume sending a paper copy by regular U.S. mail to your address of record. You may revoke your consent for electronic delivery at any time and we will resume sending you a paper copy of all required documents. However, in order for us to be properly notified, your revocation must be given to us a reasonable time before electronic delivery has commenced. We will provide you with paper copies at any time upon request. Such request will not constitute revocation of your consent to receive required documents electronically.

Conflict with the 1940 Act

Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the MGCL, including the Control Share Acquisition Act (if we amend our bylaws to be subject to such Act) and the Business Combination Act or any provision of our charter or our bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

 

163


Table of Contents

SHARE CLASS SPECIFICATIONS

This prospectus relates to the offering of three classes of common stock: Class S, Class D and Class I common stock. ORCA has received an order that permits us to offer multiple classes of shares of common stock and to impose varying sales loads, asset-based service and/or distribution fees and early withdrawal fees. We may offer additional classes of our common stock in the future.

Class S Shares

Class S shares generally are available through brokerage and transaction-based accounts.

Our Class S shares are not subject to an Upfront Sales Load. However, if Class S shares are purchased from certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediaries may directly charge subscribers transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 3.50% of the net offering price per share of each such Class S share.

Pursuant to a distribution plan adopted by us in compliance with Rules 12b-1 and 17d-3 under the 1940 Act, as if those rules applied to us, we pay the Dealer Manager an ongoing servicing fee with respect to our outstanding Class S shares equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate net asset value of our outstanding Class S shares, including any Class S shares sold pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. The ongoing servicing fees are intended to compensate the Dealer Manager and participating broker-dealers for certain services performed for shareholders, and are paid monthly in arrears. See “Plan of Distribution — Compensation Paid to the Dealer Manager and Participating Broker-Dealers — Ongoing Servicing Fees — Class S and Class D Shares.” The Dealer Manager reallows (pays) all or a portion of the ongoing servicing fees to participating broker-dealers and servicing broker-dealers for ongoing services performed by such broker-dealers, and will waive ongoing servicing fees to the extent a broker-dealer is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services.

No Upfront Sales Load is payable in respect of any Class S shares sold pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan.

Consistent with the exemptive relief allowing us to offer multiple classes of shares, at the end of the month in which the Dealer Manager in conjunction with the transfer agent determines that total upfront selling commissions and ongoing servicing fees paid with respect to any single Class S share held in a shareholder’s account would exceed the Sales Charge Cap, we will cease paying the ongoing servicing fees on either (i) each Class S share that would exceed such limit or (ii) all Class S shares in such shareholder’s account. We may modify this requirement in a manner consistent with the applicable exemptive relief. At the end of such month, the Class S shares in such shareholder’s account will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares) with an equivalent aggregate net asset value as such Class S shares.

Although we cannot predict the length of time over which the ongoing servicing fee will be paid due to potential changes in the net asset value of our shares, this fee would be paid with respect to a Class S share over approximately 11.8 years from the date of purchase, assuming a subscriber pays no Upfront Sales Load to its financial intermediary, opting out of the distribution reinvestment plan and a constant net asset value of $10.00 per share. Under these assumptions, if a shareholder holds his or her shares for this time period, this fee with respect to a Class S share would total approximately $1.00.

Class D Shares

Class D shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only (1) through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class D shares, (2) through participating broker-dealers that

 

164


Table of Contents

have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class D shares, (3) through certain registered investment advisers, (4) through bank trust departments or any other organization or person authorized to act in a fiduciary capacity for its clients or customers or (5) other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus.

Our Class D shares are not subject to an Upfront Sales Load. However, if Class D shares are purchased from certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediaries may directly charge subscribers transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 1.50% of the net offering price per share of each such Class D share.

Pursuant to a distribution plan adopted by us in compliance with Rules 12b-1 and 17d-3 under the 1940 Act, as if those rules applied to us, we pay the Dealer Manager an ongoing servicing fee with respect to our outstanding Class D shares equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate net asset value of all our outstanding Class D shares, including any Class D shares issued pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. The ongoing servicing fees are intended to compensate the Dealer Manager and participating broker-dealers for certain services performed for shareholders, and are paid monthly in arrears. See “Plan of Distribution — Compensation Paid to the Dealer Manager and Participating Broker-Dealers — Ongoing Servicing Fees — Class S and Class D Shares.” The Dealer Manager reallows (pays) all or a portion of the ongoing servicing fees to participating broker-dealers and servicing broker-dealers for ongoing services performed by such broker-dealers, and will waive ongoing servicing fees to the extent a broker-dealer is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services.

Consistent with the exemptive relief allowing us to offer multiple classes of shares, at the end of the month in which the Dealer Manager in conjunction with the transfer agent determines that total upfront selling commissions and ongoing servicing fees paid with respect to any single Class D share held in a shareholder’s account would exceed the Sales Charge Cap, we will cease paying the ongoing servicing fees on either (i) each Class D share that would exceed such limit or (ii) all Class D shares in such shareholder’s account. We may modify this requirement in a manner consistent with the applicable exemptive relief. At the end of such month, the Class D shares in such shareholder’s account will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares) with an equivalent aggregate net asset value as such Class D shares.

Although we cannot predict the length of time over which the ongoing servicing fee will be paid due to potential changes in the net asset value of our shares, this fee would be paid with respect to a Class D share over approximately 40.0 years from the date of purchase, assuming a subscriber pays no Upfront Sales Load to its financial intermediary, and assuming opting out of the distribution reinvestment plan and a constant net asset value of $10.00 per share. Under these assumptions, if a shareholder holds his or her shares for this time period, this fee with respect to a Class D share would total approximately $1.00.

Class I Shares

Class I shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only (1) through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class I shares, (2) by endowments, foundations, pension funds and other institutional investors, (3) through participating broker-dealers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class I shares, (4) by our executive officers and directors and their immediate family members, as well as officers and employees of our Adviser, Owl Rock or other affiliates and their immediate family members, and, if approved by our board of directors, joint venture partners, consultants and other service providers or (5) other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus. We may also offer Class I shares to certain feeder vehicles primarily created to hold our Class I shares, which in turn offer interests in themselves to investors; we expect to conduct such offerings pursuant to exceptions to registration under the Securities Act and not as a part of this offering. Such feeder vehicles may have additional costs and expenses, which would be disclosed in connection with the offering of their interests.

 

165


Table of Contents

We may also offer Class I shares to other investment vehicles. The Adviser and its affiliates will be expected to hold their Class I shares purchased as shareholders for investment and not with a view towards distribution.

No Upfront Sales Load or ongoing servicing fees are paid for sales of any Class I shares.

Other Terms of Common Stock

If not already converted into Class I shares, upon a determination that the total Upfront Sales Load imposed by financial intermediaries, if any, and ongoing servicing fees paid with respect to such shares would exceed the applicable Sales Charge Cap as described in the “— Class S Shares” and “— Class D Shares” sections above, each Class S share and Class D share held in a shareholder’s account will automatically and without any action on the part of the holder thereof convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares) with an equivalent net asset value as such share on the earliest of (i) a liquidity event or (ii) after termination of the offering in which such Class S shares and Class D shares were sold, at the end of the month in which we, with the assistance of the Dealer Manager, determine that all underwriting compensation from all sources in connection with the offering, including the Upfront Sales Load imposed by financial intermediaries, if any, the ongoing servicing fee and other underwriting compensation, is equal to 10% of the gross proceeds of the offering. In addition, immediately before any liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each Class S share and Class D share will automatically convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares) with an equivalent net asset value as such share.

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

Determination of Net Asset Value

The net asset value of a class of shares depends on the number of shares of the applicable class outstanding at the time the net asset value of the applicable share class is determined and the amount of ongoing servicing fees imposed on such class. As such, the net asset value of each class of shares may vary among classes of shares and if we sell different amounts of shares per class. The net asset value per share of a class of our outstanding shares of common stock is determined at least quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at the date as of which the determination is made.

Investments for which market quotations are readily available typically will be valued at the bid price of those market quotations. To validate market quotations, we will utilize a number of factors to determine if the quotations are representative of fair value, including the source and number of the quotations. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available, as is expected to be the case for substantially all of our investments, will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the board of directors, based on, among other things, the input of our Adviser, the Audit Committee and independent third-party valuation firm(s) engaged at the direction of the board of directors.

As part of the valuation process, the board of directors will take into account relevant factors in determining the fair value of our investments, including: the estimated enterprise value of a portfolio company (i.e., the total fair value of the portfolio company’s debt and equity), the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments based on its earnings and cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to any similar publicly traded securities, overall changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, the board of directors considers whether the pricing indicated by the external event corroborates its valuation.

 

166


Table of Contents

The board of directors will undertake a multi-step valuation process, which includes, among other procedures, the following:

 

   

With respect to investments for which market quotations are readily available, those investments will typically be valued at the bid price of those market quotations;

 

   

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the valuation process begins with the independent valuation firm(s) providing a preliminary valuation of each investment to our Adviser’s valuation committee;

 

   

Preliminary valuation conclusions are documented and discussed with our Adviser’s valuation committee. Agreed upon valuation recommendations will be presented to the Audit Committee;

 

   

The Audit Committee reviews the valuation recommendations and recommends values for each investment to the board of directors; and

 

   

The board of directors will review the recommended valuations and determine the fair value of each investment.

We will conduct this valuation process on a quarterly basis.

We will apply Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”), as amended, which establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP and required disclosures of fair value measurements. ASC 820 determines fair value to be the price that would be received for an investment in a current sale, which assumes an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Market participants are defined as buyers and sellers in the principal or most advantageous market (which may be a hypothetical market) that are independent, knowledgeable, and willing and able to transact. In accordance with ASC 820, we consider the principal market to be the market that has the greatest volume and level of activity. ASC 820 specifies fair value hierarchy that prioritizes and ranks the level of observability of inputs used in determination of fair value. In accordance with ASC 820, these levels. In accordance with ASC 820, these inputs are summarized in the three broad levels listed below:

 

   

Level 1 — Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access.

 

   

Level 2 — Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

   

Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

Transfers between levels, if any, will be recognized at the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurred. In addition to using the above inputs in investment valuations, we will apply the valuation policy approved by our board of directors that is consistent with ASC 820. Consistent with the valuation policy, we evaluate the source of the inputs, including any markets in which our investments are trading (or any markets in which securities with similar attributes are trading), in determining fair value. When an investment is valued based on prices provided by reputable dealers or pricing services (that is, broker quotes), we subject those prices to various criteria in making the determination as to whether a particular investment would qualify for treatment as a Level 2 or Level 3 investment. For example, we, or the independent valuation firm(s), review pricing support provided by dealers or pricing services in order to determine if observable market information is being used, versus unobservable inputs.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may fluctuate from period to period. Additionally, the fair value of such investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready

 

167


Table of Contents

market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that may ultimately be realized. Further, such investments are generally less liquid than publicly traded securities and may be subject to contractual and other restrictions on resale. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, we could realize amounts that are different from the amounts presented and such differences could be material.

In addition, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investments may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different than the unrealized gains or losses reflected herein.

Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act was recently adopted by the SEC and establishes requirements for determining fair value in good faith for purposes of the 1940 Act. We intend to comply with the new rule’s requirements on or before the compliance date in September 2022.

Value Determinations in Connection with this Continuous Offering

We are currently offering our Class S, Class D and Class I shares on a continuous basis each at an initial public offering price per share of $10.00. We may offer shares of additional classes of our common stock on a continuous basis in the future. The initial minimum permitted purchase is $25,000 of our Class S and Class D shares, and $1 million of our Class I shares unless waived by the Dealer Manager. We intend to file post-effective amendments to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, which will be subject to SEC review, to allow us to continue this continuous public offering.

We intend to sell our shares at a net offering prices that we believe reflect the net asset value per share of the relevant class of shares as determined in accordance with the Company’s share pricing policy. Therefore, persons who subscribe for shares of our common stock in this offering must submit subscriptions for a certain dollar amount, rather than a number of shares of common stock and, as a result, may receive fractional shares of our common stock. See “Risk Factors — Investors will not know the purchase price per share at the time they submit their subscription agreements and could receive fewer shares of our common stock than anticipated if our board of directors determines to increase the offering price to a price that we believe reflects the net asset value per share of the Class S, Class D and Class I shares in accordance with our share pricing policy.” We intend to report our net asset value per share as of the last day of each month on our website within 20 business days of the last day of each month.

In connection with each monthly closing on the sale of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus on a continuous basis, we expect that our board of directors will delegate to one or more of its directors the authority to conduct such closings so long as there is no change to our public offering price or to establish a new net offering price that we believe reflects the net asset value per share as determined in accordance with the Company’s share pricing policy. We will modify our public offering price to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, including the requirement that we not sell our shares at a net offering price below our net asset value per share unless we obtain the requisite approval from our shareholders.

The following factors, among others, will be considered when making the determination that shares of our Class S, Class D or Class I common stock are not sold at a prices per share that are below the then-current net asset value per share of such class:

 

   

the net asset value per share of each class of our common stock as disclosed in our most recent periodic report filed with the SEC;

 

   

our management’s assessment of whether any material change in net asset value per share has occurred (including through any realization of net gains from the sale of a portfolio investment), or any material change in the fair value of portfolio investments has occurred, in each case, from the period beginning on

 

168


Table of Contents
 

the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value per share to the period ending as of the last day of the prior month; and

 

   

the magnitude of the difference between (i) the values that our board of directors or an authorized committee thereof has determined reflects the current (as of the last day of the prior month) net asset value per share of each class of our common stock, which is based upon the net asset value per share of each class of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC, as adjusted to reflect our management’s assessment of any material change in the net asset value per share of each class of our common stock since the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value per share of each class of our common stock, and (ii) the offering price per share of each class of our common stock at the date of the monthly subscription closing.

Moreover, to the extent that there is more than a remote possibility that we may: (i) issue shares of our common stock at a price which is below the then current net asset value of our common stock on the date of sale or (ii) trigger the undertaking provided herein to suspend the offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus if the net asset value fluctuates by certain amounts in certain circumstances until this prospectus is amended, the board of directors or a committee thereof will elect, in the case of clause (i) above, either to postpone the monthly closing until such time that there is no longer the possibility of the occurrence of such event or to undertake to determine net asset value within two days prior to any such sale to ensure that such sale will not be made at a price which is below our then current net asset value, and, in the case of clause (ii) above, to comply with such undertaking or to undertake to determine net asset value to ensure that such undertaking has not been triggered.

These processes and procedures are part of our compliance program. Records will be made contemporaneously with all determinations described in this section and these records will be maintained with other records we are required to maintain under the 1940 Act. Promptly following any adjustment to the offering price per share of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus, we intend to update this prospectus by filing a prospectus supplement with the SEC. We also intend to make updated information available via our website: http://www.owlrockbdcs.com. We will report our net asset value per share as of the last day of each month on our website within 20 business days of the last day of each month.

SUBSCRIPTION PROCESS

Subscription Process

To purchase shares in this offering, you must complete and sign a subscription agreement, like the one contained in this prospectus as Appendix A. You should make your payment to “UMB Bank, N.A., as escrow agent for Owl Rock Technology Income Corp.” After you have satisfied the applicable minimum purchase requirement, additional purchases must be for a minimum of $500, except for purchases made pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. Pending acceptance of your subscription, proceeds will be deposited into an account for your benefit. Subscriptions received prior to our meeting the minimum offering requirement will be deposited into an interest bearing account. You should exercise care to ensure that the applicable subscription agreement is filled out correctly and completely. By executing the subscription agreement, you will attest that you meet the minimum income and net worth standards described in this prospectus. Subscriptions will be effective only upon our acceptance, and we reserve the right to reject any subscription in whole or in part. We may not accept a subscription for shares until at least five business days after the date you receive the final prospectus. Our Dealer Manager and/or the broker-dealers participating in this offering will promptly submit a subscriber’s payment for deposit in an escrow account by noon of the next business day following receipt of the subscriber’s subscription documents and payment. In certain circumstances where the suitability review procedures are more lengthy than customary, a subscriber’s payment will be promptly deposited into an escrow account after the completion of such suitability review procedures. The proceeds from your subscription will be deposited in a segregated escrow account and will be held in trust for your benefit, pending our acceptance of

 

169


Table of Contents

your subscription. Within 30 business days of our receipt of each completed subscription agreement, we will accept or reject the subscription. We expect to close on subscriptions that are received and accepted by us on a monthly basis. If we accept the subscription, we will send a confirmation within twenty business days. If for any reason we reject the subscription, we will promptly return the payment and the subscription agreement, without interest or deduction, within ten business days after rejecting it. While a shareholder will not know our net asset value on the effective date of the share purchase, our net asset value applicable to a purchase of shares generally will be available within 20 business days after the effective date of the share purchase; at that time, the number of shares based on that net asset value and each shareholder’s purchase will be determined and shares are credited to the shareholder’s account as of the effective date of the share purchase.

Minimum Purchase Requirements

Generally, you must initially invest at least $25,000 in Class S or Class D shares, and $1 million in Class I shares to be eligible to participate in this offering, except for certain investors unless waived by the Dealer Manager. See “Suitability Standards.” In order to satisfy this minimum purchase requirement, unless otherwise prohibited by state law, a husband and wife may jointly contribute funds from their separate IRAs, provided that each such contribution is made in increments of $500. You should note that an investment in our shares will not, in itself, create a retirement plan and that, in order to create a retirement plan, you must comply with all applicable provisions of the Code. If you have previously acquired shares, any additional purchase must be for a minimum of $500 in Class S or Class D shares, and $500 in Class I shares. The investment minimum for subsequent purchases does not apply to shares purchased pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan.

 

170


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

General

We are offering a maximum aggregate offering amount of $5 billion in any combination of shares of our Class S, Class D and Class I shares of common stock on a continuous basis at a public offering price equal to the then-current public offering price of the relevant class.

We are offering to the public three classes of shares of our common stock: Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares. We are offering to sell any combination of share classes with a dollar value up to the maximum offering amount. All investors must meet the suitability standards discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Suitability Standards.” The share classes have different ongoing servicing fees.

Class S shares are available through brokerage and transactional-based accounts. Class D shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only (1) through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class D shares, (2) through participating broker-dealers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class D shares, (3) through transaction brokerage platforms of participating broker-dealers, (4) through certain registered investment advisers, (5) through bank trust departments or any other organization or person authorized to act in a fiduciary capacity for its clients or customers or (6) other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus. Class I shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only (1) through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class I shares, (2) by endowments, foundations, pension funds and other institutional investors, (3) through participating broker-dealers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class I shares, (4) through certain registered investment advisers, (5) by our executive officers and directors and their immediate family members, as well as officers and employees of our Adviser, Owl Rock or other affiliates and their immediate family members, and, if approved by our board of directors, joint venture partners, consultants and other service providers or (6) other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus. In certain cases, and subject to the Dealer Manager’s approval, where a holder of Class S or Class D shares exits a relationship with a participating broker-dealer for this offering and does not enter into a new relationship with a participating broker-dealer for this offering, such holder’s shares may be exchanged into an equivalent net asset value amount of Class I shares.

The minimum initial investments for Class S and Class D shares is $25,000, and $1 million for Class I shares, unless waived by the Dealer Manager. If you are eligible to purchase all three classes of shares, you should consider, among other things, the amount of your investment, the length of time you intend to hold the shares and the ongoing servicing fees attributable to the Class S or Class D shares. Before making your investment decision, please consult with your investment adviser regarding your account type and the classes of common stock you may be eligible to purchase. Neither the Dealer Manager nor its affiliates will directly or indirectly compensate any person engaged as an investment adviser or bank trust department by a potential investor as an inducement for such investment adviser or bank trust department to advise favorably for an investment in us.

The number of shares we have registered pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is the number that we reasonably expect to be offered and sold within two years from the initial effective date of the registration statement. Under applicable SEC rules, we may extend this offering one additional year if all of the shares we have registered are not yet sold within two years. With the filing of a registration statement for a subsequent offering, we may also be able to extend this offering beyond three years until the follow-on registration statement is declared effective. Pursuant to this prospectus, we are offering to the public all of the shares that we have registered. Although we have registered a fixed dollar amount of our shares, we intend effectively to conduct a continuous offering of an unlimited number of shares of our common stock over an unlimited time period by filing a new registration statement prior to the end of the three-year period described in Rule 415. In certain states, the registration of our offering may continue for only one year following the initial clearance by applicable state authorities, after which we will renew the offering period for additional one-year periods (or longer, if permitted by the laws of each particular state).

 

171


Table of Contents

We reserve the right to terminate this offering at any time and to extend our offering term to the extent permissible under applicable law. We may offer additional classes of our common stock in the future, with each class having a different Upfront Sales Load and expense structure.

Our Class S shares and Class D shares are not subject to an Upfront Sales Load. However, if Class S shares and/or Class D shares are purchased from certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediaries may directly charge subscribers transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 3.50% and 1.50% of the net offering price per share of each such Class S share and Class D share, respectively. No Upfront Sales Load will be paid in connection with purchases of the Class I shares or shares pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan.

Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser is entitled to receive up to 1.50% of gross offering proceeds raised in the continuous public offering until all organization and offering costs paid by our Adviser or its affiliates have been recovered. The offering expenses consist of costs incurred by our Adviser and its affiliates on the Company’s behalf for legal, accounting, printing and other offering expenses, including costs associated with technology integration between the Company’s systems and those of our participating broker-dealers, permissible due diligence reimbursements, marketing expenses, salaries and direct expenses of our Adviser’s employees, employees of its affiliates and others while engaged in registering and marketing our shares, which will include development of marketing materials and marketing presentations and training and educational meetings and generally coordinating the marketing process for the Company. Any such reimbursements will not exceed actual expenses incurred by our Adviser and its affiliates. The Adviser is responsible for the payment of our organization and offering expenses to the extent that these expenses exceed 1.50% of the aggregate gross offering proceeds, or $75 million based on the current proposed maximum offering price of $5 billion, without recourse against or reimbursement by us; however, if we sell the maximum number of shares, we estimate we will incur offering expenses of 0.75% of gross offering proceeds. The aggregate amount of organization and offering expenses, including Upfront Sales Load paid to financial intermediaries in connection with this offering, will not exceed 15% of the gross proceeds of this offering, in compliance with FINRA Rule 2310.

A Class S or Class D share will convert into a Class I share upon the earliest of  (i) our dealer manager advising us that the aggregate underwriting compensation payable from all sources (determined in accordance with applicable FINRA rules), including upfront selling commissions and ongoing servicing fees, if any, and any other underwriting compensation with respect to all shares of our Class S or Class D common stock would be in excess of 10% of the gross proceeds of this offering, and (ii) a liquidity event. See “—  Compensation Paid to the Dealer Manager and Participating Broker-Dealers” for more information. In addition, consistent with the exemptive relief allowing us to offer multiple classes of shares, at the end of the month in which the Dealer Manager in conjunction with the transfer agent determines that total upfront selling commissions and ongoing servicing fees paid with respect to any single share held in a shareholder’s account would exceed the Sales Charge Cap, we will cease paying the ongoing servicing fees on either (i) each such Class S share or Class D share that would exceed such limit or (ii) all Class S shares and Class D shares in such shareholder’s account. We may modify this requirement in a manner consistent with the applicable exemptive relief. At the end of such month, the applicable Class S shares or Class D shares in such shareholder’s account will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares) with an equivalent aggregate net asset value as such Class S shares or Class D shares.

We may, to the extent permitted or required under the rules and regulations of the SEC, supplement this prospectus, or file an amendment to the registration statement, to sell at a price necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a price per share that is below our net asset value per share, if our net asset value per share: (i) declines more than 10% from the net asset value per share as of the effective date of this registration statement or (ii) increases to an amount that is greater than the net proceeds per share as stated in this prospectus.

 

172


Table of Contents

We will modify our public offering price to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, including the requirement that we not sell our shares at a net offering price below our net asset value per share unless we obtain the requisite approval from our shareholders. Promptly following any such adjustment to the offering price per share, we will post the updated information on our website at http://www.owlrockbdcs.com.

The Dealer Manager for this offering is Blue Owl Securities LLC. The Dealer Manager is registered as a broker-dealer and is a member of FINRA and SIPC. The Dealer Manager will act as a distributor of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. The Dealer Manager is headquartered at 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

Our shares are being offered on a “best efforts” basis, which means that the Dealer Manager is required to use only its best efforts to sell the shares and it has no firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of the shares. We do not intend to list that the shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus on any national securities exchange, and neither the Dealer Manager nor the participating broker-dealers intend to act as market-makers with respect to our common stock. Because no public market is expected for the shares, shareholders will likely have limited ability to sell their shares until there is a liquidity event for the Company.

Under applicable SEC rules, generally, an issuer may offer and sell securities in a continuous offering, like this offering, only until the third anniversary of the initial effective date of the registration statement under which the securities are being offered and sold. However, if, in accordance with SEC rules, a new registration statement is filed by the issuer before the end of that three-year period, then the continuous offering of securities covered by the prior registration statement (provided such continuous offering had commenced within three years of the initial effective date) may continue until the earlier of 180 days following the end of the three-year period or the effective date of the new registration statement, if so permitted under the new registration statement. In such a circumstance, the issuer may also choose to enlarge the continuous offering by including on such new registration statement a further amount of securities, in addition to any unsold securities covered by the earlier registration statement. This prospectus also relates to the shares that we will offer under the distribution reinvestment plan. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.”

This offering must be registered in every state in which we offer or sell shares. Generally, such registrations are for a period of one year. Thus, we may have to stop selling shares in any state in which our registration is not renewed or otherwise extended annually. We reserve the right to terminate this offering at any time prior to the stated termination date.

Compensation Paid to the Dealer Manager and Participating Broker-Dealers

Our Dealer Manager will engage unrelated, third-party participating broker-dealers in connection with this offering. As used in this prospectus, the term “participating broker-dealers” includes members of FINRA and entities exempt from broker-dealer registration who enter into an agreement with the Dealer Manager to participate in this offering of shares of our common stock. In connection with the sale of shares by participating broker-dealers, our Dealer Manager may reallow to such participating broker-dealers all or any portion of the up-front selling commissions. The maximum aggregate underwriting compensation, which includes payments of Upfront Sales Loads to financial intermediaries, if any, ongoing servicing fees, and compensation collected from any other sources, including the reimbursement of training and education expenses, will not exceed 10% of the gross offering proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering (excluding shares purchased through our distribution reinvestment plan). The ongoing servicing fees are similar to sales commissions in that the servicing expenses borne by the Dealer Manager, its affiliates, participating broker-dealers and financial representatives may be different from and substantially less than the amount of ongoing servicing fees charged.

Summary

The Class S shares and Class D shares are not subject to an Upfront Sales Load. However, if Class S shares and/or Class D shares are purchased from certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediaries may

 

173


Table of Contents

directly charge subscribers transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 3.50% and 1.50% of the net offering price per share of each such Class S share and Class D share, respectively. The Class I shares are not subject to an Upfront Sales Load.

The following table shows the ongoing servicing fees we pay the Dealer Manager with respect to the Class S, Class D and Class I on an annualized basis as a percentage of our net asset value for such class. The ongoing servicing fees will be paid monthly in arrears.

Shareholder Servicing

Fee as a % of Net Asset Value

 

Class S shares

     0.85%  

Class D shares

     0.25%  

Class I shares

     None  

Upfront Sales Load

The Class S shares and Class D shares are not subject to an Upfront Sales Load. However, if Class S shares and/or Class D shares are purchased from certain financial intermediaries, those financial intermediaries may directly charge subscribers transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that the selling agents limit such charges to 3.50% and 1.50% of the net offering price per share of each such Class S share and Class D share, respectively. The Class I shares are not subject to Upfront Sales Loads.

Ongoing Servicing Fees — Class S and Class D Shares

Ongoing servicing fees will be paid pursuant to a distribution plan adopted by us in compliance with Rules 12b-1 and 17d-3 under the 1940 Act, as if those rules applied to us. Among other requirements, such plan must be approved annually by a vote of our board of directors, including the directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of such plan or in any agreements related to such plan.

Subject to FINRA limitations on underwriting compensation and certain other limitations described below, we will pay the Dealer Manager an ongoing servicing fee (i) with respect to our outstanding Class S shares equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate net asset value of our outstanding Class S shares and (ii) with respect to our outstanding Class D shares equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate net asset value of our outstanding Class D shares. We will not pay an ongoing servicing fee with respect to our outstanding Class I shares.

The ongoing servicing fees will be paid monthly in arrears. The Dealer Manager anticipates that it will reallow (pay) all or a portion of the ongoing servicing fees to participating broker-dealers and servicing broker-dealers for ongoing services performed by such broker-dealers, and will waive ongoing servicing fees to the extent a broker-dealer is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services. Because the ongoing servicing fees with respect to Class S shares and Class D shares are calculated based on the aggregate net asset value for all of the outstanding shares of each such class, it reduces the net asset value or, alternatively, the distributions payable, with respect to all shares of each such class, including shares issued under our distribution reinvestment plan.

In addition, consistent with the exemptive relief allowing us to offer multiple classes of shares, at the end of the month in which the Dealer Manager in conjunction with the transfer agent determines that total upfront

 

174


Table of Contents

selling commissions and ongoing servicing fees paid with respect to any single share held in a shareholder’s account would exceed the Sales Charge Cap, we will cease paying the ongoing servicing fees on either (i) each such Class S share or Class D share that would exceed such limit or (ii) all Class S shares and Class D shares in such shareholder’s account. We may modify this requirement in a manner consistent with the applicable exemptive relief. At the end of such month, the applicable Class S shares or Class D shares in such shareholder’s account will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares) with an equivalent aggregate net asset value as such Class S shares or Class D shares. Although we cannot predict the length of time over which the ongoing servicing fee will be paid due to potential changes in the net asset value of our shares, this fee would be paid with respect to a Class S share over approximately 11.8 years from the date of purchase and with respect to a Class D share over approximately 40.0 years from the date of purchase, assuming subscribers do not pay any Upfront Sales Loads to financial intermediaries, opting out of the distribution reinvestment plan and a constant net asset value of $10.00 per share. Under these assumptions, if a shareholder holds his or her shares for these time periods, this fee with respect to a Class S share would total approximately $1.00 and with respect to a Class D share would total approximately $1.00.

At the end of the month in which we, with the assistance of the Dealer Manager, determine that all underwriting compensation from all sources in connection with the offering, including the Upfront Sales Load payable to financial intermediaries, if any, the ongoing servicing fee and other underwriting compensation, is equal to 10% of the gross proceeds of the offering, each Class S share and Class D share held in a shareholder’s account will automatically convert into a Class I share.

Eligibility to receive the ongoing servicing fee is conditioned on a broker-dealer providing the following ongoing services with respect to the Class S or Class D shares: responding to customer inquiries of a general nature regarding the Company; crediting distributions from us to customer accounts; arranging for bank wire transfer of funds to or from a customer’s account; responding to customer inquiries and requests regarding shareholder reports, notices, proxies and proxy statements, and other Company documents; forwarding prospectuses, tax notices and annual and quarterly reports to beneficial owners of our shares; assisting us in establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts and records; assisting customers in changing account options, account designations and account addresses, and providing such other similar services as we may reasonably request to the extent the an authorized service provider is permitted to do so under applicable statutes, rules, or regulations. If the applicable broker-dealer is not eligible to receive the ongoing servicing fee due to failure to provide these services, the Dealer Manager will waive the ongoing servicing fee that broker-dealer would have otherwise been eligible to receive. The ongoing servicing fees are ongoing fees that are not paid at the time of purchase.

Other Compensation

From time to time our Adviser may enter into agreements with placement agents or broker-dealers to offer shares of our common stock. Our Adviser may pay certain placement or “finder’s” fees in connection with our offering of common stock. In addition, investors who purchase shares through a placement agent may be required to pay a fee or commission directly to the placement agent. If you are purchasing shares through a placement agent, you should request additional information from your salesperson or financial intermediary.

We may reimburse certain offering expenses, which consist of costs incurred by our Adviser and its affiliates on our behalf for legal, accounting, printing and other offering expenses, including costs associated with technology integration between our systems and those of our participating broker-dealers, permissible due diligence reimbursements, marketing expenses, salaries and direct expenses of our Adviser’ employees, employees of its affiliates and others while engaged in registering and marketing our shares, which will include development of marketing materials and marketing presentations and training and educational meetings and generally coordinating the marketing process for us. We will also reimburse the Dealer Manager for reasonable out-of-pocket due diligence expenses that are incurred by the Dealer Manager and/or participating broker-dealers, provided that such expenses are detailed on itemized invoices. Any such reimbursements will not exceed actual expenses incurred by our Adviser and its affiliates.

 

175


Table of Contents

This offering is being made in compliance with Conduct Rule 2310 of FINRA. Under that rule, the maximum aggregate underwriting compensation from any source, including compensation paid from offering proceeds and in the form of “trail commissions,” payable to underwriters, broker-dealers, or affiliates thereof participating in an offering may not exceed 10% of gross offering proceeds, excluding proceeds received in connection with the issuance of shares through a distribution reinvestment plan. Since participating broker-dealers may reduce or waive the Upfront Sales Load, the participating broker-dealers, and their affiliates, including officers, directors, employees, and registered representatives, as well as the immediate family members of such persons, as defined by FINRA Rule 5130(i)(5), may receive discounted shares of the fund in connection with this offering (e.g., public offering price, minus the Upfront Sales Load). The difference between the price of these discounted shares and the public offering price will be included in calculating the 10% compensation cap under Conduct Rule 2310 of FINRA, to the extent the discount is received by persons subject to the compensation caps of FINRA Rule 2310.

We or our affiliates also may provide permissible forms of non-cash compensation pursuant to Conduct Rule 2310(c) of FINRA to registered representatives of our Dealer Manager and the participating broker-dealers, such as: (i) an occasional meal or comparable entertainment which is neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety and is not preconditioned on achievement of a sales target; (ii) the national and regional sales conferences of our participating broker-dealers; (iii) training and education meetings for registered representatives of our participating broker-dealers; and (iv) gifts, the value of which will not exceed an aggregate of $100 per year per participating salesperson, or be preconditioned on achievement of a sales target.

The value of such items of non-cash compensation to participating broker-dealers will be considered underwriting compensation in connection with this offering. These items of non-cash compensation will be included when calculating the 10% cap on compensation under Conduct Rule 2310 of FINRA.

To the extent permitted by law and our charter, we will indemnify the participating broker-dealers and the Dealer Manager against some civil liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and warranties contained in the dealer manager agreement.

Share Distribution Channels

We expect our Dealer Manager to use multiple distribution channels to sell our shares. These channels may have different brokerage fees for purchases of our shares. Our Dealer Manager is expected to engage participating broker-dealers in connection with the sale of the shares of this offering in accordance with participating broker agreements. No participating broker-dealers entered into a participating broker agreement related to this offering prior to the effective date of our registration statement.

The Dealer Manager Agreement

The Dealer Manager Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act, of the Company and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Company’s distribution plan or the Dealer Manager Agreement or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, on not more than 60 days’ written notice to Blue Owl Securities and our Adviser. The Dealer Manager Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act. Our obligations under the Dealer Manager Agreement to pay the ongoing servicing fees with respect to the Class S and Class D shares distributed in this offering as described therein shall survive termination of the agreement until such shares are no longer outstanding (including such shares that have been converted into Class I shares, as described above in “— Ongoing Servicing Fees — Class S and Class D Shares”).

 

176


Table of Contents

Limitations on Underwriting Compensation

In addition to the conversion feature described above in “— Ongoing servicing fees — Class S and Class D Shares,” we will cease paying the ongoing servicing fee on the Class S and Class D shares on the earlier to occur of the following: (i) a liquidity event or (ii) the date following the completion of the offering on which, in the aggregate, underwriting compensation from all sources in connection with this offering, including Upfront Sales Load, the ongoing servicing fee and other underwriting compensation, is equal to 10% of the gross proceeds from our offering. The Dealer Manager will monitor the aggregate amount of underwriting compensation that we and our Adviser pay in connection with this offering in order to ensure we comply with the underwriting compensation limits of applicable FINRA rules. FINRA rules also limit our total organization and offering expenses (including Upfront Sales Load, bona fide due diligence expenses and other underwriting compensation) to 15% of our gross offering proceeds from this offering. After the termination of the offering and again after termination of the offering under our distribution reinvestment plan, our Adviser has agreed to reimburse us to the extent that organization and offering expenses that we incur exceed 15% of our gross proceeds from the applicable offering.

Minimum Offering Requirement

Investments are made by completing and properly executing a subscription agreement. Your payment must be submitted with the subscription agreement. We, our Dealer Manager, and participating broker-dealers will solicit subscriptions but will not sell any shares unless we meet our minimum offering requirement. Our minimum offering requirement will be met when we raise gross proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock of $50 million within one year after the date of this prospectus. We may satisfy the minimum offering requirement through a private placement of our Class I shares to an affiliate of our Adviser within one year after the date of this prospectus. See “Business – Sponsor Investment”. Pending satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement, all subscription payments will be placed in an interest-bearing account held by our designated escrow agent in trust for our subscribers’ benefit. If we do not satisfy the minimum offering requirement within one year from the initial effective date of this prospectus, we will promptly return all funds to subscribers, with interest and without deduction for fees or expenses, and we will stop this offering. After meeting our minimum offering requirement, the funds in the escrow account will be released to us and the subscribing investors will be admitted as shareholders in the Company.

Supplemental Sales Material

In addition to this prospectus, we intend to use supplemental sales material in connection with the offering of our shares, although only when accompanied by or preceded by the delivery of this prospectus, as amended or supplemented. We may also elect to file supplemental sales material with the SEC prior to distributing such material. The supplemental sales material will not contain all of the information material to an investment decision and should only be reviewed after reading this prospectus. The sales material expected to be used in permitted jurisdictions includes:

 

   

investor sales promotion brochures;

 

   

cover letters transmitting this prospectus;

 

   

brochures containing a summary description of this offering;

 

   

fact sheets describing our investment objective and strategies;

 

   

asset flyers describing our recent investments;

 

   

broker updates;

 

   

online investor presentations;

 

   

third-party article reprints;

 

177


Table of Contents
   

website material;

 

   

electronic media presentations; and

 

   

client seminar presentations and seminar advertisements and invitations.

All of the foregoing material will be prepared by our Adviser or its affiliates with the exception of the third-party article reprints, if any. In certain jurisdictions, some or all of such sales material may not be available. In addition, the sales material may contain certain quotes from various publications without obtaining the consent of the author or the publication for use of the quoted material in the sales material.

We are offering shares in this continuous public offering only by means of this prospectus, as the same may be supplemented and amended from time to time. Although the information contained in our supplemental sales materials is not expected to conflict with any of the information contained in this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, the supplemental materials do not purport to be complete and should not be considered a part of or as incorporated by reference in this prospectus, or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN

Any investor who purchases shares of our common stock in this offering may elect to participate in our distribution reinvestment plan.

Subject to our board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, we intend to authorize and declare cash distributions on a monthly or quarterly basis or on such other date or dates as may be fixed from time to time by our board of directors and pay such distributions on a monthly basis. We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan pursuant to which shareholders will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless they elect to receive their distributions in cash. There will be no Upfront Sales Load on shares purchased through the distribution reinvestment plan. However, the ongoing servicing fees with respect to our Class S and Class D shares are calculated based on our net asset value for those shares and may reduce the net asset value or, alternatively, the distributions payable with respect to shares of each such class, including shares issued in respect of distributions on such shares under the distribution reinvestment plan. We will pay the plan administrator fees under the plan.

No action is required on the part of a registered shareholder to have his, her or its cash dividend or other distribution reinvested in our shares, except shareholders in certain states. Shareholders can elect to “opt out” of the Fund’s distribution reinvestment plan in their subscription agreements (other than Maryland and North Carolina investors and clients of certain participating brokers that do not permit automatic enrollment in our distribution reinvestment plan). Maryland and North Carolina investors, and clients of certain participating brokers that do not permit automatic enrollment in our distribution reinvestment plan will automatically receive their distributions in cash unless they elect to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock.

Any purchases of our stock pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan are dependent on the continued registration of our securities or the availability of an exemption from registration in the recipient’s home state. Participants in our distribution reinvestment plan are free to elect or revoke reinstatement in the distribution plan within a reasonable time as specified in the plan. If you do not participate in the plan you will receive any distributions we declare in cash. For example, if our board of directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend, then if you have “opted out” of our distribution reinvestment plan you will receive a cash distribution. Participants may terminate their participation in the distribution reinvestment plan with five business days’ prior written notice to us.

Your distribution amount will purchase shares at the then-current net offering price per share for the applicable class of common stock. Shares issued pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan will have the same voting rights as the shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus.

 

178


Table of Contents

If you are a registered shareholder, you may elect to receive your entire distribution in cash by notifying the Company, the plan administrator and our transfer agent and registrar, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than ten days prior to the record date fixed by the board of directors for the first distribution you wish to receive in cash. If you reinvest your distributions in additional shares of stock pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan, the plan administrator will set up an account for shares you acquire through the plan and will hold such shares in non-certificated form. If your shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary, you may “opt-out” of our distribution reinvestment plan by notifying your broker or other financial intermediary of your election.

During each month, our transfer agent or another designated agent will mail and/or make electronically available to each participant in the distribution reinvestment plan, a statement of account describing, as to such participant, the distributions received during such month, the number of shares of our common stock purchased during such month, and the per share purchase price for such shares. Annually, as required by the Code, we will include tax information for income earned on shares under the distribution reinvestment plan on a Form 1099-DIV that is mailed to shareholders subject to IRS tax reporting. We reserve the right to amend, suspend or terminate the distribution reinvestment plan. Any distributions reinvested through the issuance of shares through our distribution reinvestment plan will increase our net assets on which the base management fee and the incentive fee are determined and paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

For additional discussion regarding the tax implications of participation in the distribution reinvestment plan, see “Tax Matters.” Additional information about the distribution reinvestment plan may be obtained by contacting shareholder services for Owl Rock Technology Income Corp. at (212) 419-3000.

SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

We do not intend to list our shares on a securities exchange and we do not expect there to be a public market for our shares. As a result, if you purchase shares of our common stock, your ability to sell your shares will be limited.

Beginning no later than the first full calendar quarter after the date that we sell shares to a person or entity other than our Adviser, our directors, officers and/or other affiliated persons and entities, and subject to the discretion of the board of directors, we intend to commence a share repurchase program pursuant to which we intend to conduct periodic repurchase offers to allow our shareholders to tender their shares at a price equal to the net offering price per share for the applicable class of shares on each date of repurchase. Our share repurchase program will include numerous restrictions that limit your ability to sell your shares. As a result, share repurchases may not be available each month.

Our board of directors reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to limit the number of shares to be repurchased for each class by applying the limitations on the number of shares to be repurchased on a per class basis. All shares purchased by us pursuant to the terms of each offer to repurchase will be retired and thereafter will be authorized and unissued shares. We intend to limit the number of shares to be repurchased in each period to no more than 5.00% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

Any periodic repurchase offers are subject in part to our available cash and compliance with the BDC and RIC qualification and diversification rules promulgated under the 1940 Act and the Code, respectively. Our board of directors may amend or suspend our share repurchase program if in its reasonable judgment it deems such action to be in our best interest and the best interest of our shareholders. As a result, share repurchases may not be available each quarter, such as when a repurchase offer would place an undue burden on our liquidity, adversely affect our operations or risk having an adverse impact on the Fund that would outweigh the benefit of the repurchase offer. Upon a suspension of our share repurchase program, our board of directors will consider at least quarterly whether the continued suspension of our share repurchase program remains in our best interest and the best interest of our shareholders. However, our board of directors is not required to authorize the recommencement of our share repurchase program within any specified period of time.

 

179


Table of Contents

PERPETUAL-LIFE BDC

We intend to operate as a perpetual-life BDC. We use the term “perpetual-life BDC” to describe a BDC of indefinite duration, whose shares of common stock are intended to be sold by the BDC monthly on a continuous basis at prices generally equal to the BDC’s monthly net asset value per share for the applicable class of common stock. As a perpetual-life BDC, our board of directors does not expect to complete a liquidity event within any specific time period, if at all. A liquidity event could include a merger or another transaction approved by our board of directors in which shareholders will receive cash or shares of a publicly traded company, or a sale of all or substantially all of its assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation and distribution of cash to our shareholders. A liquidity event also may include a sale, merger or rollover transaction with one or more affiliated investment companies managed by our Adviser. A liquidity event involving a merger or sale of all or substantially all of our assets would require the approval of our shareholders in accordance with the our charter. We do not intend to list our shares on a national securities exchange.

While we may consider a liquidity event at any time in the future, we currently do not intend to undertake a liquidity event, and we are not obligated by our charter or otherwise to effect a liquidity event at any time. Upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, if any, all Class S and Class D shares will automatically convert into Class I shares and the ongoing servicing fee will terminate.

Our share repurchase program, if implemented, may provide a limited opportunity for you to have your shares of common stock repurchased, subject to certain restrictions and limitations, at a price which may reflect a discount from the purchase price you paid for the shares being repurchased. See “Share Repurchase Program” for a detailed description of the share repurchase program.

FINRA Rule 2310(b)(3)(D) requires that we disclose the liquidity of prior public programs sponsored by Blue Owl, the indirect parent company of our Adviser. In addition to us, Blue Owl has sponsored the following other public programs: Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II and Owl Rock Core Income Corp. Owl Rock Capital Corporation II and Owl Rock Core Income Corp. have not reached the periods in which they expect to consider liquidity events. Owl Rock Capital Corporation stated in its offering materials that if it had not consummated a listing of its shares of common stock on a national securities exchange prior to March 3, 2021, subject to extension for two additional one-year periods, its board of directors would use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Owl Rock Capital Corporation’s winding down and/or liquidation and dissolution. Owl Rock Capital Corporation listed its shares of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, and began trading on July 18, 2019.

REGULATION

We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates (including any investment advisers or sub-advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by “a majority of our outstanding voting securities” as defined in the 1940 Act. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (a) 67% or more of such company’s voting securities present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company. We do not anticipate any substantial change in the nature of our business.

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, issue and sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a

 

180


Table of Contents

price below the then-current net asset value of our common stock if (1) our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our shareholders, and (2) our shareholders have approved our policy and practice of making such sales within the preceding 12 months. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities.

A BDC generally is required to meet a coverage ratio of the value of total assets to senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred stock the BDC may issue in the future, of at least 200%. Additionally, certain provisions of the 1940 Act allow a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. This means that generally, a BDC can borrow up to $1 for every $1 of investor equity or, if certain requirements are met and it reduces its asset coverage ratio, it can borrow up to $2 for every $1 of investor equity. The Adviser, as our sole initial shareholder, has approved a proposal that allows us to reduce our asset coverage ratio to 150%.

We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC.

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate or currency fluctuations. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances. We also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, except for registered money market funds, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any registered investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company, or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, if any, it should be noted that such investments might subject our shareholders to additional expenses as they will be indirectly responsible for the costs and expenses of such companies. None of our investment policies are fundamental, and thus may be changed without shareholder approval.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are any of the following:

(a) Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer that:

 

   

is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

181


Table of Contents
   

is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly-owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

   

satisfies either of the following:

 

   

does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or has any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange subject to a $250 million market capitalization maximum; or

 

   

is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC, the BDC actually exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the eligible portfolio company, and, as a result, the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company.

(b) Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.

(c) Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident to such a private transaction, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

(d) Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

(e) Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

(f) Cash, cash-equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities that mature in one year or less from the date of investment.

Control, as defined by the 1940 Act, is presumed to exist where a BDC beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio company, but may exist in other circumstances based on the facts and circumstances.

The regulations defining qualifying assets may change over time. We may adjust our investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of any regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions in this area.

Significant Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

A BDC must be organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (a), (b) or (c) above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, the BDC will satisfy this test if one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance, although this may not be the sole method by which the BDC satisfies the requirement to make available significant managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company through monitoring of portfolio company operations, selective participation in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising a portfolio company’s officers or other organizational or financial guidance.

 

182


Table of Contents

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash-equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets or temporary investments. We may invest in highly rated commercial paper, U.S. Government agency notes, U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements relating to such securities that are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. Consequently, repurchase agreements are functionally similar to loans. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, the 1940 Act and certain diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes typically require us to limit the amount we invest with any one counterparty. Accordingly, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. our Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we may enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Warrants and Options

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC is subject to restrictions on the amount of warrants, options, restricted stock or rights to purchase shares of capital stock that it may have outstanding at any time. Under the 1940 Act, we generally may only offer warrants provided that (i) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years, (ii) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance, (iii) our shareholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants, and our board of directors approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of us and our shareholder and (iv) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, as well as options and rights, at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities. In particular, the amount of capital stock that would result from the conversion or exercise of all outstanding warrants, options or rights to purchase capital stock cannot exceed 25% of the BDC’s total outstanding shares of capital stock.

Senior Securities; Coverage Ratio

A BDC generally is permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to its common stock if its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. However, recent legislation has modified the 1940 Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. We are permitted to increase our leverage capacity if, among other things, shareholders representing at least a majority of the votes cast, when quorum is met, approve a proposal to do so. The Adviser, as our sole initial shareholder, has approved a proposal that allows us to reduce our asset coverage ratio to 150%.

In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our shareholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Business Development Companies — Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC affect our ability to raise capital and the way in which we raise additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth. As a BDC, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including risks associated with leverage.”

 

183


Table of Contents

Codes of Ethics

We and our Adviser have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, respectively, that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to each code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. Our code of ethics is available, free of charge, on our website at http://www.owlrockbdcs.com. Our code of ethics is attached as an exhibit to this registration statement and is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of the code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

Exemptive Relief

On February 7, 2017, ORCA received exemptive relief from the SEC that permits us to co-invest with other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally are permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our shareholders and do not involve overreaching in respect of us or our shareholders on the part of any person concerned, (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our shareholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies, (3) the investment by our affiliates would not disadvantage us, and our participation would not be on a basis different from or less advantageous than that on which our affiliates are investing, and (4) the proposed investment by us would not benefit our Adviser or its affiliates or any affiliated person of any of them (other than the parties to the transaction), except to the extent permitted by the exemptive relief and applicable law, including the limitations set forth in Section 57(k) of the 1940 Act. The Owl Rock Advisers’ investment allocation policy incorporates the conditions of the exemptive relief.

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC on April 8, 2020 and applicable to all BDCs that have co-investment exemptive orders on which they can rely, through December 31, 2020, we may, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, co-invest in portfolio companies in which certain other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates have invested, if we did not hold securities of such existing portfolio company. Without this order, we would not be able to participate in such co-investments with affiliated funds unless we had previously acquired securities of the portfolio company in a co-investment transaction with the affiliated funds. Although the conditional exemptive order has expired, the SEC’s Division of Investment Management has indicated that until March 31, 2022, it will not recommend enforcement action, to the extent that any BDC with an existing co-investment order continues to engage in certain transactions described in the conditional exemptive order, pursuant to the same terms and conditions described therein.

In addition, ORCA has received an exemptive order that permits us to offer multiple classes of shares of common stock and to impose varying sales loads, asset-based service and/or distribution fees and early withdrawal fees.

Termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement

Under the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by our Adviser. The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by us upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to our Adviser and may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by our Adviser upon 120 days’ written notice to us. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities may also terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice. Unless terminated earlier as described above, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first becomes effective and

 

184


Table of Contents

will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to our Adviser. The proxy voting policies and procedures of our Adviser are set out below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by our Adviser and our directors who are not “interested persons,” and, accordingly, are subject to change. For purposes of these proxy voting policies and procedures described below, “we,” “our” and “us” refer to our Adviser.

Introduction

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, we have a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of our clients. As part of this duty, we recognize that we must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of our clients.

These policies and procedures for voting proxies for our investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy Policies

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, we have a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of our clients. As part of this duty, we recognizes that we must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of our clients.

These policies and procedures for voting proxies for our investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 promulgated under, the Advisers Act.

We will vote proxies relating to our clients’ securities in the best interest of our clients’ shareholders. We will review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted for a shareholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by our clients. Although we will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on our clients’ portfolio securities, we may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

Our proxy voting decisions are made by the senior officers who are responsible for monitoring each of our clients’ investments. To ensure that our vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, we will require that: (a) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to our chief compliance officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (b) employees involved in the decision making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how we intend to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information about how we voted proxies for Owl Rock Technology Income Corp., free of charge, by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Owl Rock Technology Income Corp., 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Investor Relations, or by calling Owl Rock Technology Income Corp. at (212) 419-3000.

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly-held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act has required us to review our policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all future regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

 

185


Table of Contents

Other

We have adopted an investment policy that mirrors the requirements applicable to us as a BDC under the 1940 Act.

We are subject to periodic examination by the SEC for compliance with the Exchange Act and the 1940 Act.

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our shareholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We and our Adviser have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, and will review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. We and our Adviser have designated a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

We intend to operate as a non-diversified management investment company; however, we may, from time to time, in the future, be considered a diversified management investment company pursuant to the definitions set forth in the 1940 Act.

Our internet address is http://www.owlrockbdcs.com. We make available free of charge on our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statement and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

TAX MATTERS

The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in our shares. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to such an investment. For example, we have not described tax consequences that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including shareholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, and financial institutions. This summary assumes that investors hold our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, regarding this offering. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

A “U.S. shareholder” generally is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock who is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

A citizen or individual resident of the United States;

 

   

A corporation or other entity treated as a corporation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

   

A trust, if a court in the United States has primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all decisions of the trust, or the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

 

   

An estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

 

186


Table of Contents

A “Non-U.S. shareholder” generally is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is not a U.S. shareholder.

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective shareholder that is a partner in a partnership holding shares of our common stock should consult his, her or its tax Adviser with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our shares will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their own tax Adviser regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.

Election to be Taxed as a RIC

We intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any income that we distribute to our shareholders from our tax earnings and profits. To maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, in order to maintain RIC tax treatment, we must distribute to our shareholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which generally is our net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).

Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company

For any taxable year in which we:

 

   

maintain our qualification as a RIC; and

 

   

satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement,

we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of our income we distribute (or are deemed to distribute) to shareholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gains not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our shareholders.

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no federal income tax (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). We generally will endeavor in each taxable year to make sufficient distributions to our shareholders avoid any U.S. federal excise tax on our earnings.

In order to maintain our qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

 

   

continue to qualify as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;

 

   

derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities, loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities or foreign currencies, net income from certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities (the “90% Income Test”); and

 

187


Table of Contents
   

diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

 

   

at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash-equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and

 

   

no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (the “Diversification Tests”).

Qualifying income may exclude such income as management fees received in connection with our subsidiaries or other potential outside managed funds and certain other fees.

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as PIK interest, deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock, or certain income with respect to equity investments in foreign corporations. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash.

Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our shareholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax. Our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

Under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our shareholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “Regulation — Senior Securities.” As a result, we may be prohibited from making distributions necessary to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement. Even if we are not prohibited from making distributions, our ability to raise additional capital to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement may be limited. If we are not able to make sufficient distributions to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (1) treat dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income as non-qualified dividend income, (2) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (3) convert lower-taxed long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (4) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited),

 

188


Table of Contents

(5) cause us to recognize income or gain without receipt of a corresponding distribution of cash, (6) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (7) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (8) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We intend to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the potential adverse effect of these provisions, but there can be no assurance that any adverse effects of these provisions will be mitigated.

Gain or loss realized by us from the sale or exchange of warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term or short-term, depending on how long we held a particular warrant.

A RIC is limited in its ability to deduct expenses in excess of its “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, ordinary income plus net realized short-term capital gains in excess of net realized long-term capital losses). If our expenses in a given year exceed gross taxable income (e.g., as the result of large amounts of equity-based compensation), we would experience a net operating loss for that year. However, a RIC is not permitted to carry forward net operating losses to subsequent years. In addition, expenses can be used only to offset investment company taxable income, not net capital gain. Due to these limits on the deductibility of expenses, we may for tax purposes have aggregate taxable income for several years that we are required to distribute and that is taxable to our shareholders even if such income is greater than the aggregate net income we actually earned during those years. Such required distributions may be made from our cash assets or by liquidation of investments, if necessary. We may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event we realize net capital gains from such transactions, you may receive a larger capital gain distribution than you would have received in the absence of such transactions.

Investment income received from sources within foreign countries, or capital gains earned by investing in securities of foreign issuers, may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. In this regard, withholding tax rates in countries with which the United States does not have a tax treaty are often as high as 35% or more. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries that may entitle us to a reduced rate of tax or exemption from tax on this related income and gains. The effective rate of foreign tax cannot be determined at this time since the amount of our assets to be invested within various countries is not now known. We do not anticipate being eligible for the special election that allows a RIC to treat foreign income taxes paid by such RIC as paid by its shareholders.

If we purchase shares in a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”), we may be subject to federal income tax on its allocable share of a portion of any “excess distribution” received on, or any gain from the disposition of, such shares even if our allocable share of such income is distributed as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest generally will be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from any such excess distribution or gain. If we invest in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to include in income each year our proportionate share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed by the QEF. Alternatively, we may be able to elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year its shares in a PFIC; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income our allocable share of any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss our allocable share of any decrease in such value to the extent that any such decrease does not exceed prior increases included in its income. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of distributions from PFICs and proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax.

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by us in connection with certain transactions involving non-dollar debt securities, certain foreign currency futures contracts, foreign currency option contracts, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Code provisions that generally treat such gains and losses as ordinary income and losses and may

 

189


Table of Contents

affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to our shareholders. Any such transactions that are not directly related to our investment in securities (possibly including speculative currency positions or currency derivatives not used for hedging purposes) could, under future Treasury regulations, produce income that is not qualifying income under the 90% Income Test.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we maintain our qualification as a RIC, and satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. shareholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which generally is our net ordinary income plus realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. shareholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. To the extent such distributions paid by us to non-corporate shareholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such distributions (“Qualifying Dividends”) may be eligible for a maximum tax rate of 20%, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and company levels. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us will generally not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the 20% maximum rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends.

Distributions of our net capital gains (which generally are our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. shareholder as long-term capital gains that are currently taxable at a maximum rate of 20% in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, regardless of the U.S. shareholder’s holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in such shareholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. shareholder.

We may retain some or all of our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses, but designate the retained net capital gain as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. shareholder will be required to include his, her or its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. shareholder, and the U.S. shareholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. Because we expect to pay tax on any retained capital gains at our regular corporate tax rate, and because that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by individuals on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that individual U.S. shareholders will be treated as having paid will exceed the tax they owe on the capital gain distribution and such excess generally may be refunded or claimed as a credit against the U.S. shareholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations or may be refunded to the extent it exceeds a shareholder’s liability for federal income tax. A shareholder that is not subject to federal income tax or otherwise required to file a federal income tax return would be required to file a federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes we paid. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. shareholder’s cost basis for his, her or its common stock. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our shareholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”

In accordance with certain applicable published guidance and private letter rulings issued by the IRS, a publicly traded RIC may treat a distribution of its own stock as fulfilling its RIC distribution requirements if each shareholder may elect to receive his, her, or its entire distribution in either cash or stock of the RIC, subject to a limitation that the aggregate amount of cash to be distributed to all shareholders must be at least 20% of the aggregate declared distribution. If too many shareholders elect to receive cash, the cash available for distribution

 

190


Table of Contents

must be allocated among the shareholders electing to receive cash (with the balance of the distribution paid in stock). In no event will any shareholder, electing to receive cash, receive less than the lesser of (a) the portion of the distribution such shareholder has elected to receive in cash or (b) an amount equal to his, her, or its entire distribution multiplied by the percentage limitation on cash available for distribution. If these and certain other requirements are met, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in stock will be equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of stock. We have no current intention of paying dividends in shares of our stock in accordance with these Treasury regulations or private letter rulings.

For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of distributions paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a distribution that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. shareholder will still be treated as receiving the distribution in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any distribution declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. shareholders on December 31 of the year in which the distribution was declared.

If an investor purchases shares of our common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though economically it may represent a return of his, her or its investment.

A U.S. shareholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the U.S. shareholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its shares of our common stock. The amount of gain or loss will be measured by the difference between such shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock sold and the amount of the proceeds received in exchange. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shareholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one year. Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss

In general, individual U.S. shareholders currently are subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 20% on their net capital gain (i.e., the excess of realized net long-term capital gains over realized net short-term capital losses), including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. In addition, for taxable years, individuals with modified adjusted gross incomes in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly) and certain estates and trusts are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which generally includes net income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties and rents, and net capital gains (other than certain amounts earned from trades or businesses). Corporate U.S. shareholders currently are subject to federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 21% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate shareholders with net capital losses for a year (i.e., capital losses in excess of capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate shareholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate shareholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan through which a shareholder may elect to receive distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.” Any distributions made to a U.S. shareholder that are reinvested under the plan will nevertheless remain taxable to the

 

191


Table of Contents

U.S. shareholder. The U.S. shareholder will have an adjusted tax basis in the additional shares of our common stock purchased through the plan equal to the amount of the reinvested distribution. The additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. shareholder’s account.

We (or the applicable withholding agent) will report to each of our U.S. shareholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice reporting, on a per share and per distribution basis, the amounts includible in such U.S. shareholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS (including the amount of distributions, if any, eligible for the 20% maximum rate). Distributions paid by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the preferential tax rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends because our income generally will not consist of dividends. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. shareholder’s particular situation.

We may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax (“backup withholding”) from all distributions to any U.S. shareholder (other than shareholders that qualify for an exemption) (1) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such shareholder is exempt from backup withholding, or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such shareholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. shareholder’s federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is provided to the IRS.

U.S. shareholders who hold our common stock through foreign accounts or intermediaries may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends if the holder of the foreign account or the intermediary through which they hold their shares is not in compliance with the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”).

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders

Whether an investment in our shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. shareholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in our shares by a Non-U.S. shareholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. shareholders should consult their tax Adviser before investing in our common stock.

Distributions of our investment company taxable income to Non-U.S. shareholders (including interest income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized long-term capital losses, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. shareholders directly) will be subject to withholding of federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless an applicable exception applies. If the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. shareholder, and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, we will not be required to withhold federal tax if the Non-U.S. shareholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, although the distributions will be subject to federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. (Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. shareholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax Adviser.)

In addition, no withholding is required with respect to certain dividend distributions if (i) the distributions are properly reported to our shareholders as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends,” (ii) the distributions are derived from sources specified in the Code for such dividends and (iii) certain other requirements are satisfied.

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a Non-U.S. shareholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. shareholder upon the sale of shares of our common stock, will not be subject to federal withholding tax

 

192


Table of Contents

and generally will not be subject to federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. shareholder. Such amount may be subject to FATCA (as discussed below).

The tax consequences to Non-U.S. shareholders entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty or who are individuals present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers with respect to the procedure for claiming the benefit of a lower treaty rate and the applicability of foreign taxes.

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions, a Non-U.S. shareholder will be entitled to a federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the shareholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. shareholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. shareholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a federal income tax return. For a corporate Non-U.S. shareholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of shares of our common stock that are effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty). Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for a Non-U.S. shareholder.

A Non-U.S. shareholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of federal tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. shareholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. shareholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

FATCA generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions that fail to enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners), or that reside in a jurisdiction that has not entered into an intergovernmental agreement with the IRS to provide such information. The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not financial institutions unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. Depending on the status of a Non-U.S. shareholder and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their shares, Non-U.S. shareholders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their shares and proceeds from the sale of their shares. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. shareholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax Adviser with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares.

Failure to Maintain Our Qualification as a RIC

If we fail to satisfy the 90% Income Test or the Diversification Tests for any taxable year, we may nevertheless continue to qualify as a RIC for such year if certain relief provisions are applicable (which may, among other things, require us to pay certain corporate-level federal taxes or to dispose of certain assets).

If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC and the foregoing relief provisions are not applicable, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates, regardless of whether we make

 

193


Table of Contents

any distributions to our shareholders. Distributions would not be required, and any distributions would be taxable to our shareholders as ordinary dividend income that, subject to certain limitations, may be eligible for the 20% maximum rate to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, provided certain holding period and other requirements were met. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributions would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. To requalify as a RIC in a subsequent taxable year, we would be required to satisfy the RIC qualification requirements for that year and dispose of any earnings and profits from any year in which we failed to qualify as a RIC. Subject to a limited exception applicable to RICs that qualified as such under Subchapter M of the Code for at least one year prior to disqualification and that requalify as a RIC no later than the second year following the non-qualifying year, we could be subject to tax on any unrealized net built-in appreciation on the assets held by us during the period in which we failed to qualify as a RIC that are recognized within the subsequent five years, unless we made a special election to pay corporate-level tax on such built-in gain at the time of our requalification as a RIC.

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Our securities are held under a custody agreement by State Street Bank and Trust Company. The address of the custodian is State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111-2900. DST Systems, Inc. will act as our transfer agent, distribution paying agent and registrar. The principal business address of our transfer agent is 333 West 11th Street, 5th Floor, Kansas City, Missouri 64105.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we will generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, we will infrequently use broker-dealers in the normal course of our business. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, if any, our Adviser will be primarily responsible for the execution of any publicly traded securities portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. Our Adviser does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but will seek to obtain the best net results for us, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While our Adviser generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs, we will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, our Adviser may select a broker-dealer based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to it and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other broker-dealers would charge if our Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The financial statements for Owl Rock Technology Income Corp. as of [●], 2021 for the period from June 22, 2021 (the date of inception) to [●], 2021 included in this prospectus have been audited by [●], an independent registered public accounting firm, and have been so included in reliance on the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

194


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters regarding the shares of common stock offered hereby have been passed upon for us by Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP and Alston & Bird LLP.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus.

We are required to file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC, which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

SHAREHOLDER PRIVACY NOTICE

We collect nonpublic personal information about our shareholders in the ordinary course of establishing and servicing their accounts. Nonpublic personal information means personally identifiable financial information that is not publicly available and any list, description, or other grouping of shareholders that is derived using such information. For example, it includes a shareholder’s address, social security number, account balance, income, investment activity, and bank account information. We collect this information from the following sources:

 

   

account applications or other required forms, correspondence (written or electronic), or from telephone contacts with customers inquiring about us;

 

   

transaction history of a shareholder’s account; and

 

   

service providers.

We do not disclose nonpublic personal information about you or your account(s) to anyone without your consent other than to:

 

   

Our service providers, including our Adviser, as necessary for the servicing of your account. Our service providers in turn have an obligation to protect the confidentiality of your personal information.

 

   

Companies that may perform marketing services on our behalf or pursuant to joint marketing agreements. These marketing companies also have an obligation to protect confidential information.

 

   

Government officials or other persons unaffiliated with us, to the extent required by federal or Maryland law or our charter, including in accordance with subpoenas, court orders, and requests from government regulators.

If you decide to close your account(s), we will continue to adhere to the practices described in this notice.

If you invest in our common stock through a financial intermediary, such as a broker-dealer, bank or trust company, the privacy policy of your financial intermediary will govern how your nonpublic personal information will be shared with other parties.

We maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information.

 

195


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A: FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

196


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B: SUPPLEMENTAL PERFORMANCE INFORMATION OF THE ADVISER

The Company is a recently organized, externally managed closed-end management investment company with no operating history that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. The performance information presented below is for funds currently advised by the Adviser or its affiliates that have investment strategies, objectives and policies that are substantially similar to the investment strategies of the Company (“Similar Accounts”). Performance information is presented for funds that focus primarily on originating and making debt and equity investments in technology-related companies based primarily in the United States. The Similar Accounts represent all funds managed by Adviser or its affiliates that have substantially similar investment strategies, objectives and policies to the investment strategies of the Company.

This supplemental performance information is provided to illustrate the past performance of the Adviser and its directly lending affiliates, in managing funds with investment strategies that are substantially similar to the investment strategies, objectives and policies of the Company. Currently, Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp. is the only other fund managed by the Adviser.

The performance of the Similar Accounts presented below is not the performance record of the Company and should not be considered a substitute for the Company’s own performance. Past returns are not indicative of future performance.

The fees and expenses of the Company may be higher than those of certain of the Similar Accounts. Had the Similar Accounts’ performance reflected the anticipated fees and expenses of the Company, their performance may have been lower. In addition, although the Similar Accounts have substantially similar investment strategies, objectives and policies to the investment strategies of the Company, the Company will not always make the same investments as any Similar Accounts, and, therefore, the investment performance of the Company will differ from the investment performance of the Similar Accounts.

The following table sets forth the historical net annualized total returns of the Similar Accounts for periods ending June 30, 2021.

Similar Accounts

 

     Inception    1-Year   Since
Inception

Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp.

   July 2018    [●]%   [●]%

The historical performance presented above includes the impact of any sales load, transaction or other fees, distribution fees or servicing fees.

Net returns are presented after management fees, distribution fees, organizational expenses, fund expenses, and performance-based compensation but before any taxes or tax withholding incurred by investors

 

197


Table of Contents

OWL ROCK TECHNOLOGY INCOME CORP.

Maximum Offering of up to $5,000,000,000 in

Class S, Class D and Class I Shares of Common Stock

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus and supplemental literature authorized by Owl Rock Technology Income Corp. and referred to in this prospectus, and, if given or made, such information and representations must not be relied upon. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of these securities. You should not assume that the delivery of this prospectus or that any sale made pursuant to this prospectus implies that the information contained in this prospectus will remain fully accurate and correct as of any time subsequent to the date of this prospectus. Until [] (90 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as soliciting dealers with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                , 2021

 


Table of Contents

PART C

Other Information

Item 25. Financial Statements And Exhibits

(1) Financial Statements

The following financial statements of Owl Rock Technology Income Corp. are included in Part A of this Registration Statement.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-

Balance Sheets as of [●], 2021

     F-

Statements of Operations for the [●] months ended [●], 2021 (unaudited)

     F-

Statements of Changes in Net Assets as of [●], 2021 (unaudited)

     F-

Statements of Cash Flows as of [●], 2021

     F-

Notes to Financial Statement

     F-

(2) Exhibits

 

(a)(1)   Articles of Amendment and Restatement
(b)   Bylaws of the Registrant
(d)   Form of Subscription Agreement (included in the Prospectus as Appendix A)*
(e)   Form of Distribution Reinvestment Plan
(g)(1)   Investment Advisory Agreement
(h)(1)   Form of Dealer Manager Agreement
(h)(2)   Form of Participating Broker-Dealer Agreement (Included as Exhibit A to the Form of Dealer Manager Agreement)
(j)   Form of Custodian Agreement
(k)(1)   Administration Agreement
(k)(2)   License Agreement
(k)(3)   Form of Escrow Agreement
(k)(4)   Form of Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement by and among the Registrant and Adviser
(k)(5)   Loan Agreement, by and among the Company and Feeder FIC
(k)(6)   Waiver Agreement, dated October 1, 2021, between the Company and the Adviser
(l)   Opinion of Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP*
(n)(1)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*
(r)   Code of Ethics*

 

*

To be filed by pre-effective amendment.

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Plan of Distribution” in this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

C-1


Table of Contents

Item 27. Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 463,500  

FINRA filing fee

   $ 225,500  

Legal

   $ 4,200,000  

Printing

   $ 2,600,000  

Accounting

   $ 1,600,000  

Blue Sky Expenses

   $ 1,000,000  

Advertising and Sales

   $ 2,100,000  

Literature

   $ 2,100,000  

Due Diligence

   $ 4,200,000  

Transfer Agent and Escrow Agent

   $ 1,511,000  

Total

   $ 20,000,000  

Item 28. Persons Controlled By Or Under Common Control

Immediately prior to this offering, our Adviser, a Delaware limited liability company, will own 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Registrant. Following the completion of this offering, Owl Rock Technology Advisors LLC’s share ownership is expected to represent less than 1% of the Registrant’s outstanding common stock.

See “Management of the Company,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Control Persons and Principal Shareholders” in the Prospectus contained herein.

Item 29. Number Of Holders Of Securities

The following table sets forth the number of record holders of the Registrant’s common stock at October 5, 2021.

 

Title of Class    Number of
Record Holders
 

Common stock, $0.01 par value

     1  

Item 30. Indemnification

The information contained under the heading “Description of our Capital Stock” is incorporated herein by reference.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of an action suit or proceeding) is asserted by a director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is again public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant carries liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers (other than with respect to claims resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office) on a claims-made basis.

 

C-2


Table of Contents

The Registrant has agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Adviser

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which Owl Rock Technology Advisors LLC, and each managing director, director or executive officer of Owl Rock Technology Advisors LLC, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the section entitled “Business — Our Adviser.” Additional information regarding Owl Rock Technology Advisors LLC and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 801-113628), and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

(1) the Registrant;

(2) the Transfer Agent;

(3) the Custodian;

(4) the Investment Adviser; and

(5) the Administrator.

Item 33. Management Services

Not Applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

We hereby undertake:

(1) to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (i) subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, our net asset value declines more than ten percent from our net asset value as of the effective date of this registration statement, or (ii) our net asset value increases to an amount greater than our net proceeds as stated in the prospectus;

(2) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

C-3


Table of Contents

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(3) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment will be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

(4) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering; and

(5) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C 17 CFR 230.430C: each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act 17 CFR 230.497(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and

(6) that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities. The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in an offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser.

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act 17 CFR 230.497;

(ii) free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

(iii) the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act 17 CFR 230.482 relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

(7) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act:

(i) the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(ii) each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(8) to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any prospectus or Statement of Additional Information.

 

C-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York and the State of New York, on the 6th day of October, 2021.

 

OWL ROCK TECHNOLOGY INCOME CORP.
By:   /s/ Bryan Cole
  Name:     Bryan Cole
  Title:  

Chief Operating Officer and

Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Craig W. Packer, Bryan Cole and Jonathan Lamm and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement on Form N-2 and any and all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 6, 2021. This document may be executed by the signatories hereto on any number of counterparts, all of which constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Name

  

Title

   

/s/ Craig W. Packer

Craig W. Packer

   Chief Executive Officer, President and Director  

/s/ Edward D’Alelio

Edward D’Alelio

   Chairman of the Board, Director  

/s/ Melissa Weiler

Melissa Weiler

   Director  

/s/ Christopher M. Temple

Christopher M. Temple

   Director  

/s/ Eric Kaye

Eric Kaye

   Director  

/s/ Brian Finn

Brian Finn

   Director  

 

C-5


Table of Contents

Name

  

Title

   

/s/ Alan Kirshenbaum

Alan Kirshenbaum

   Director and EVP  

/s/ Bryan Cole

Bryan Cole

   Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer  

/s/ Matthew Swatt

Matthew Swatt

   Co-Treasurer and Co-Chief Accounting Officer  

/s/ Shari Withem

Shari Withem

   Co-Treasurer and Co-Chief Accounting Officer  

 

C-6


Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘N-2’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
6/30/23
2/28/23
3/31/2210-Q,  424B3
12/31/2110-K
Filed on:10/6/218-A12G,  N-54A,  N-6F
10/5/21
10/4/21
10/1/21
9/28/21
9/1/21
8/3/21
7/29/21
6/30/21
6/22/21
5/19/21
4/15/21
3/5/21
3/3/21
12/31/20
11/3/20
6/30/20
4/8/20
3/25/20
7/18/19
6/5/19
2/7/17
4/5/12
5/7/07
3/29/92
 List all Filings 


17 Subsequent Filings that Reference this Filing

  As Of               Filer                 Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size             Issuer                      Filing Agent

 4/18/24  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  486BPOS     4/18/24   16:13M                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 3/08/24  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  424B3                  1:3.7M                                   Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 3/06/24  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  10-K       12/31/23   89:28M
12/15/23  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  N-2                   15:14M                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 7/17/23  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  486BPOS     7/17/23   13:13M                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 5/15/23  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  424B3                  1:1.7M                                   Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 5/11/23  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  10-Q        3/31/23   75:20M
 3/20/23  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  424B3                 10:5.6M                                   Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 3/09/23  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  10-K       12/31/22   19:4.1M
 1/13/23  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  486BPOS     1/13/23    5:4.9M                                   Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 5/11/22  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  424B3                  1:2.7M                                   Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 5/11/22  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  POS EX      5/11/22    1:72K                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 5/10/22  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  10-Q        3/31/22    7:2.2M
 3/31/22  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  424B3                  1:1.2M                                   Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 3/25/22  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  10-K       12/31/21   11:2.9M                                   Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 2/09/22  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  N-2/A                  5:3.3M                                   Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 1/07/22  Blue Owl Technology Income Corp.  N-2/A                 12:4.3M                                   Donnelley … Solutions/FA
Top
Filing Submission 0001193125-21-293192   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Thu., May 2, 1:32:24.3pm ET